<<

AnnualAnnual ReportReport 2003-2004

Ministry of Defence Government of ANNUAL REPORT 2003-04

Ministry of Defence Front Cover: ‘Tejas’ the world’s smallest light weight multi-role aircraft designed by DRDO to meet the demands of , has sucessfully completed 200 flight tests.

Back Cover: ‘INS Talwar’, the Stealth , inducted in the Indian in July 2003 adds to Navy’s punch. CONTENTS

1. Security Environment 5

2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 15

3. 25

4. 39

5. Indian Air Force 49

6. Coast Guard 59

7. Defence Production 71

8. Defence Research and Development 97

9. Inter-Service Organisations 115

10. Recruitment and Training 127

11. Resettlement and Welfare of Ex-Servicemen 147

12. Cooperation Between the Armed Forces & Civil Authorities 165

13. National Cadet Corps 173

14. Defence Relations With Foreign Countries 183

15. Ceremonial, Academic and Adventure Activities 201

16. Activities of Vigilance Units 211

17. Empowerment and Welfare of Women 213

Appendices I. Matters dealt with by the Departments of the Minstry of Defence 219 II. Ministers, Chiefs of Staff & Secretaries who were in position from April 1, 2003 onwards 223 III. Summary of latest C&AG Report on the working of Ministry of Defence 224 11

SECURITY ENVIRONMENT

Security environment around India underlines the need for a high level of vigilance and defence preparedness Few countries face the range of security challenges, concerns and threats that India faces, from terrorism and low- intensity conflict to nuclear weapons and , in its neighbourhood.

1.1 India’s security preoccupations are 1.2 Global events in recent years have determined by the dynamics of the global had a profound effect on the strategic and regional strategic and security environ- environment for India. The collapse of the ment. The post-Cold War international former has left the US as the situation and the terrorist attack against the pre-eminent world power. The US-led wars on 9/11 have brought about a in Kosovo, Afghanistan and Iraq have dem- greater international convergence on global onstrated US power and willingness security issues and challenges, though to use it unilaterally or in association with significant differences of perception and allies or coalition partners; and heralded a action on specifics remain. India’s location worldwide revolution in military affairs using at the centre of an arc of terrorism between new technologies, notably information and North Africa and South-east Asia, its close communication technologies, sensors and proximity to a key source of nuclear prolif- satellites, and precision-guided munitions. eration and the continuing acts of terrorism 1.3 Old confrontations have given way from across her western border require India to new equations and alignments. The to maintain a high level of vigilance and European Union is consolidating and ex- defence preparedness. The nature of new panding to include much of former East and threats has also reinforced the need for Central Europe. NATO too is enlarging and international cooperation to combat terror- has deployed forces in Afghanistan even as ism and proliferation of weapons of mass Europe has been trying to shape its own destruction, and underline the role that India common Foreign and Security Policy. Rela- could play in the global response against tions between powers have been, by such forces. and large, stable and tension-free. Strains

6

FINAL 26.9.04 did appear in transatlantic relations over that India faces today. At one end of the Iraq, but they did not interfere with coop- spectrum, India has faced a series of low eration in areas of common approach such intensity conflicts such as a proxy war fanned as Afghanistan and the US-led Proliferation by radical jehadi outfits and supported by Security Initiative. continued with its state institutions; insurgencies, in many structural reforms and deepening of ties with cases tolerated, aided or abetted by sources the US, Europe, and Central Asia for from outside India; and spillovers of conflicts its security and economic revival. Frictions, in neighbouring states. At the other end, it characterizing an earlier phase of US-China inhabits an environment in which two of its relations, eased. China is modernizing neighbours have nuclear weapons and rapidly, building up its ‘Comprehensive missiles and its immediate neighbourhood National Power’. Global dependency for has been a source of nuclear proliferation. energy resources on the Gulf remains and is In between these poles, it has experienced, likely to increase, triggering rivalry and in the course of its 50-plus years of post- competition for access and control of the Independence history, at least four major region and for alternatives sources of energy, conventional border wars besides an unde- notably in Central Asia. Terrorism and the clared war at Kargil on account of external prospect of the use of weapons of mass aggression. destruction (WMD) for terrorism, have 1.6 Terrorism is India’s primary and emerged as the new and most immediate most immediate security threat. India’s issues of global security concern. location at the centre of the arc of extremist 1.4 In response to these and other activism and terrorism and next to its perceived challenges, the US is redeploying epicenter in , amplified by a history its posture, forces, defences and operational of Pakistan’s use of it to wage a low-intensity philosophy worldwide. As the pre-eminent proxy war against India; the prospect of world power with global influence and ability terrorists getting access to weapons of mass to project power, US policies and actions destruction; and the wanton disregard they shape the international security environment have for the lives of others and themselves, in many ways, directly or indirectly. There require that India be particularly on guard has been a stepped up US presence in against the phenomenon. Terrorism in and varying degrees in the Gulf, Afghanistan, against India has anticipated and mirrored Pakistan, Central Asia and South-east Asia terrorism worldwide. The original act of and reductions elsewhere. The US declared mass, synchronized terrorism, similar to the Pakistan a Major Non-NATO Ally (MNNA) 9/11 attacks in the US, took place in Bom- as a partner in the war against terrorism. bay in 1992. Terrorist attacks in Iraq, Saudi 1.5 To an extent not often realized, few Arabia, and Spain during the year countries in the world face the range of have been echoed in attacks by terrorist security challenges, concerns and threats groups motivated by the same ideology in 7

FINAL 26.9.04 The fencing along the and the international border helps check infiltration.

India, notably the bomb blast of and supported by quasi-government institu- August 2003 and frequent acts of terrorism tions in some parts of Asia. India has the in Jammu and Kashmir. size, population, intrinsic character, compo- 1.7 Though it is part of the same sition, and national strength to act as a international phenomenon of jehadi ideol- bulwark against the forces of extremism in ogy, terrorism faced by India has its this region. specificities. Unlike the non-state nature of 1.8 India’s response to these multiple most domestic and local manifestations of threats and challenges has always been terrorism, and the international terrorism of restrained, measured and moderate, consist- Al Qaeda or the Jemmah Islamiyah, the ent with its peaceful outlook and reputation terrorism faced by typically cross- as a peace-loving country. Diplomacy border and State-sponsored. Terrorism also remains India’s chosen means of dealing draws upon the radicalization of society. As with these challenges, but effective diplo- a country with a vital stake in preserving the macy has to be backed by credible military traditions of peaceful co-existence amongst power. India’s strategic and security interests its diverse and mixed religious communities, require a mix of land-based, maritime and India is deeply concerned about the intru- air capabilities, and a minimum credible sion of dogmatic, alien and extremist reli- deterrent to thwart the threat of use of gious tendencies funded by some charities nuclear weapons against it.

8

FINAL 26.9.04 1.9 Connected by land to west, central, desh, , China, Bhutan and Nepal. continental, and south-east Asia, and by sea Few of them share borders amongst them- to the littoral states of the selves, heightening the focus of their rela- from East Africa to the Indonesian archi- tions with their larger common neighbour. pelago, India is strategically located vis-à-vis 1.12 India’s peninsular shape provides both continental Asia as well as the Indian India a coastline of about 7600 kms and an Ocean Region. It has a landmass of 3.3 Exclusive Economic Zone of over two million sq. kms. and is home to over a million sq. kms. The island territories in the billion people with varying ethnic, religious East are 1,300 kms. away from the main- and cultural backgrounds. land, physically much closer to South-East 1.10 The topography of India is diverse Asia. Peninsular India is adjacent to one of ranging from the snow clad with the most vital sea-lanes, stretching from the peaks over 28,000 feet to deserts, thick Suez Canal and the Persian Gulf to the jungles and vast plains. The Straits of Malacca through which much of in the North is the world’s highest battlefield the oil from the Gulf region transits. The with posts located as high as 21,000 feet. seas surrounding India have been a theatre India’s western border runs through deserts, of super power rivalry in the past, and fertile plains and thickly forested mountains. continue to be a region of heightened The north-eastern frontier also comprises activity from and by extra-regional on steep, high ranges and dense tropical account of global security concerns. forests. To the South, there are ranges close 1.13 Historically, India with its long, to the sea, inland plateaus interspersed with layered and textured history stretching back river valleys, coastal plains, and far flung close to 5,000 years, is one of the major island territories. On three sides, from sources of civilization, having received, and to , it is radiated, influences from and to West and bordered by the , Central Asia, China, Mongolia and ’s response to the Indian Ocean and the Bay Asia, South-East Asia, the Gulf and East multiple threats and of Bengal. This geographical Africa. Today, politically, South Asia hosts a challenges has been and topographical diversity, diversity of political experiences and experi- restrained, especially on its borders, ments ranging from monarchies and military measured and poses unique challenges to dictatorships to nascent and established moderate, consistent our Armed Forces. democracies. The region also faces the with its peaceful 1.11 India’s land frontiers menace of terrorism and trafficking in, and outlook and extend across more than proliferation of, arms and drugs. In the reputation as a 15,500 kms sharing borders midst of this, India stands as a centre of peace-loving with seven neighbours namely economic gravity in the region, a beacon of country. Afghanistan, Pakistan, Bangla- democracy, despite challenges of human

9

FINAL 26.9.04 Vigil on the High Seas by Indian Navy

diversity and economic disparity, a bastion of The Regional Security Environment stability and a symbol of peaceful coexist- 1.15 Though there have been positive ence and non-violence. An appreciation of developments in Afghanistan and Bhutan, India’s security concerns and its security is and in India’s relations with China and thus critical to regional and global stability Pakistan, a closer look at the neighbourhood and security. and the wider region continues to present a 1.14 India’s size, strategic location, trade disturbing picture. Internal instability, au- links and Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), thoritarian and/or military rule, extremist and a security environment political or religious movements, weak state link India’s security directly structures, and insurgencies or ethnic Though there have with its extended neigh- conflicts characterize many of the countries been positive bourhood, particularly of the region. Despite attempts to crack developments in neighbouring countries and down on Al Qaeda and Taliban elements on Afghanistan and the regions of Central Asia, the Pak-Afghan border, the principal threat Bhutan, and in India’s South-East Asia, the Gulf to peace and stability in the region remains relations with China and the Indian Ocean. the combination of fundamentalism and and Pakistan, a closer India’s location at the top terrorism nurtured in madarssas and training look at the of the Indian Ocean also camps in the area and the history of in- neighbourhood and gives it a vantage point in grained adventurism of a section of the the wider region providing security of Pakistan military motivated by its obsessive continues to present a shipping for all countries in and compulsive hostility towards India. The disturbing picture. the Indian Ocean Region. revelations of the involvement of top Paki- 10

FINAL 26.9.04 Fundamentalist stani scientists in an elaborate terrorism in Pakistan realize that terrorism to activism and network of clandestine nuclear the west and to the east cannot be terrorism are India’s and trade spanning compartmentalized and insulated from each primary security several countries have proven other. There have been assassination at- challenges. Pakistan Pakistan’s deep involvement in tempts on Gen. Musharraf, believed to be is at its epicentre. WMD proliferation and cannot by fundamentalist outfits linked to J&K and be taken lightly. Al Qaeda. 1.16 Bilaterally, Pakistan has 1.17 Afghanistan has, with the strong India is concerned been the source of infiltration, support of the international community, about the challenge cross-border terrorism, advanced along the framework worked out in posed by nuclear revanchism and military the Bonn Accord of December 2001. While proliferation from its adventurism and nuclear and a new constitution has been agreed to by neighbourhood. missile posturing and threats. the Constitutional Loya Jirgah in Afghani- There are also now concerns stan, and Presidential and parliamentary related to internal stability in Pakistan on elections have been announced, and the account of sectarian conflict and promotion tasks of reconstruction and rebuilding of fundamentalist forces. Efforts at dealing institutions are progressing, there has been with them have been partial and selective. It some deterioration in the internal security is not yet clear whether the sponsors of situation in Afghanistan and on the Pak-

Mid-air refuelling of Indian Air Force planes

11

FINAL 26.9.04 Afghan border on account of addressing its security requirements. Bhu- Instability in activities of Al Qaeda, the tan displayed courage and good-neighbour- Afghanistan, Nepal, Taliban and other militant liness in acting against military camps and Bangladesh, Sri outfits. Despite public procla- bases of operations of Indian insurgent Lanka and Myanmar mations of discontinuation of groups within its territory in the interest of pose varying security support for the Taliban, mutual security. In , the political challenges. infiltration of small groups of stalemate and the suspension of the talks fighters into Afghanistan with between the LTTE and the Government is a Relations with China the intention of fomenting cause of concern though the ceasefire and are improving. instability especially in the east the commitment of the Sri Lankan political and south-east is taking place. parties to the peace process remain positive India has made a major contribution to features. The LTTE is a potent non-state economic reconstruction in almost every military force that continues to arm itself, province of Afghanistan in the interest of and the danger of backsliding of the political peace and stability in the country. process remains. Despite periodic coordina- 1.18 Within the sub-continent, despite tion of efforts, Indian insurgent groups from close and good relations with most of its the north-east continue to operate from other immediate neighbours, lesser security camps in Myanmar. problems continue to complicate relation- 1.20 China is pursuing a policy of rapid ships. Bangladesh has not been responsive military modernization drawing on the to India’s concerns regarding the presence lessons of recent US-led wars while seeking and activities of Indian insurgent groups peaceful relations with its neighbours in from the north-east and the Pakistani Inter- order to consolidate itself politically and Services Intelligence (ISI) on Bangladesh economically internally and build up its soil, large-scale illegal immigration, and ‘Comprehensive National Strength’. India border crimes. A large cache of arms and and China have stepped up efforts to build ammunition bound for the north-east of mutual trust and confidence including India was recently detected in Chittagong. between their armed forces. Raksha Mantri, There is a need to watch the rising influence Shri , visited China in of political parties and organizations of April 2003. The Chinese Defence Minister, fundamentalist and radical Islamic orienta- Gen. Cao Gangchuan, returned the visit in tion in Bangladeshi society and government. March 2004. Both sides are trying to 1.19 In Nepal, the growing influence and address differences over the boundary grip of the Maoists throughout the country question and are agreed that pending an particularly in the Terai area bordering India, ultimate boundary settlement, the two and their links with left extremist outfits in countries would work together to maintain parts of India are a cause of serious con- peace and tranquillity in their border areas cern. India has cooperated with Nepal in and continue to implement the agreement 12

FINAL 26.9.04 signed for this purpose. A has provided for radical Islamists and jehadi Fundamentalist decision was taken during terrorists, has made the situation in Iraq activism in West, Prime Minister Vajpayee’s visit volatile with daily incidents of resistance and Central and South- to China in June 2003 to terrorism against Western interests in Iraq East Asia needs to appoint Special Representa- and elsewhere. New places in Iraq, Saudi be watched. tives to explore, from the Arabia, Turkey and Spain were added to the political perspective of the terrorist target map. Efforts by fundamental- overall bilateral relationship, ist outfits to destabilize Central Asia con- Concerns over the framework of a boundary tinue. Central Asia also attracts strategic security of sea-lanes settlement. At the same time, attention because of its location and energy between Persian Gulf China’s close defence rela- assets. and East Asia shared tionship with and regular 1.22 Fundamentalist religious activism with South-East and military assistance to Pakistan, and periodic acts of terrorism across South- East Asia. including assistance in the east Asia, most notably , and the latter’s nuclear and missile appearance of terrorist cells linked to inter- programmes at critical stages, national terrorism has also focused local, its build up in the Tibet regional and international concern on the Autonomous Region, its military moderniza- region as a new hub of militant Islam. India tion, its nuclear and missile arsenals, and its and South-East Asia have a vital interest in continental and maritime aspirations, require preserving the traditions of peaceful co- observation. existence amongst their diverse religious 1.21 Further west of the region, the communities against the intrusion of funda- situation in West Asia and the US-led war mentalist and exclusivist tendencies. India’s against Iraq continues to feed Islamic radi- rapid economic integration with the Asia- calism aggravating fault-lines based on Pacific also underpins a common interest religion and concern in relation to the with South-east and East Asia in the security security of the 3.5 million of shipping and energy flows from the strong Indian community Western Indian Ocean to the Asia-Pacific. prepared for the full resident in the Gulf states, Evidence of an elaborate nuclear and missile spectrum of security and of oil and energy supplies. trade involving the DPRK and Pakistan is challenges from It has distracted international also a matter of serious concern to India. terrorism and low- attention from Pakistani Conclusion intensity conflict to behaviour in its neighbour- conventional war and hood, particularly in India and 1.23 The security environment high- the possibility of the Afghanistan. Sunni resistance, lighted above brings out four key elements use of nuclear radical Shia opposition and fundamental to India’s security planning. weapons and missiles. the opportunity the US-led These are: action and presence in Iraq (a) The Indian Armed Forces have to 13

FINAL 26.9.04 India’s force postures are defensive in orientation, while its nuclear policy is characterized by a commitment to no-first-use, moratorium on nuclear testing and minimum credible nuclear deterrence.

be prepared for the full spectrum of security of her EEZ and island territo- security challenges from terrorism and ries, and shipping in the region, high- low-intensity conflict to conventional war light the need for a blue water naval and the possibility of the use of nuclear capability commensurate with its respon- weapons and missiles. sibilities. (b) India is not a member of any 1.24 Against this strategic backdrop, military alliance or strategic grouping; India remains fully committed to maintaining nor is this consistent with our policies. peace with its neighbours and stability in the India thus requires a certain independent region through a combination of defence- deterrent capability. preparedness, unilateral restraint, confi- (c) Due to an externally dence building and dialogue, and expanding inspired low-intensity proxy India is fully committed bilateral interactions. In the area of defence- war, India’s Armed Forces are to maintaining peace preparedness, it has reformed its higher involved in internal security with its neighbours and defence management and streamlined functions – more than most stability in the region procurement procedures. Its force postures other armed forces - requiring through unilateral remain defensive in orientation while its a corresponding force struc- restraint, confidence nuclear policy is characterized by a commit- ture and orientation. building and dialogue ment to no-first-use, moratorium on nuclear (d) India’s interests and and expanding bilateral testing, minimum credible nuclear deterrence, responsibilities in the North interactions. and the rejection of an arms race or concepts Indian Ocean, including the and postures from the Cold War era.

14

FINAL 26.9.04 22

ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

An illuminated view of the South Block which houses the Ministry of Defence. The principal task of the Ministry is to obtain policy directions of the government on all defence and security related matters and communicate them for implementation to the Services Headquarters, Inter- Service Organisations, Production Establishments and Research & Development Organisations.

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND West Frontier), Bengal, Madras (including 2.1 A Military Department was created Burma) and Bombay (including Sind, Quetta in the Government of the East India Com- and Aden). pany at Calcutta in the year 1776, having 2.3 The supreme authority over the the main function to sift and record orders Indian Army vested in the Gen- relating to the Army issued by various eral-in-Council, subject to the Control of the Departments of the Government of East Crown, which was exercised by the Secretary India Company. The Military Department of State for India. Two Members in the initially functioned as a branch of the Public Council were responsible for military affairs, Department and maintained a list of Army one of whom was the Military Member, who personnel. supervised all administrative and financial 2.2 With the Charter Act of 1833, the matters, while the other was the Com- Secretariat of the Government of East India mander-in-Chief who was responsible for all Company was reorganised in four Depart- operational matters. The Military Depart- ments, including a Military Department, ment was abolished in March 1906 and it each headed by a Secretary to the Govern- was replaced by two separate Departments, ment. The Army in the Presidencies of the Army Department and the Military Bengal, Bombay & Madras functioned as Supply Department. In April 1909 the respective Presidency Army till April 1895, Military Supply Department was abolished when the Presidency Armies were unified and its functions were taken over by the into a single Indian Army. For administrative Army Department. The Army Department convenience, it was divided into four Com- was redesignated as the Defence Depart- mands viz., Punjab (including the North ment in January 1938. The Department of

16

FINAL 26.9.04 Defence became the Ministry of Defence Production and Supplies has been changed under a Cabinet Minister in August 1947. to Department of Defence Production. A Scientific Adviser to the Defence Minister POST-INDEPENDENCE ORGANISATIONAL was appointed to advise him on scientific SET-UP AND FUNCTIONS aspects of military equipment, research and 2.4 On August 15, 1947, each Service design of equipment used by the Defence was placed under its own -in- forces. In 1980, the Department of De- Chief. Under the Constitution, the Supreme fence Research and Development was Command of the Armed Forces vests in the created. President. In 1955, the title of Com- 2.5 The Armed Forces are primarily mander-in-Chief was abolished and the three responsible for ensuring the territorial Service Chiefs were designated as the Chief integrity of the nation. The Ministry of of the Army Staff, the Chief of the Naval Defence, provides policy framework and Staff and the Chief of the Air Staff. In wherewithal to the Armed Forces to dis- charge their responsibility in the context of the defence of the country.

DEPARTMENTS, SERVICE HEADQUARTERS AND COMMITTEES

2.6 The principal task of the Ministry is to obtain policy directions of the Govern- ment on all defence and security related matters and communicate them for imple- mentation to the Services Headquarters, Inter-Service Organisations, Production Defence on Display : An aerial view of the Establishments and Research & Develop- Parade. ment Organisations. It is also required to November 1962, a Department of Defence ensure effective implementation of the Production was set up to deal with research, Government’s policy directions and the development and production of defence execution of approved programmes within equipment. In November 1965, the De- the allocated resources. partment of Defence Supplies was created 2.7 The Ministry of Defence consists of for planning and execution of schemes for three Departments, namely, Department of import substitution of requirements for Defence, Department of Defence Produc- defence purposes. These two Departments tion and Department of Defence Research & were later merged to form the Department Development. The Defence Secretary of Defence Production and Supplies. In functions as head of the Department of 2004 the name of Department of Defence Defence and is additionally responsible for

17

FINAL 26.9.04 co-ordinating the activities of the three expenditure. In the latter tasks, he is as- Departments in the Ministry. The principal sisted by the Controller of Defence functions of all the Departments are as Accounts (CGDA). The detailed note of follows: items dealt in various Departments of the (i) The Department of Defence deals Ministry of Defence is given Appendix – I of with the (IDS) the Report. and the three Services and various Inter- 2.9 The three Services Headquarters, Service Organisations. It is also respon- viz., the Army Headquarters, the Naval sible for the Defence Budget, establish- Headquarters and the Air Headquarters ment matters, defence policy, matters function, under the Chief of the Army Staff relating to Parliament, defence co- (COAS), the Chief of the Naval Staff (CNS) operation with foreign countries and co- and the Chief of the Air Staff (CAS) respec- ordination of all activities. tively. They are assisted by their Principal (ii) The Department of Defence Staff Officers (PSOs). The Inter-Services Production is headed by a Secretary and Organisations, under the Department of deals with matters pertaining to defence Defence are responsible for carrying out production, indigenisation of imported tasks related to common needs of the three stores, equipment and spares, planning Services such as medical care, public rela- and control of departmental production tions and personnel management of civilian units of the and staff in the Defence Headquarters. for Defence Public Sector Undertakings 2.10 A number of Committees dealing (DPSUs). with defence related activities assist the (iii) The Department of Defence Raksha Mantri. The Chiefs of Staff Commit- Research and Development is headed by tee is a forum in which the Service Chiefs a Secretary, who is also the Scientific discuss matters having a bearing on the Adviser to the Raksha Mantri. Its activities of the Services and advise the function is to advise the Government on Ministry. The position of Chairman of the scientific aspects of military equipment Chiefs of Staff Committee devolves on the and logistics and the formulation of longest serving Chief of Staff, and conse- research, design and development plans quently rotates amongst the three Services. for equipment used by the Services. To facilitate the work of the Chiefs of Staff 2.8 The Finance Division of the Ministry Committee, a number of sub-committees of Defence is headed by Secretary Defence have been established. (Finance). He exercises financial control 2.11 Information regarding the Ministers over proposals involving expenditure from in the Ministry of Defence, the Chiefs of the Defence Budget and is responsible for Staff, the Secretaries in the three Depart- internal audit and accounting of defence ments of the Ministry and the Secretary

18

FINAL 26.9.04 Defence (Finance) who held positions from Defence Production Board, a Defence R&D April 01, 2003 onwards is given in Appen- Board, preparation of holistic and integrated dix-II to this report. Defence Perspective Plans for 15-20 years, establishment of a National Defence Univer- REFORMS IN MANAGEMENT OF sity, effective media management, establish- DEFENCE ment of Andaman & Nicobar Island Com- 2.12 The broad array of challenges both mand and , existing and potential to the national Secu- integration of Service Headquarters with the rity in the fast changing geo-strategic secu- Ministry of Defence and delegation of rity environment mandate a periodical re- higher administrative and financial powers to appraisal of our security procedures to cope the Services. Service Headquarters which with them. The Government, keeping this in were until now used to be attached offices view, had instituted a comprehensive review of the Ministry of Defence have now been of the National Security System in its en- integrated with the Ministry as Integrated tirety for the first time in the history of Headquarters of the Ministry of Defence. independent India. The review was carried Some of the major reforms are detailed in out by a Group of Ministers(GOM) consti- subsequent paragraphs. tuted on April 17, 2000. The GOM 2.14 Integrated Defence Staff : With a consisted of the Home Minister, the Raksha view to ensure higher degree of jointness Mantri, the External Affairs Minister and the amongst the Services and attempt inter- Finance Minister. The Group of Ministers service and intra-service prioritization, the set up four Task Forces one each in the Government has set up the Integrated areas of (i) Internal Security; (ii) Border Defence Staff, headed by the Chief of Management; (iii) Intelligence Apparatus; Integrated Staff functioning under Chiefs of and (iv) Management of Defence, which Staff Committee (COSC). The role of COSC were multi-disciplinary in character and is to supervise the Integrated Defence Staff, comprised of acknowledged experts, to to chair all multi-Service bodies and the facilitate its tasks. The recommendations of Defence Crisis Management Group the Group of Ministers, which aim at inte- (DCMG). Chiefs of Staff Committee is also gration of the civil and military components responsible for the coordination of long- and ensuring ‘Jointness’ and ‘Synergy’ term plans, five year plans and annual among the Armed Forces, were approved budgetary proposals of the three Services in by the Government on May 11, 2001. consultation and co-ordination with the 2.13 The Report of the GOM in so far as Integrated Services Headquarters. The ‘Management of Defence’ is concerned Chief of Integrated Staff to Chairman, Chiefs included amongst others, measures such as of Staff Committee (CISC) renders advice to creation of the Chief of Defence Staff(CDS), the Government on prioritization, on devel- creation of a Defence Procurement Board, a oping force levels through restructuring 19

FINAL 26.9.04 proposals, undertakes net assessment of the by the Secretary (Defence Production); national capability, formulates joint doc- and trines, conceptualises policy and pro- (iii) Defence Research & Development grammes on joint planning and military Board headed by Secretary (Defence education, renders advice for evolving Research & Development). responses to non-conventional and conven- These Boards have been entrusted with tional threats to national security. CISC also specific functions. A Defence Acquisition proposes measures for jointness amongst Wing headed by Special Secretary (Acquisi- the Armed Forces with a view to enhance tion) has also been created to assist the the efficiency and effectiveness. Within a Defence Procurement Board in its function- short period of its formation, this organisa- ing. tion has become fully functional and is 2.17 To work out the recommendations producing positive results. for the Council, two committees have been 2.15 Defence Intelligence Agency : The formed with representatives of Headquarters Government has also set up the Defence Integrated Defence Staff, three Service Intelligence Agency (DIA) under the Direc- Headquarters, Defence Research & Devel- tor General Defence Intelligence Agency to opment Organisation and Department of co-ordinate and synergise the intelligence Defence Production. These are the Annual Wings of the Services. The Defence Intelli- Acquisition Plan Categorisation Committee gence Agency is responsible for providing and the Annual Acquisition Plan Categorisa- integrated intelligence inputs to the higher tion Higher Committee. A Cross Budgeting echelons of Defence Management. Team has also been formed to provide an 2.16 Defence Acquisition Council : The integrated view of the plans, weapons and Government has set up a Defence Acquisi- equipment and budgetary support to the tion Council headed by the Raksha Mantri acquisition process. This integrated ap- for decision making in regard to the totality proach has facilitated expeditious decision- of the new planning process, which inter-alia making and brought about higher degree of involves according ‘in principle’ approval of transparency, cost effectiveness to the capital acquisitions in the long term per- process of acquisition of equipment, weap- spective plan and according ‘in principle’ ons and weapon systems. It has also given a approval for each capital acquisition pro- boost to indigenous development and gramme. The decisions flowing from the production programmes in the country. Defence Acquisition Council are to be 2.18 Defence Technology Council (DTC): implemented by the following three Boards:- Defence Technology Council has been (i) Defence Procurement Board constituted under the Chairmanship of headed by the Defence Secretary; Raksha Mantri by the Government to pro- (ii) Defence Production Board headed vide guidance and supervision of growth and

20

FINAL 26.9.04 promotion of research, development and Defence Weapon Systems and warfare, a tri- production related to Defence Technologies. Service team, i.e., Horizon Core Technology DTC will assist the Defence Acquisition (HCT) Group has been constituted. The Council in taking holistic decisions on Horizon Core Technology Group comprises specific Defence Projects related to long of members of the three Services from term perspective plans and five year plans. within HQ Integrated Defence Staff as also 2.19 Andaman and Nicobar Command : the representatives of the three Services. The tri-Service Command for Andaman and Defence Research and Development Organi- Nicobar (A&N) was established in October sation (DRDO) has also been co-opted in 2001 and has been effectively operational the HCT group by way of incorporating of for over 2 years. The Command is being Group for Analysis of Systems (G-FAST), a headed by Officers from the DRDO organisation. 2.22 The HCT Group interacts with The Service three Services on rotation DRDO to identify Horizon Core Technolo- Headquarters basis. The present Com- gies to meet the capability requirements of which used to be mander-in-Chief (C-in-C) of the Defence Services in the long term. The A&N Command is from Indian attached offices of group strives for establishment of mecha- Army. The Commander-in- Ministry of Defence nisms between the Services, DRDO and the Chief exercises control over all are now integrated Industry, to provide an insight of the plan- force components of the three with the Ministry of ning and the technology forecasting process Services and the Coast Guard Defence and of DRDO/G-FAST and the potential of the located in Andaman & known as Industry to meet the Services requirements Nicobar Islands. The C-in-C, Integrated of future capabilities and the associated A & N Command, reports to Headquarters of technologies. the Chairman, Chiefs of Staff Ministry of 2.23 National Defence University: The Committee. Defence. Committee on the setting up of National 2.20 Management of Defence University (CONDU), chaired by Strategic Assets : Strategic Dr K Subrahmanyam, presented its recom- Forces Command, created to manage our mendations on creation of a National De- strategic assets, has worked towards estab- fence University that would conduct all such lishment of an effective Command and research programmes as may be necessary Control structure. The Command is working to enable it to serve as a think tank on all towards operationalisation of the strategic strategic issues of concern to Government assets of the country, based on the direc- and its various agencies, and to provide tions given by the Nuclear Command Au- educational and awareness programmes on thority. related subjects to present as well potential 2.21 Formation of Horizon Core Tech- future leaders in the National Security nology Group: To keep pace with the community. The report of the Committee is revolutionary technological changes in the under examination of the Government. 21

FINAL 26.9.04 2.24 Tri- Service Com- and financial powers have been delegated to Various mittee On Joint Training: the Integrated Service Headquarters to administrative and Based on the GOM recom- impart enhanced autonomy in their function- financial powers mendations, a Tri-Services ing. Decentralisation of decision-making have been delegated Committee On Joint Training powers has strengthened and upgraded the to the Integrated (TCJT) was formed by the decision-making apparatus in the Services. Service COSC to formulate concrete With higher delegation of financial powers, Headquarters to proposals for carrying out greater efficiency and cost effectiveness with impart enhanced optimisation and integration accountability has brought about the trans- autonomy in their of training resources amongst parency desired in the system of defence functioning. the Services. TCJT submitted related expenditure. its report in keeping with the DEFENCE EXPENDITURE long- term perspective and Inter Services needs, keeping in mind the optimum utilisa- 2.26 The two charts in this chapter tion of resources for Joint Training. Most of represent Service/Department-wise break- the issues have been resolved, while some up of Defence expenditure for the years of them are in the process of implementation 2001-2002, 2002-2003, Revised Esti- through various boards of officers/experts mates for 2003-2004 and Budget Estimates committees by respective Services HQrs. for the year 2004-2005 and Service/ 2.25 Delegation of Administrative and Department-wise expenditure as a percent- Financial Powers : Various administrative age of total Defence expenditure. Service/Department-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure

(Rs. in crores) Service/Deptt 2001-002 2002-2003 R.E.2003-2004 B.E.2004-2005

Army 31096.88 32127.78 32287.52 36277.50

Navy 8368.45 8155.32 10413.75 13149.97

Air Force 11783.76 12385.26 13957.96 23270.53

DDP DGOF (-)471.61 (-)388.89 (-)210.99 (-)139.58

DGQA 368.45 374.25 393.52 440.64

Total (-)103.16 (-)14.64 182.53 301.06

DR&D 3119.80 3008.11 3458.24 4000.94

TOTAL 54265.73 55661.83 60300.00 77000.00

22

FINAL 26.9.04

77000.00

36277.50

23270.53

13149.97 4000.94

Budget Estimates 301.06

60300.00

32287.52

13957.96

10413.75

3458.24

182.53

55661.83

32127.78

12385.26

8155.32

3008.11 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005

-14.64

tment-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure tment-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure 54265.73 tment-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure tment-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure tment-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure

31096.88

11783.76 8368.45

DDP DR&D NAVY AIR FORCE ARMY TOTAL

2001-2002 3119.80

vice/Depar vice/Depar vice/Depar vice/Depar vice/Depar -103.16 Ser Ser Ser Ser Ser Figures in Crores

23

FINAL 26.9.04 Service/Department-wise Expenditure as Percentage of Total Defence Expenditure 2004-05 (BE)

5.20% 0.39% DR&D DDP

47.11% 30.22 Army Air Force

17.08% Navy

2.27 Observations of C&AG on the General (C&AG) Report on the working of working of Ministry of Defence: Ministry of Defence is given in Appendix-III Summary of latest Comptroller & Auditor to this Report.

24

FINAL 26.9.04 3

INDIAN ARMY

An infantry combat vehicle (BMP-II) participating in Exercise Divya at Suratgarh, in . During the year, continued efforts were made to modernize and upgrade the weapons and weapon system of the Army to prepare it to address the requirements of modern day warfare, and enhance its combat efficiency.

3.1 The Armed Forces of India are technology and geo-political environment, responsible for defending the country the Indian Army is suitably structured, against external aggression and safeguarding equipped and trained to effectively perform the territorial integrity of the nation. The its tasks. Indian Army has to be extremely vigilant at MODERNISATION OF WEAPON SYSTEMS all times to meet various challenges along AND EQUIPMENT the borders of the country encompassing different geographical and climatic condi- 3.2 During the year, continued efforts tions. In addition, Army helps the civil were made to modernize and upgrade the administration during internal disturbances weapons and weapon systems of the Army and helps in the maintenance of law and to prepare it to address the requirements of order and also during natural calamities like modern day warfare, and enhance its combat floods, earthquakes, cyclones, and in the efficiency. Following are some of the nota- maintenance of essential services. Keeping ble efforts; in view the threat perceptions, advances in (i) Armoured Corps: As a part of the effort to equip the Armoured Corps with night fighting capabilities, Thermal Imager Based Stand Alone Sight and Thermal Imager Fire Control System for the T-72 Tanks are under process for procurement. Image Intensification Based Sights for the drivers of T-72 Tanks and Image Intensification Based Sights for the , gunners and Constant training keeps the Army jawans in fine fettle. 26

FINAL 26.9.04 drivers of T-55 Tanks are undergoing (iv) Air Defence Artillery: The negotia- trials and evaluation as part of the tions for induction of improved version procurement process. Armoured Recov- of Tunguska M1 Weapon system in Air ery Vehicles have also been contracted Defence Artillery units of strike/mecha- for procurement. nised formations are going on. Air (ii) Mechanised Infantry: To enhance Target System ‘Lakshya’, developed by the combat efficiency of the Forces, Aeronautical Development Establish- Konkurs-M Anti-Tank Guided Missiles ment (ADE) of DRDO has also been have been acquired along with transfer recently evaluated by the Army and will of technology. Anti-Tank Guided Missile be used for practice firing of Air De- Launchers of the Infantry Combat fence Weapon Systems. In conjunction vehicle BMP-II are being equipped with with the IAF, a revamp of the existing the Thermal Imaging sights to enhance Control and Reporting System of Air night-fighting capability. Image Intensifi- Defence Artillery is being carried out. cation based Night Vision Devices for The thrust is towards automation of the drivers of BMPs are also in the various warning and control systems and process of procurement. processes. A review of the requirement (iii) Artillery: To enhance the fire- of modern Air defence Weapon System power of the Army, efforts are being has been carried out to replace the made to equip them with 155 mm obsolescent equipment in a phased Artillery Gun, for employment in various manner to enable it to meet emerging air types of terrain. Besides, trials have threats. been successfully completed for the (v) Infantry: The combat potential, Multi-barrel Rocket Launchers. Trial surveillance and counter-insurgency Evaluation of the latest Artillery Ammu- capability of the Infantry is being signifi- nition System for induction viz Termi- cantly improved by acquisition of follow- nally Guided Munitions, Trajectory ing equipment and weapon systems:- Guided Munitions, Velocity Enhanced (a) Fire Power: 20 mm Calibre and Long Range Artillery Projectiles and 14.5mm Calibre Anti Material Rifle, Anti-radiation Ammunition is also in Automatic Grenade Launcher-30, progress. Moreover, to enhance the Multiple Grenade Launcher, 84 mm MM Surveillance Capability of the Army, Rocket Launcher MK II and Kornet-E considerable progress has been made in Anti-Tank Guided Missile are under the direction of acquisition of Long procurement. Range Reconnaissance and Observation (b) Surveillance Devices: Battle field Sur- System, Weapon Locating and veillance (BFSR), Hand-Held . Thermal Imagers (HHTI) and various

27

FINAL 26.9.04 types of Unattended Ground Sensors stered by equipping them with more (UGS) have been procured for surveil- equipment. lance in conventional and counter- MODERNISATION OF ORDNANCE insurgency roles and to monitor the DEPOTS intrusion across the Line of Control/ Actual Ground Position Line. 3.3 Ordnance Depots are used by Army (c) Mobility: A family of High-Mobility for the storage and management of arma- Vehicles, Bullet-Proof Vehicles and Anti- ment, equipment, general stores and spare Tank Guided-Missile Vehicles are being parts. There are seven Ordnance Depots procured to improve the mobility of the located at Delhi Cantonment, Dehu Road, infantry. Cheokki, Kanpur, Agra, Mumbai and (vi) Signals: Procurement of state-of- Jabalpur. These Depots setup in the pre- the-art communication equipment and independence period are housed in tempo- systems has brought about substantial rary/semi-permanent structures, which have qualitative improvements in the commu- now become dilapidated and lack modern nication capability of the Army. Some material handling and storage facilities. of the major procurements are: RS HX 3.4 Since the inventory is of varied long-range frequency-hopping high- types, sizes and magnitude, the existing frequency radio sets, Hand-Held Walkie- manual operations are labour intensive, time Talkie Radio Sets, Interception Receiver consuming and damage prone. The present AR 5000, Radio Set 5 Watt/20 Watt configuration of the storage buildings do not VHF, and Radio Set 5 Watt/50Watt VHF provide scope for any improvement and for Armoured Fighting Vehicles. A deployment of appropriate Material Han- countrywide-secured value-added dling Equipment, resulting in continued backbone data network is also being manual operations. There is also a strain on established connecting the important the existing security and safety system due Formation headquarters of the Army. to dispersal of store warehouses and other (vii) Engineers: After withdrawal of buildings over a wide area. forces from the border, equipment to 3.5 In view of the above factors, it has assist de-mining operations, have been been decided to take up modernization of all procured to minimize the casualties. the seven Ordnance Depots in a phased Trials and procurement of various manner. To begin with modernization of the equipment is also underway which will Central Ordinance Depots(COD) at Kanpur improve capability for disaster-manage- at an estimated cost of Rs. 187 crores has ment during a nuclear, chemical and been taken up. The modernization of COD biological warfare scenario. Army’s Kanpur envisage state-of-the-art Warehous- capability to fight against insurgency/ ing facilities with higher vertical space terrorism has been considerably bol- utilization, automated Material Handling 28

FINAL 26.9.04 Equipment, Forklift Trucks, Mobile belt inundation or caught fire leading to pre- conveyors, hydraulic elevating cable etc., for recovery blasts. Out of 10.5 lakh mines laid, loading/unloading and retrieval/stacking of 8.91 lakh have been recovered. Rajasthan stores, Computerised inventory management has been fully cleared of mines, 95.8% system, installation of state-of-the-art fire- mines have been cleared in Punjab and prevention and fire- fighting and security 53.5% in Jammu & Kashmir. Different kinds systems. The project is likely to be com- of equipment such as trawls, tractors, pleted by the end of 2004. Hydremas, Punch Auto Mine (PAM) and 3.6 Proposals for modernization of Roller Anti Mine (RAM) were used for the COD Agra and COD Jabalpur, at an esti- demining operations to ensure that fields mated cost of Rs. 300 crores each, have were cleared of all mines prior to handing been approved in principle and work has over the land to land owners. begun for preparation of Detailed Project COUNTER-INSURGENCY OPERATIONS Reports. Jammu and Kashmir DE-MINING OPERATIONS 3.8 Despite the severe winter, the 3.7 After achieving the objectives of month of January 2003 saw higher infiltra- Operation Parakram, demining of the area tion as compared to January 2002. The along the Western border and the LOC in infiltration again picked up between July and Jammu and Kashmir, was a challenging job September 2003 and was higher as com- for the Army. Demining is a difficult opera- pared to the corresponding period previous tion as some of the mines had drifted due to year. With heavy attrition of top leadership

The Army has raised special ‘Ghatak’ units to combat terrorists. ‘Ghataks’ undergoing training.

29

FINAL 26.9.04 of the major militant groups, vided by the Indian Army along the Indo- The morale of there had been a change in Bhutan border, have struck a decisive blow terrorists is low due the terrorist strategy. To create to the capability of the United Liberation to heavy attrition, sensationalism, gain media Front of Assam, the National Democratic resulting in attention and raise the sagging Front of Bodoland and the Kamtapur Libera- uncertainty and morale of their cadres, terror- tion Organization. The peace talks with confusion in the top ist groups resorted to two Nationalist Socialist Council of leadership of major suicide attacks on Army (Issac Muviah) and the establishment of groups. There has camps in the Jammu region. Bodoland Territorial Council Autonomous been a marginal As a result of intense pressure District have progressed well. Peaceful reduction in by the Security Forces, terror- conduct of elections in Tripura and enthusi- infiltration after the ist violence is now directed astic participation of the people in Republic cease-fire since 26 towards soft targets. Day and Independence Day events are signs November, 2003. 3.9 The multi-pronged of normalcy being restored through sus- strategy adopted by the tained efforts of the Security Forces. Security Forces has been able 3.11 Assam: The two-pronged strategy to create near-normal condi- to persist with counter-insurgency opera- tions for the State Government to function tions and concurrently win hearts and minds efficiently. Security Forces operations have of the population has paid good dividends. put intense pressure on terrorist groups. In the year 2003-04, 312 terrorists have The morale of terrorists is low due to heavy been eliminated, 930 apprehended and attrition, resulting in uncertainty and confu- 1356 weapons have been recovered. More sion in the top leadership of major groups. important, 3457 militants have surrendered, There has been a marginal reduction in having realized the futility of continuing their infiltration after the cease-fire since 26 armed struggle. Implementation of the November, 2003. Bodoland Territorial Council accord leading North-East to surrender of 2640 Bodoland Tiger cadre on December 6, 2003 were significant 3.10 The Security Forces continued to milestones in the effort to rid the State of retain ascendancy over militant groups in the militancy. As a result, both National Demo- North-East. As a result, the insurgency cratic Front of Bodoland and United Libera- situation in the North-East is at its ebb. tion Front of Assam have been greatly Relentless pressure by the Security Forces marginalised. Once Bodoland Territorial has forced the militants to escape to hide- Council Autonomous District is formed, the outs outside the country, especially in Bodoland Liberation Tiger cadres are likely Bhutan and Bangladesh. The offensive to come overground while the National operations conducted by the Royal Bhutan Democratic Front of Bodoland cadres may Army in Bhutan and logistic support pro- also join the mainstream. 30

FINAL 26.9.04 3.12 : The situation in the deployed on such missions have established State has been generally under control. a benchmark of quality. During the year The Security Forces have exerted unrelenting 2003-04, Indian Army was actively involved pressure on the underground elements with in United Nations peace-keeping operations appreciable success. Despite the prevalent in Lebanon, Ethiopia-Eritrea, Democratic peace, the ethnic polarization between the Republic of Congo, Iraq, Kuwait, Ivory Coast Nagas and the Meiteis, still persists. During and Burundi. Approximately 2,350 troops the operations since January, 2003, 136 are deployed on peace-keeping duties militants were killed, 701 apprehended and overseas. 139 weapons recovered. 3.16 United Nations Interim Force in 3.13 Tripura: Porosity of the border is Lebanon (UNIFIL): India has been contribut- being exploited by the militants for launch- ing an infantry Battalion Group and a ing trans-international border forays from number of staff officers to the United Na- safe havens in Bangladesh. Realignment of tions Interim Force in Lebanon since 1998. area of responsibility and a dynamic employ- Established in 1978, to oversee the Israeli ment of troops has helped to keep the withdrawal from South Lebanon and return militants on the run. During offensive of Lebanese Government authority, United operations by the Security Forces, 26 Nations Interim Force in Lebanon is an militants were killed, 143 apprehended and extremely important peace-keeping mission 134 weapons recovered. in the perpetually volatile region. The 3.14 Arunachal Pradesh: The State is professionalism and tact displayed by the peaceful except for the districts of Tirap and Indian peace-keepers have ensured that Changlang, which are declared as disturbed. peace in the region is not disturbed and that Security Forces are helping in the mainte- the mandate of the United Nations mission nance of law and order. is effectively achieved. The numerous humanitarian projects undertaken by the UNITED NATIONS PEACE-KEEPING Indian Army soldiers have also endeared OPERATIONS them to the local population and brought a 3.15 India continues to make significant good name to our country. contribution to the United Nations Peace- 3.17 UN Mission in Ethiopia-Eritrea keeping Missions. Having contributed over (UNMEE): India has been contributing an 68,000 troops to 38 United Nations Peace- infantry Battalion Group, a Force Reserve keeping Missions, India remains one of the Company, an Engineer Company and a largest troop contributors to United Nations number of Military Observers and Staff Peace-keeping Missions. The professional- Officers to the United Nations Mission since ism and dedication of Indian soldiers and 2001. Established in the year 2000, at the the quality and performance of Indian units end of a bitter three-year war between

31

FINAL 26.9.04 Ethiopia and Eritrea, the United Nations Mission had the task of separating the two forces by creating a buffer zone and ensur- ing security in the region until the interna- tional border could be demarcated. India is the largest contributor to this mission. A number of relief and rehabilitation projects undertaken by the Indian peace-keepers An Indian Patrol keeps vigil in the Buffer Zone separating Ethiopia and Eritrea. have helped rebuild hope among thousands of suffering Ethiopians and Eritreans, rav- closed down in March 2003 after the aged by years of conflict. coalition forces entered Iraq. 3.18 United Nations Mission in Congo (MONUC): United Nations Mission in 3.20 The security environment in Jammu Congo was established in 1999 and India & Kashmir is likely to remain turbulent in the has been contributing Military Observers near future. To reduce the commitment of ever since. An Aviation Unit and a Guard Army for internal security, the Government Company were deployed in Congo in July has approved in principle the raising of 30 2003. The task of United Nations Organisa- additional Rashtriya Rifles battalions. Various tion Mission in Democratic Republic of formations and units of Rashtriya Rifles have Congo is to oversee implementation of the been providing yeomen’s service to Jammu cease-fire agreement and to assist in the and Kashmir in combating terrorism, provid- conduct of disarmament, ing aid to civil authorities and conducting demobilisation, repatriation, meaningful civic action programmes. As a rehabilitation and re-integra- result of the vision, drive and determination To reduce the tion of various armed groups, of various Rashtriya Rifles formations and commitment of thus paving the way for a unit commanders, highly motivated patriotic Army for internal negotiated political settlement troops of the Force will continue to achieve security, the of the problem. success in different spheres. Rashtriya Rifles Government has 3.19United Nations Observer also ensured successful and safe conduct of approved in Mission in Iraq-Kuwait the Amarnath Yatra despite threats from principle the (UNIKOM): India contributed terrorists. raising of 30 a total of eight Military Ob- additional servers to the United Nations Rashtriya Rifles Observer Mission in Iraq- 3.21 The Territorial Army(TA) has a great battalions. Kuwait ever since it was history of service to the nation and immense established in 1991 after the potential to contribute in promoting national first Gulf War. The mission integration, discipline, harmony and pride

32

FINAL 26.9.04 among the citizens, and to the defence of 22 and 26, 2003 and created a new the country. The Territorial Army, which world record for the maximum number came into existence in 1949, has a strength of summiteers by any single team. of approximately 32,800 personnel in 50 (iii) World Record on Lhotse: 12 TA units comprising 31 Infantry Battalions climbers comprising five from the Indian (Territorial Army) and 19 Departmental Army, three from Royal Nepalese Army units. and four Sherpas scaled Lhotse and 3.22 All the 31 Non-Departmental TA created a new world record as it is the units remained embodied under OP highest number of summiteers on Lhotse Parakram during the year. Out of these, six by any single team. Infantry Battalions (TA) comprising 30 (b) Rashtriya Indian Military College Companies were deployed in Northern (RIMC)Mountaineering Expedition to Command. The TA Directorate is now Gangotri (6672M): RIMC mountain- providing post- commission training course eering expedition to Gangotri-I (6672M) at Indian , Dehradun. This was launched on May 27, 2003. One course is of twelve weeks duration and is to Officer and 16 cadets successfully scaled be conducted twice a year. the peak on June 12, 2003. (c) Mountaineering Expedition to Mt. ADVENTURE AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES Gya (6794M): An expedition by 7/11 3.23 Mountaineering Expeditions:- Grenadiers (GR) succeeded in scaling (a) Joint Indo-Nepal Everest Massif Mt. Gya on , 2003. Capt. N.S. Expedition 2003: Indian Army’s tradi- Negi and nine ORs reached the summit tion of valour was once again proved at 1200 hrs on July 4, 2003. beyond doubt when the Joint Indo-Nepal (d) Mountaineering Expedition to Sri Army expedition team scaled Lhotse Kailash (6932 Mtrs): 14 Infantry (8510 Mtrs) on May 13, 2003 and Division mountaineering expedition of Everest (8850 Mtrs) on May 22 and 26, Sri Kailash peak was flagged off on July 2003. The team set many new records 31, 2003. First team of one Officer and in the annals of mountaineering. The five ORs scaled the peak on August 24, following records were set by the team: 2003 and second team of one JCO and (i) First Indian Ascent: This is the four ORs reached the summit on August first team to have scaled Lhotse, the 25, 2003. fourth highest peak in the world. (e) Mountaineering Expedition to (ii) World Record on Everest: 31 Panchachuli – II (6904M): Kumaon members comprising nine from Indian Scouts mountaineering expedition Army, 10 from Royal Nepalese Army and successfully scaled the peak on Septem- 12 Sherpas scaled Mt. Everest on May ber 30, 2003 and October 3, 2003.

33

FINAL 26.9.04 One Officer, two JCOs and eight ORs (b) White Water Rafting Expedition by scaled the peak. 14 Artillery Brigade: HQ 14 Artillery (f) 4 DOGRA Mountaineering Expe- Brigade white water rafting expedition dition: 4 DOGRA mountaineering was conducted from November 17 to expedition to Leo Pargial-I (22351 ft.) 21, 2003 from Rudraprayag to Vir succeeded in scaling the peak on Sep- Bhadra Barrage. Conmposition of the tember 4, 2003. one Officer, one JCO team was two Officers, two JCOs and and six ORs of the unit scaled the peak. seven ORs. (g) Corps of Electrical and Mechanical (c) White Water Rafting Expedition by Engineers (EME) Mountaineering expe- 14 Horse: 14 Horse white water rafting dition: Corps of EME mountaineering expedition was conducted from Novem- expedition to Satopanth (23347 ft) was ber 15 to 25, 2003 from Karanprayag launched on September 2, 2003. two to Haridwar. Composition of the team Officers and four ORs successfully was one officer, three JCOs and 15 ORs. scaled the peak on September 2, 2003. (d) White Water Rafting Expedition by (h) Mountaineering Expedition to Sri Garhwal Rifle Regiment Centre: Kailash (6932 M). Air Defence (AD) Garhwal Rifle Regiment Centre white Arty mountaineering expedition to Sri water rafting expedition was conducted Kailash was successfully scaled on from November 15 to 21, 2003 from August 23 and 24, 2003. Three Karanprayag to Haridwar. Composition Officers and 12 ORs scaled the peak. of the team was two officers, three JCOs (i) Army Ladies Everest Expedition and 38 ORs. (8850 M). An Army ladies expedition (e) White Water Rafting Expedition by will attempt to scale in 46 Armoured Regiment: 46 Armoured 2005. Approximately 34 ladies have Regiment white water rafting expedition attended the basic mountaineering has been conducted from November 16 course at the Nehru Institute of Moun- to 20, 2003 from Legang to Sevoke. taineering (NIM), Uttarkashi, for the Composition of the team was four Indian women Army Everest Expedition. officers, four JCOs and 15 ORs. 3.24 Water Rafting Expeditions:- (f) Kayaking Expedition by HQ 74 (a) White Water Rafting Expedition by Infantry Brigade: HQ 74 Infantry HQ 58 Armoured Brigade: HQ 58 Brigade has conducted a Kayaking Armoured Brigade white water rafting Expedition from November 3 to 6, expedition has been conducted from 2003 from Kota to Guhata. Composi- October 10 to 14, 2003 from tion of the team was one Officer, one Rudraprayag to Rishikesh. Composition JCO and 14 ORs. of the team was four Officers, four JCOs (g) White Water Rafting Expedition by and 15 ORs. 3 Mechanical Infantry: 3 Mechanical 34

FINAL 26.9.04 Infantry has conducted a white water had fielded four aircraft in the race in rafting expedition from March 19 to 23, which more than 50 aircraft partici- 2004 from Teesta to Sevok Road (Tiger pated. The participation has been first of Bridge). Composition of the team was its kind by Army Adventure Wing. two officers, three JCOs and 17 ORs. WELFARE 3.25 Miscellaneous activities:- (a) Army Adventure Challenge Cup 3.26 Rehabilitation and Welfare Meas- 2003: A triathlon Challenge Cup of ures: As part of the welfare measures mountain cycling, hill running and river initiated by the Government, the next-of-kin rafting was conducted at Raiwala from of all battle casualties and war-disabled November 1 to 5, 2003. 21 teams soldiers who were boarded out from August including a team each from 15, 1947 to April 30, 1999 are being Indian Air Force (IAF) and given Rupees one lakh from the National Next-of-kin of all Indo-Tibetan Border Police Defence Fund/Army Central Welfare Fund. battle casualties (ITBP) participated in the 3.27 Disabled soldiers (Battle Casualties) and war-disabled same. During the Challenge who are boarded/invalided out of service soldiers who Cup 2003 demonstrations on w.e.f. May 1, 1999 (other than OP VIJAY) were boarded out aero and aqua adventure are eligible for one time grant of Rs one lakh from August 15, activities comprising out of Army Central Welfare Fund. The next- 1947 to April 30, motor flying, para gliding, of-kin of battle casualties w.e.f. May 1, 1999 are being para sailing, scuba diving, 1999 are granted Rs 7.5 lakh as ex-gratia given Rupees kayaking and canoeing was and Rs 30,000/- from Army Central Welfare one lakh from the carried out. Fund. National Defence (b) Indo-UK Scuba Diving 3.28 The disabled soldiers (Battle Casu- Fund/Army Expedition: Indo-UK Scuba alties) who sustained injuries in various Central Welfare Diving expedition has been military operations after May 1, 1999 and Fund. successfully conducted in the are retained in service get a grant out of Andaman and Nicobar Islands Army Central Welfare Fund (ACWF) based from January 6 to 13, 2004. The team on their disability percentage. Next-of-kin of consisted of 29 personnel including 10 all personnel who die in harness after April divers each from both the countries and 30, 2001 are paid one time grant of Rs nine support members from Indian 30,000/- from ACWF. Army. 3.29 The Delhi Development Authority (c) Air Race 2003: Air Race 2003 (DDA) has offered a housing scheme ‘Vijay was organized by the Aeronautical Veer Awas Yojna’. Under the scheme the Society of India to commemorate 100 DDA has constructed 312 flats for Person- years of manned flight from November nel Below Officer Rank (PBOR) and 102 20 to 23, 2003. Army Adventure Wing flats for officers. The scheme was open for 35

FINAL 26.9.04 next of kin of battle casualty and disabled/ 3.34 Assistance to Handicapped, Deaf, boarded out soldiers of all operations with Dumb and Blind Children: During the effect from May 1, 1999. The scheme was period 20 applications were received from open till September 30, 2003. The cost the wards of ex-servicemen and all were laid down is Rs 5.93 lakh for flats for offic- given financial assistance. ers and Rs 3.98 lakh for JCOs/ORs. Cost of 3.35 Financial Assistance to Schools: land and development charges have not During the period 24 schools were provided been charged by the DDA. financial assistance. Till now 548 schools 3.30 Award of Educational Scholarship to have been granted assistance under the Children of Armed Forces Personnel Killed/ scheme in Nepal. Missing/Permanently Disabled in Action: 3.36 Vocational Training: A total of 3508 The educational concessions available to the ex-servicemen/ widows/ wives/ wards of ex- children of Armed Forces Personnel killed/ servicemen have been trained so far. Vari- missing/permanently disabled in 1962, ous courses are conducted in the twelve 1965, 1971 Wars, OP PAWAN, OP Vocational Training Centres (VTCs) to MEGHDOOT have now been extended to enhance the technical efficiency of ex- all post MEGHDOOT Operation including servicemen and their families so as to enable counter-insurgency operations, both in India them to get jobs. and abroad. These concessions include fee 3.37 Army Welfare Society: Army Welfare exemptions, free books and uniforms, etc. Society was established and registered in 3.31 Pre-Release Resettlement Training: June 1998 with a view to process welfare Till November 2003, -5267 Army person- projects particularly with the Ministry of nel below Officers Rank were imparted pre- Social Justice and Empowerment. The release resettlement training in various Ministry had agreed to provide funds for disciplines at ITIs, Public Sector Under- welfare-related projects for physically handi- takings and Private Institutions. capped children. The Army is running 28 3.32 Paraplegic Rehabilitation Centres: vocational-cum-rehabilitation training Paraplegic Rehabilitation Centres have been schools for disabled children at several established for 100 per cent disabled Ex- Cantonments. The Ministry is providing servicemen of the Armed Forces. Two funds to run these schools. Paraplegic Rehabilitation Centres at Kirkee 3.38 Admission of Children of and Mohali are being sponsored by the Jammu and Kashmir to Army Public School, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment. BEAS: Army Welfare Society launched a 3.33 Medical Welfare Teams: 15 Medi- unique mission by admitting 101 children, cal Teams visited and treated the ex-serv- 11-15 years of age, from Jammu and Kash- icemen and dependents of Service personnel mir alongwith four Kashmiri Teachers for of Indian Army domiciled in Nepal during education in Army Public School at Beas. the year. The children are those affected by terrorist 36

FINAL 26.9.04 activity, belonging to the rights. The subject is included in the under-privileged section of the training curriculum right from the time when Army Welfare society. They are being pro- a soldier is inducted into the Army and is Society launched vided with free education, continued later at various levels of courses a unique mission boarding and lodging, uniform and in the formation level training. When by admitting 101 and transportation to Beas. inducted into insurgency areas units go children, 11-15 This project has been through an intensive re-orientation capsule years of age, launched in pursuance of the in specially established counter-insurgency from J&K policy of providing a healing schools, where training to sensitise them alongwith four touch to Kashmiri citizens who about human rights is included in the Kashmiri have been victims of violence. syllabus. Seminars are conducted in forma- Teachers for 3.39Legal advice to soldiers, tions and training institutes where members education in families and widows: Judge of National Human Rights Commission Army Public Advocate Departmental (NHRC), media persons and other eminent School at Beas. Officers posted at various speakers come to give their views on various appointments in formation human rights aspects, following which there Headquarters have been is an interaction with officers and men to directed to render legal advice in matters gather first-hand knowledge about ground relating to property claims, matrimonial realities. disputes and related issues concerning soldiers, ex-servicemen and their dependents. Legal help is also being sought by the families/dependents of service per- sonnel; serving/retired/deceased with regard to disability benefits and terminal entitle- ments. Legal advice to widows is being imparted through Army Wives Welfare Association (AWWA) on matters of succes- sion, property laws, marriage, divorce, Children from Jammu and Kashmir studying at the Army adoption and monetary entitlements. Public School, Beas 3.40 Human Rights Cell: Our Armed Forces are increasingly being called upon to 3.41 Telemedicine Project : assist the States in controlling internal (i) Telemedicine Network for the security situations and in the maintenance of Army is being developed under the aegis law and order in the country. There has of Indian Space Research Organisation been a concerted effort to sensitize all ranks (ISRO), Department of Space (DOS). from the soldier to the officer on human The first phase of the project (Pilot

37

FINAL 26.9.04 Project), wherein the Hard- all the sites. The system has been tested When inducted into ware and Software as well as and is functional since December 1, insurgency areas the connectivity of 348 kbps 2003. Tele-consultations and video- units go through an for five years was to be sup- conferencing between the nodes are intensive re- plied free of cost has now taking place on a regular basis and so far orientation capsule been completed. Army a total number of 668 consultations in specially Hospital (Research and Refer- have taken place since December 2003. established ral) (Delhi Cantt) Command counter-insurgency Hospital () schools, where (Udhampur), 92 Base Hospital training to sensitise (Srinagar), 153 GH (Leh), them about human 403 Fd Amb (Partapur) and rights is included in 2121 Fd Amb (Kargil) are the the syllabus. six sites where the pilot project has been imple- mented. The outdoor equip- ment including VSAT antennas and the indoor equipment including Servers and Diagnostic techniques at Army Hospitals: tele-medicine room which transmits data to six other centers for Digital Cameras have been installed at assessment by specialists.

38

FINAL 26.9.04 44

INDIAN NAVY

Indian Navy – a multi-dimensional Service. The presence of multinational maritime forces in the region placed a heavy demand on the Indian Navy to maintain its equipment and personnel in a high state of combat preparedness during the year.

4.1 The year continued to witness a much-needed punch to the Indian Navy. To great deal of maritime activity in the Indian enhance the force levels, induction of Ocean Region especially in the North platforms in accordance with the Long Term Arabian Sea. The presence of multinational Perspective Plan is being implemented in a maritime forces in the region placed a heavy systematic manner. The indigenously de- demand on the Indian Navy to maintain its signed stealth frigate ‘Shivalik’ was launched equipment and personnel in a high state of on April 18, 2003. A contract has been combat preparedness. signed with Russia for the refurbishment and 4.2 An upswing in naval cooperation acquisition of the with friendly foreign countries in the fields of Gorshkov’ alongwith deck-based carrier training, exercises and operations have aircraft. further strengthened our relations with MAJOR OPERATIONS littoral nations. The Indian Navy was also called upon to provide assistance to foreign 4.4 Security Patrols off Maputo: Indian countries in the form of flood relief in Sri Naval Ships Ranjit and Suvarna were de- Lanka, seaward protection for the African ployed at Maputo in Mozambique from Union Summit at Mozambique, patrolling of June 23, 2003 to July 15, 2003 for ensur- the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of ing security of the maritime frontiers during and Hydrographic assistance to the ‘African Union Summit’ which was held . at Maputo from July 4 to 12, 2003. Dur- 4.3 The induction of two Krivak class ing this operation, in addition to providing namely Talwar and in June security, Indian Naval ships also provided 2003 and one Extra Fast Attack Craft training to over 100 personnel of the (XFAC) in October 2003 have added the Mozambique Navy. INS Suvarna also

40

FINAL 26.9.04 carried a large consignment of medicines, aircraft were deployed on extensive surveil- which was handed over by the High Com- lance missions, which included anti-poach- missioner of India to the Health Minister of ing operations in the Andaman & Nicobar Mozambique. and Islands. These presence- 4.5 Anti-Smuggling/Gun-Running cum-surveillance missions were not re- Operations: Ships and aircraft of the Naval stricted to Indian waters only, but extended detachments based in Gujarat and to adjoining areas as well. , undertook regular patrols MAJOR EXERCISES along the coast, to prevent smuggling and gun-running, including illegal movement of 4.8 ‘SUMMEREX-2003’ was conducted undesirable personnel. from July 5 to 25, 2003 on the eastern 4.6 Palk Bay Patrols: Naval/Coast Guard seaboard while AMPHEX-2003 was con- ships, aircraft, and trawlers of the seven ducted from December 10 to 21, 2003, in detachments along the coast, the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. It was for undertook patrolling in the Palk Bay area, the first time that Headquarters Integrated during the year. Defence Staff conducted an AMPHEX. 4.7 Surveillance-cum- Presence Mis- Units of the Western and Eastern Fleets, sions: Surveillance of areas of strategic along with elements of the Army, Air Force interest, which is one of the vital tasks of the and Coast Guard participated in the annual Navy, was undertaken. Naval ships and naval exercises ‘SPRINGEX-2004’ held from February 1 to 25, 2004 on the western seaboard. OVERSEAS DEPLOYMENT 4.9 Circumnavigation Voyage - INS Tarangini: The Indian Navy’s Sail training barque, INS Tarangini, sailed from on January 23, 2003 on a circumnavigation voyage, for a duration of 15 months. Dur- ing this voyage, Tarangini visited 37 ports in 18 countries covering a distance of over 34,923 nautical miles. During third leg of her voyage, Tarangini participated in the four races of the Tall Ship Challenge Series, held in the Great Lakes of USA and Canada from July 14 to August 20, 2003. Com- peting against professionals from USA,

INS Tarangini arriving at Kochi after completing Canada, UK and a number of other coun- circumnavigation of the World. 41

FINAL 26.9.04 President Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam embarked onboard INS Tarangini on her return after circumnavigation. tries, Tarangini stood first in her Division. the ship trans-shipped a Chetak On completion of the voyage, INS Tarangini of the Mauritius National Coast Guard from entered Kochi on April 25, 2004. Dr. APJ Kochi to Port Louis. On the return leg from Abdul Kalam, the , em- Port Louis, the ship also exercised with the barked on board along with the Chief of the Mauritius ship CGS Guardian. Naval Staff Admiral and 4.13 International Maritime Defence other senior officers as part of the home- Exhibition – 2003 (IMDEX-2003): IN coming reception Ships Brahmaputra and Kirch visited Singa- 4.10 Tri-centenary Celebrations at St pore, to participate in the IMDEX-2003 Petersburg: Soon after commissioning at St from November 9 to 15, 2003. Petersburg, Russia, on June 25, 2003, INS 4.14 Operation SAMBANDH 03/03: Trishul participated in the St Petersburg Tri- INS Nirdeshak carried out Hydrographic centenary Celebrations held from June 25 Survey of sea areas, off Seychelles. The to 29, 2003. ship was deployed in Seychelles from No- 4.11 Langkawi International Maritime and vember 21 to December 18, 2003, for the Aerospace Exhibition (LIMA)-03: INS survey. Delhi and Kora visited Langkawi, , 4.15 Other Visits: Indian Naval ships paid to participate in LIMA-03 held from Sep- goodwill visits to ports in the Persian Gulf tember 29 to October 5, 2003. and the during the year. 4.12 Friendship Across the Seas: During INTERACTION WITH FOREIGN NAVIES the end of March 2003, INS Sharda was tasked for overseas deployment to Sey- 4.16 MILAN 03: A multi-national exer- chelles and Mauritius. During this mission cise and interaction, involving navies of 42

FINAL 26.9.04 South Asia and South East Asia, generically 4.19 Joint Exercises with USA: named ‘MILAN 03’, was held at (a) SAREX-2003: A bilateral Search from February 11 to 15, 2003. While and Rescue Exercise (SAREX) was from Indonesia, Sri Lanka and Thai- conducted off Chennai from July 8 to land participated, Australia, Malaysia, 12, 2003. The US Navy fielded P-3C Myanmar and sent their delegations. Orion aircraft and an Oliver Hazard 4.17 The details of other interaction with Perry Class Guided Missile Frigate (USS foreign navies, during the period under Curts). Indian participation involved INS review, are given in the table beneath. Sukanya, a Seaking helicopter and CGS EXERCISES AND JOINT OPERATIONS Varaha. Two observers each from WITH FOREIGN NAVIES , Sri Lanka, , and 4.18 The Indian Navy has institutional- Mauritius, also participated. ised joint exercises with USA, , and (b) – 03: The annual Singapore and joint patrols with Indonesia. Indo-US Joint Exercise, ‘MALABAR-03’ In addition, Indian Naval ships also carried was conducted off Kochi from October 5 out joint exercises with Russian Naval units to 10, 2003. USS Chosin (Ticonderoga in the Indian Ocean. Following are the Class Guided Missile ), USS details of such exercises. Fitzgerald (Arleigh Burke Class Guided

S.No. Dates Event Country Place 1. February IN/SLN Sixth Operational Review Sri Lanka 20-22, 2003 Meeting (ORM) 2. June 5, 2003 Seventh International Maritime Sri Lanka Palk Bay Boundary Line (IMBL) Meeting 3. July 21, 2003 Visit by Malaysian delegation to Malaysia New Delhi study work-up facilities 4. August 5-08, 2003 IN/SLN Seventh Operational Sri Lanka Colombo Review Meeting (ORM) 5. September Indo--to-Navy France Mumbai 9-10, 2003 Operational Staff Talks 6. October 10, 2003 Eighth International Maritime Sri Lanka Palk Bay Boundary Line (IMBL) Meeting 7. November IN/US Seventh ESG Meeting USA New Delhi 20-21, 2003 8. December Mid Planning Conference for Indo- France Toulon 15-18, 2003 French Exercise 2004/1 9. December Indo- Staff Talks Israel New Delhi 15-18, 2003 10. December Indo-Thai Joint Working Group 22-26, 2003 Meeting 11. March 1-4, 2004 Indo-French Staff Talks France France 12. March 3-5, 2004 Indo-Sri Lanka Op Review Meeting Sri Lanka New Delhi

43

FINAL 26.9.04 Missile ), USS Pasadena (Los Mumbai, from August 25 to 30, 2003. The Angeles Class Attack ) and French Navy was represented by FNS Marne P3C Orion (Maritime Reconnaissance (a Replenishment Tanker and the Flagship of Aircraft) were the major units which the French Admiral Commanding French participated from the US side. Indian Forces in the Indian Ocean), FNS Dupleix participation included INS Brahmaputra (an Anti-submarine Destroyer) and an (Guided Missile Frigate), INS Ganga Atlantique MK II aircraft (Maritime Patrol), (Guided Missile Frigate), INS Shalki operating from . The Indian participa- (Submarine), INS Shakti (Replenishment tion included INS Ganga (Guided Missile Tanker), Tu 142 aircraft (Maritime Frigate), INS Dunagiri (Anti-Submarine Reconnaissance and Anti Submarine Frigate) and INS Shankul (Submarine). Warfare) and Dornier aircraft (Maritime 4.21 Singapore: The sixth Indo-Singa- Reconnaissance), apart from the ship’s pore Anti Submarine Warfare exercise was integral . On the sports field, conducted off Kochi from March 7 to 19, teams from the two sides, also competed 2004. RSS Vigilance and RSS Victory for the MALABAR Cup on October 9, (Missile ), RSS Brave (Patrol 2003, which was won by the Indian Vessel) and RSS Endurance (Logistics Navy team. Support) represented the Republic of Singa- 4.20 France: The fourth Indo-French pore. The Indian participation included INS Exercise of the ‘Varuna’ series, namely Ganga (Guided Missile Frigate), INS VARUNA-2003/1 was conducted off Vindhyagiri (Leander), one Offshore Patrol

Indian Naval Ship “INS MYSORE” (left) exercising with a Russian Vessel in the Indian Ocean.

44

FINAL 26.9.04 Vessel, one Submarine and TU 142 Mari- time Patrol aircraft. 4.22 Russia: The first Indo-Russian Exercise, called ‘INDRA-2003’ was con- ducted from May 20 to 22, 2003 on the western seaboard, and from May 29 to 31, 2003 on the eastern seaboard. The Russian participation included Moskva (Slava Class Indian and US Naval personnel after a joint exercise. Cruiser with EV Orvlov, the Deputy Chief of Naval Staff and Commander ships Jiaxing (Frigate with integral helicopter) Black Sea Fleet embarked), Marshal and tanker Panyang Hu participated. Shaposhnikov (Udaloy Class Destroyer), DEFENCE COOPERATION Admiral Pantyeleyev (Udaloy Class De- 4.26 HYDRO IND – 2004: As part of stroyer) and Vladimir Kolechitsky (Tanker). the Golden Jubilee celebrations, the Indian The Indian participation included IN Ships Navy hosted the first International Mumbai, Mysore, Viraat, Brahmaputra, Hydrographic Seminar in India, “HYDRO Gomati and IN Submarine Sindhuvijay on IND 2004” at Mumbai from March 26-27, the western seaboard and Indian Naval Ships 2004, which was attended by Professionals Rajput, Ranjit, Ranvijay and from all over the world. The fourth meeting Sindhuvir and Vela on the eastern seaboard. of North Indian Ocean Hydrographic Com- 4.23 Indonesia: The third Indo-Indonesia mission (NIOHC) from March 24-25, 2004 Coordinated Patrol, called preceded the seminar. Representative of the ‘INDINDOCORPAT’ was conducted from twelve maritime countries located in the March 5, 2004 for about a month. IN Ships Indian Ocean Region attended this meeting. Tarasa and Tarmugli participated from the ASSISTANCE RENDERED Indian side while Indonesian Naval Ship, KRI Pati Unus, represented Indonesia. 4.27 Flood Relief Operations in Sri 4.24 : The Indo-Oman Joint Lanka: INS Sharda was deployed at Galle, Exercise ‘Thammar Al Tayyib’ was con- Sri Lanka from May 20 to 26, 2003, to ducted on the western seaboard from April provide relief in the flood affected areas of 24 to 26, 2003. South and Central Sri Lanka. The Indian 4.25 China: On completion of the teams distributed more than 5000 food port-call to , IN Ships Ranjit and packets, 2500 blankets and provided medi- Kulish carried out a cal relief to more than 1000 patients. exercise (SAREX) with the ships of the 4.28 Towing of MCGS Vigilant: Chinese Navy, off Shanghai, on November Mauritian Coast Guard Ship Vigilant was 14, 2003. From the Chinese side, PLA (N) towed by INS Matanga from Port Louis,

45

FINAL 26.9.04 Mauritius to Mumbai in April critically ill patient was winched up from the The Indian Navy has 2003, for undertaking repairs merchant ship MV Car Bridge and trans- institutionalized joint at Mumbai. A Chetak heli- ferred to Civil Hospital. exercises with USA, copter was also embarked TRAINING France, and aboard Vigilant for transporta- Singapore and joint tion to India, for overhaul at 4.33 Interaction with Foreign Countries: patrols with HAL, Bangalore. A total of 400 vacancies have been allotted Indonesia. In for training of personnel from friendly 4.29Assistance to Merchant addition, Indian foreign countries in India for the year 2003- Ship in Distress: On June Naval ships carried 04. The list of countries who have been 10, 2003, Yard 3010 (Betwa), out joint exercises offered these vacancies is as follows: - during the Sea Trials off Sand with Russian Naval S.No Country Vacancies Heads, provided assistance to units in the Indian a Merchant Vessel, ‘MV (a) Bangladesh 10 Ocean. Fortune Carrier’, in distress. (b) 03 Betwa was able to safely (c) Malaysia 07 rescue the entire crew of 20 personnel from (d) Mauritius 16 the ship before it sank. (e) Myanmar 04 (f) Nigeria 05 4.30 Assistance at Daman: The Indian (g) Seychelles 09 Naval diving team, along with the Coast (h) 03 Guard diving team, rescued personnel and (i) Sri Lanka 297 a vehicle, which had fallen in water due to (j) Maldives 44 the collapse of the bridge on Daman Ganga (k) Singapore 02 river at Daman on August 28, 2003. 4.34 Similarly, a total of 31 Indian per- 4.31 Casualty Evacuation (CASEVAC) by sonnel have been deputed abroad for INS Sharda: In January 2003, while keep- training and various courses, which includes ing vigil off Minicoy Islands, INS Sharda 12 personnel to the US under the Interna- evacuated a Turkish sailor who was ill, from tional Military Education and Training merchant ship MV Muzeyyen Ana 100 nm programme. west of Minicoy. The ill sailor was brought 4.35 Hydrographic Co-operation: Ten to Kochi on the midnight of January 30, foreign officers from Bangladesh, Sri 2003 and was handed over to the specialist Lanka, Vietnam, Nigeria, Malaysia, Sey- medical team of the Medical Trust Hospital. chelles, Thailand and Mauritius attended the 4.32 Casualty Evacuation (CASEVAC) by free basic Hydrography course between Chetak: 321 Garuda flight undertook a October 21, 2002 and May 24, 2003 at CASEVAC mission off Kochi on July 12, the National Hydrographic School, Goa. 2003 in adverse weather conditions. A This is in line with the NHD’s International

46

FINAL 26.9.04 Cooperation efforts in the littoral region, as 4.38 Computerisation: Various applica- part of the North Indian Ocean tion programmes are under consideration Hydrographic Commission (NIOHC) efforts for development in areas of Pay and Allow- of capacity building. ances, Hospital administration and Adminis- 4.36 First Training : A total of tration. These packages shall be developed 141 cadets were trained onboard INS Tir both through in-house expertise as well as and Krishna of First Training Squadron. outsourcing. During the course of sea training, besides 4.39 IT Training: IT Training continues to visiting all major ports of India, the cadets be vital to meet the increasing requirement also visited port of Suez, Palermo, Alexan- of computerisation in the Navy. Various dria, Port Said, Bandar Abbas, Al Fujaira and courses are being planned and conducted Muscat during the overseas deployment. on site from time to time.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVENTURE AND SPORTS 4.37 Navy Wide Networking: A Navy 4.40 First Afro-Asian Games: Following Wide Network is being set up to ensure data naval personnel brought laurels to the Indian transfer and connectivity. This is being set up Navy in the first Afro-Asian games held at in a progressive manner over three years. Hyderabad from October 24 to November

A surface-to-surface missile being fired by an Indian Navy destroyer

47

FINAL 26.9.04 1, 2003: - (a) Petty Officer, AL Lakra, 4.44 Aero Adventure Sport: A node for Silver Medal in boxing. (b) Chief Petty conducting para jumping, sky diving, Officer, CPRS Kumar, Bronze Medal in microlite flying etc. has been set up at Dega, weight lifting. . The Navy is also setting up 4.41 11th Asian Sailing Championship: its own Sky Diving Team. The team would Naval sportsmen won 2 Gold, 2 Silver and 1 subsequently participate in various interna- Bronze medal in the 11th Asian Sailing tional events. Championship at Mumbai from January 8 to 4.45 Mountaineering: The IN Mountain- 13, 2004 in different categories. eering Cell has been set up at Naval Head- quarters. After a successful assault on 4.42 International YMCA Boxing Tourna- Mount Suitilla in 2002, the Naval Moun- ment: Petty Officers, AL Lakra and M taineering team recently scaled Mt Kamet/ Suranjoy Singh, won silver medals each in Abigamin and Mt Saser Kangri in the year International YMCA Boxing tournament held 2003. at Delhi from February 3 to 7, 2004. 4.46 XXIII Antarctic Expedition: A th 4.43 9 SAF Games: Naval sportsmen three-member naval team participated in the won 6 Gold, 1 Silver and 2 Bronze medals XXIII Indian Summer Expedition th in the 9 SAF Games held at Islamabad in from December 2003 to March 2004. March 2004.

48

FINAL 26.9.04 55

INDIAN AIR FORCE

The induction of SU-30 MK-1 adds a cutting edge to the lethal potential of India’s defence capability.

49

FINAL 26.9.04 The IAF continues to modernize in a phased manner and today epitomizes a credible air power of capability and repute.

5.1 The Indian Air Force (IAF) is a sibilities viz, air defence, air interdiction, modern, technology intensive force with reconnaissance and conducted counter- commitments to excellence and professional- surface operations in support of ground ism. IAF has completed seven decades of forces. Besides, it is committed to provide dedicated service to the nation. Keeping assistance to civil authorities during natural pace with the demands of contemporary calamities, for movement of personnel to advancements, the IAF continues to mod- maintain law and order as well as to cater to ernise in a phased manner and today epito- the needs of a large number of soldiers, who mises a credible air power of capability and man outposts in the treacherous, forbidding repute. and inaccessible reaches of the Himalayas. 5.2 IAF ensures that all personnel hone IAF pilots and airmen of the transport and their professional skills to the highest level, helicopter fleets have maintained the lifeline minimise wastage, reduce expenditure and in the skies under the most gruelling conditions. optimise output. Although the possible cost FLEET IMPROVEMENTS/INDUCTIONS and complexity of new technology continue to make unprecedented demands on the skill 5.4 IAF has achieved significant mile- and commitment of the Indian Air Force, stones in the field of self-reliance in the these challenges have been met with exem- operation and maintenance of its fleet. plary elan and fortitude. IAF has been Many aircraft are indigenously maintained operationally alert continuously and its and overhauled. In addition, aircraft and personnel have withstood with determination weapon systems are undergoing upgradation the pressures and uncertainties. with the latest avionics systems and modifi- 5.3 The IAF has rendered yeoman cations. Follwoing are some of the signifi- service and undertaken multifarious respon- cant areas of achievement.

50

FINAL 26.9.04 The Hawk, Advanced Jet Trainer, being acquired for training IAF pilots.

5.5 Advanced Jet Trainer (AJT) : The aircraft has been accorded. requirement of an advanced jet trainer has 5.8 MiG-21 (BIS UPG): MiG-21 Bis long been felt by the Air Force to meet its aircraft are under series upgrade at HAL training needs. The contract for Hawk AJT (Nasik Division) and are being fitted with aircraft was concluded on March 26, 2004 latest state-of-the-art avionics systems. The with the manufacturers, M/s BAE Systems, inclusion of new systems enhances the UK. 24 aircraft would be procured from M/s capabilities of the aircraft. 64 aircraft have BAE Systems in flyaway condition and the been upgraded by HAL so far. remaining 42 aircraft would be license- 5.9 Su-30 :The first batch of Su-30K manufactured in India by Hindustan Aero- was inducted in 1997 and Su-30 MKI Phase nautics Limited (HAL). I was inducted in 2002. Su-30 MKI Phase 5.6 Kiran Mk- I & II : These aircraft II aircraft was inducted during October- were inducted in the IAF in 1968. They are December 2003. HAL has concluded a utilised for intermediate and advanced contract with Russia for manufacture of Su- training of IAF pilots. Another important 30 MKI aircraft under licensed agreement role undertaken by these aircraft is aerobat- from 2005 to 2018. HAL will also set up ics as part of the Surya-Kiran Aerobatic Repair and Overhaul (ROH) facilities. Induc- Team, which requires precision flying and tion of Su-30 MKI in IAF is a major step faultless maintenance. Hindustan Aeronau- towards self-reliance and will add a cutting tics Ltd (HAL) has indigenised many spares edge to the lethal potential of India’s de- of this aircraft. fence capability. 5.7 Additional Multi-Role Aircraft : In 5.10 Jaguar : Jaguar aircraft were in- principle approval for additional Multi-Role ducted into IAF in 1979 and have given

51

FINAL 26.9.04 good service over the past 25 Positioning System (GPS), Distance Measur- years. Currently, a number of ing Equipment (DME) and radio altimeter. Induction of Su-30 modifications are in progress Upgrade of prototype has been completed MK-I is a major to improve the performance of and the aircraft handed over to the Air step towards self- these aircraft. These modifi- Force. Contract for modification of the reliance and will cations are aimed at improving aircraft has been signed with HAL on add a cutting edge the avionics and fitment of March 27, 2003 and the delivery will be to the lethal new-generation weapon commencing from April 30, 2004. potential of India’s systems. These aircraft are 5.14 Advanced Light Helicopters (ALH): defence capability. capable of air-to-air refuelling The IAF has already procured Advanced and their radius of action has Light Helicopters as a part of its schemes to been considerably enhanced replace Chetak helicopters. This is an by acquisition of air-to-air indigenously built helicopter and received refuellers. Approval of the Government was very good reviews at the recently concluded accorded for acceptance of eight new twin Singapore Air Show where the IAF displayed seater aircraft from HAL during 2003-04. the helicopter through its display team Avionics integration on these aircraft is ‘SARANG’. The initial helicopters would be completed and weapon system integration is with a conventional cockpit, which would be in progress. upgraded to a glass cockpit with an up- 5.11 Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) : graded engine. In February 2004, 5 ALHs UAVs were first inducted into the Indian Air of IAF participated in the air display at Force in 2000. The fleet was further ex- Singapore Air Show. panded in 2003. The delivery of the UAVs 5.15 Light Combat Helicopters (LCH) : is expected to be completed in 2004-05. IAF is planning to induct 65 state-of-the-art 5.12 Executive Jets : The contract was Light Combat Helicopters (LCH) to be signed on September 19, 2003 for the designed and developed indigenously. Apart acquisition of four Embraer aircraft for the from supporting the Army in Low Intensity IAF and one for the Ministry of Home Conflict Operations (LICO), these helicop- Affairs. The contract also involves integra- ters would enhance the combat effectiveness tion of a Self Protection System (SPS) suite of the Air Force. by the vendor. The delivery of the first two 5.16 Mi-8 & Mi-17 Helicopters : Induc- aircraft would commence by middle of tion of Mi-8 & Mi-17 helicopters into the 2005. IAF commenced from 1972 and 1984 5.13 HS-748 Aircraft Upgrade: In view respectively. They have given exceptionally of the obsolescence of certain avionics and good service. IAF has procured 10 new Mi- other equipment on HS-748 aircraft, it was 17IV helicopters. A contingent of Mi-17 proposed to replace them and additionally helicopters is presently operating in the UN install a few new avionics such as Global Mission in Congo. 52

FINAL 26.9.04 5.17 Mi-35 Helicopters: Mi-35 helicop- Government of Israel and the Government ters were inducted into the IAF in 1994 and of Russian Federation on 10.10.2003. have given exceptionally good service. These Subsequently, an Inter-Government Agree- helicopters are being upgraded for their day ment (IGA) was concluded with Israel on 3rd and night capability. A contingent of Mi-35 March 2004 followed by a contract with M/s helicopters is presently operating in the UN IAD Elta System to acquire AWACS aircraft. Mission in Congo. These aircraft, as force multipliers, would 5.18 Pechora Missile System Upgrade : enhance the combat effectiveness of the IAF. Pechora missile system will continue to be The basic platform is the IL-76 aircraft, thus operational till year 2015. In order to giving commonality with the existing fleet of ensure its reliable operation, Government the Air Force. has approved the proposal for selective 5.22 Air Defence Ground Communication upgrade of Pechora Systems. Network: Various state-of-the-art communi- 5.19 Missile System : Prithvi cation networks like Integrated Air Com- Missile Systems are gradually being inducted mand, Control and Communication System in the IAF. Three squadrons along with the (IACCCS), Aerostat, Unmanned Aerial associated ground support equipment are Vehicle (UAV), Prithvi Tactical Air Centre planned to be inducted. (TAC) / Joint Air Defence Centre (JADC) / 5.20 SAR/ISAR Option for ELTA Radar: Delhi Area Defence Centre (DADC) / The SAR/ISAR option is an Control and Reporting Centre (CRC) etc. are upgrade on the existing fire being planned using Fibre Optic Media (FO A memorandum of control radar on the maritime Media), satellite and microwaves system for principles and order Jaguar aircraft. The trials were effective and efficient integration of Air of cooperation on successfully conducted and Defence Operation Elements like fighter the AWACS project acquisition finalized through a aircraft squadrons, radars, Command Head- for IAF outlining the contract on January 13, quarters etc. Also the existing Air Defence scope of work and 2004. Ground Environment System (ADGES) communications network is being modern- responsibility of the 5.21 Airborne Warning and ized with Asynchronous Transfer Mode parties, was signed Control System (AWACS): A (ATM) technology using Fibre Optic Media. by the Government memorandum of principles of India, the and order of cooperation on 5.23 Air Defence Ground Radar: State- Government of Israel the AWACS project for IAF of-the-art radar and communication systems and the Government outlining the scope of work such as Aerostar, Low Level Light Weight of Russian and responsibility of the Radars (LLLWR) etc are under various stages Federation on parties, was signed by the of induction to provide effective Air Defence 10.10.2003. Government of India, the against enemy attack.

53

FINAL 26.9.04 TECHNOLOGICAL EDGE additional Bird Hazard Combat Teams 5.24 Central Acquisition Radar (CAR) (BHCTs) have been established and 15 :This radar has been indigenously designed temporary BHCTs have been made perma- and developed by the Defence Research and nent. The scope of expenditure on anti-bird Development Organisation (DRDO). In hazard measures have been enlarged to keeping with the IAF policy to bolster increase its effectiveness. indigenous technological development, the 5.27 Measures to Reduce Human Error prototype radar underwent performance Accidents : The concept of Operational Risk evaluation and the results have been encour- Management (ORM) is being implemented aging. in the IAF to reduce accidents. Software for 5.25 Force Multipliers : The IAF has implementing this concept is under develop- acquired four IL-78 Flight Refueling Aircraft ment. (FRA). IAF has operationalised in-flight 5.28 Helpline Service : A ‘Helpline’ refueling on Su-30, Su-30 MKI, Jaguar service has been established to render and Mirage 2000 aircraft. assistance to the kin of personnel involved in aircraft accidents. ENHANCING FLIGHT SAFETY INFORMATION AND ELECTRONIC 5.26 Anti-Bird Strike Measures: There WARFARE have been no Category I (Cat-I) accidents due to bird strike this year (April 1, 2003 5.29 Space Applications : The IAF has to March 31, 2004). This was possible due made significant progress by using space to a vigorous drive for clearance of vegeta- technologies in the field of communications, tion and implementation of anti-bird meas- surveillance and reconnaissance, search and ures. 52 stations have been supplied with rescue. INSAT series of satellites are used heavy-duty tractors and grass cutting ma- for communications, while IRS series of chines for environment cleaning. Two satellites are used for imaging. India has obtained the capability of 1 metre resolution imaging through Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS)-TES. 5.30 Progress has been made in the field of Electronic Intelligence (ELINT) and enhancing the resolution further in the field of imaging. In Search & Rescue (SAR), IAF has planned to procure beacons for its aircraft, which would be compatible with satellite based SAR system. 5.31 (EW) Equipment: Microlite aircraft getting ready for a bird survey flight. The fitment of basic minimum Integrated

54

FINAL 26.9.04 EW self protection suite comprising Radar give the capability to peep into enemy Warning Receiver (RWR), Counter Measure territory and also provide support to offen- Dispensing System (CMDS) and Airborne sive missions. Self Protection Jammer (ASPJ) on the fighter 5.36 Airborne Early Warning and Control fleet is being pursued vigorously. In addi- system (AEW&C): Two AEW&C platform are tion, fitment of RWR and CMDS is planned being indigenously developed by the Centre on transport aircraft and helicopters. for Airborne System (CABS) in coordination 5.32 A number of advanced Early Warn- with DRDO. These platforms will minimize ing (EW) systems viz., Integrated EW Range, our dependency on foreign vendors in the Communication Jamming (COMJAM) sys- field of Electronics Warfare. tems, Airborne and Ground based Signal 5.37 Low Level Light Weight Radar Intelligence (SIGINT) systems, missile (LLLWR): The LLLWRs are lightweight warning systems etc. are planned for pro- radars that can be man ported or airlifted to curement to provide the cutting edge to IAF inhospitable terrain and mountainous re- in Early Warning (EW) capability. gions. Induction of these radars would give 5.33 Signal Intelligence (SIGINT) : New the capability to deploy radars at any site at SIGINT systems on board airborne plat- short notice. It has the capability to detect forms as well as ground systems are planned threats at low level and provide the much- to be procured to replace the ageing sys- required early warning in mountainous tems as well as to augment the surveillance terrain. capabilities. 5.38 Securing L/L Communication: 5.34 Integrated Early Warning (EW) Landline communications has been vulner- Workshop: This is a new concept introduced able to interception. Encryption system has so as to make Early Warning (EW) training been planned to secure the media for more efficient and to assess squadron and transmission of voice and data communica- units on Early Warning (EW) in an integrated tions. Presently, 2 Mega Bits Per Second manner. (MBPS) inter-command network and Tropo 5.35 Surveillance and Early Warning : lines for stage-I(WAC) have been secured The Aerostat surveillance system with using Bulk encryption units. The encryption multiple payloads is being inducted into the of other systems is planned with their IAF. The primary role of this system is to upgradation. reinforce the low-level detection coverage of 5.39 Nuclear, Biological & Chemical the air defence infrastructure. The Aerostat (NBC) Warfare: Procurement of NBC system will play the role of a force multiplier equipment for certain forward airbases and and provide both strategic and tactical Quick Reaction Teams (QRT) is underway. advantage over adversaries. The payloads Personal protective clothing like NBC suits, would form a part of the aerostat balloon, gloves and boots and detection/decontamina- which would be hoisted in the air. This will tion equipment is part of the procurement. 55

FINAL 26.9.04 TRAINING them. The operational preparedness of all 5.40 A review of the national security support systems for the flying branch is also system by a Group of Ministers (GoM) a crucial factor. To ensure that the IAF has brought out the need for greater harmony adequate professionally competent technical between military and civil organisations for officers, the Government has approved a bringing synergy in exploitation of resources/ proposal, in principle, for establishing an Air efforts. Pursuing this objective, Indian Air Force Engineering College. Force took up the issue of recognition of 5.42 Recognition of IAF Training Insti- training/ courses conducted in the IAF, with tutes by DGCA : To bring out greater All India Council of Technical Education synergy in aviation in the country all defence (AICTE) and Director General Of Civil pilots are also required to meet the com- Aviation (DGCA). The result of this exercise mercial pilot requirements. DGCA has are summarised below:- recognized IAF training institutes and • DGCA’s approval for the training conducts bi-annual examination at the Air at Flying Training Establishments and Force Academy. Recognition of military technical training (both for officers and aircraft IL-76, An-32 and Mi-17 for conduct airmen of Maintenance Branch) have of civil license skill test is under progress. been obtained. 5.43 Air Force Awareness Campaign : • Award of Diploma in Engineering, The youth of our nation, especially those in duly recognised by AICTE, to the the outlying parts of the country, are not technical training imparted in IAF has adequately aware about aviation and a been obtained. career in the Air Force. In order to attract • Recognition of the civil equiva- bright, talented and motivated youth to join lence of military qualification its ranks, IAF has launched awareness awarded to non-technical campaigns in all parts of the country. The To ensure that the tradesmen by Government of response to these campaigns has been IAF has adequate India, Ministry of Labour has overwhelming. professionally been obtained in June 2003. 5.44 Air Race 2003 : Year 2003 was competent 5.41Air Force Engineering centenary year for powered flying. The first technical officers, College : A high level of aircraft took off on its maiden flight on the Government professionalism, particularly in December 17, 1903. To commemorate this has approved a the technical branches of the event in India, an air race was organised by proposal, in Air Force, is necessary, as the the Indian Air Force along with the Aeronau- principle, for operational effectiveness of tical Society of India. establishing an Air the IAF is highly dependent on 5.45 Utilization of Trained Defence Force Engineering the machines as much as on Manpower : To infuse greater harmony College. the men who fly and operate among military and civil organizations and

56

FINAL 26.9.04 utilize highly trained and disciplined defence sure to our personnel on the latest develop- manpower towards nation building, IAF has ments in the field of aviation. Details of the written to various civil organizations such as exercises are enumerated in the succeeding Pawan Hans, Airports Authority of India and paragraphs. Indira Gandhi Rastriya Udan Academy for 5.49 Exercises led by Army : Exercise lateral absorption of IAF personnel. ‘Vajra Prahar 03-1’ / Ex ‘Balance Iroquois 5.46 Training of IAF personnel abroad : 03-1’. Ex ‘Vajra Prahar 03-1’, a joint IAF is presently participating in various exercise was conducted at Vairengte and courses abroad. These courses are con- surrounding areas during April, 2003. The ducted in USA, UK, France, Australia, South exercise was conducted with the US Special Africa, , Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, Operations Pacific Command. The Indian Bangladesh, Netherlands, Germany and participation included two An-32 and six China. In addition, one IAF officer is Mi-17 aircraft of IAF and a team of Ex 21 currently on deputation to United Sates Air Para Strike Force (SF) of the Indian Army. Force (USAF) on Qualified Flying Instructor The US participation comprised 21 troops (QFI) exchange programme. and civil affairs personnel. 5.47 Training of Foreign Students in IAF : 5.50 The Special Forces Joint exercise in Foreign students are availing training facili- High Altitude Area (HAA) operations Ex ties in IAF establishments. Ministry of ‘Balance Iroquois 03-4’ / Ex ‘Vajra Prahar External Affairs (MEA) offers the training 03-3’ was conducted at Leh in September slots under Indian Technical and Economic 2003. The exercise included rock craft and Co-operation-I (ITEC-I), ITEC-II, Self cliff assault technique, ground training and Financing Scheme (SFS) and Aid to Sri friendship jumps. The IAF participated with Lanka programmes. The Government funds one An-32 for paradrop. Friendship jumps training for personnel from Nepal and from An-32 were carried out over Stakna Bhutan. Officers and airmen from Myanmar, Drop Zone (DZ). Seventeen US troops Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Mauritius, Malaysia along with Indian troops took part in the and Botswana have undergone training at friendship jumps. various training establishments in India 5.51 Exercises Led by Navy: Indo-US during the year. In addition, training slots Joint Naval Special Forces exercise was have been offered to Nigeria as well. conducted at Ganpatiphule (Ratnagiri) in DEFENCE COOPERATION March 2004. The scope of the exercise 5.48 Combined joint exercises were included para jumps, combat free falls and undertaken by the IAF with various countries duck drops from 2 x An-32 aircraft and to strengthen bilateral relations. These Special Heliborne Operation (SHBO) and exercises, besides building up goodwill Combat free fall from 2 x Mi-8 helicopters. between the countries, have given an expo- 5.52 Exercises led by Air Force : Exercise

57

FINAL 26.9.04 ‘Cooperative Cope Thunder-03’ (CCT-03), Ex was conducted from February 14 to 26, a multilateral exercise, was conducted in 2004. Six F-15 aircraft of USAF flew 52 Alaska during June, 2003. Exercise CCT is sorties against Mirage, Mig 21, Bison, MiG- conducted every year in Alaska during the 27, MiG-29 and SU-30 aircraft of IAF. The period June-July. IAF participation in CCT- objectives - to learn about each other’s 03 comprised one IL-76 and 31 crew/ operational and maintenance procedures - observers. The three observ- were achieved to a great extent. ers included one each from 5.54 Indo –Tajikistan Joint Exercises : A IAF participated in flying, fighter controller and joint airborne exercise was carried out in a multilateral metereological branches. IAF Tajikistan during July-August, 2003. The exercise in Alaska also participated in the execu- exercise was conducted on the occasion of in June 2003 in tive level observer pro- Tajikistan Air Force raising day on August which one IL76 gramme, which provided an 05, 2003. The Indian participation com- and 31 crew/ opportunity to interact with prised three An-32 aircraft, paratroopers observers observers from other coun- and Para Jumping Instructors (PJIs). Para- participated. tries and witness conduct of troopers of Indian Army Para Brigade and 7 multilateral operations from Assault Brigade of Tajikistan Army partici- close quarters. This was the pated in the exercise, which culminated in a first ever participation by an IAF aircraft in a paradrop at Fakrabad DZ. multilateral exercise. The IL-76 sorties included airdrop mission, participation in air SPORTS AND ADVENTURE power, orientation ride for executive observ- 5.55 Achievements of IAF in Sports : ers and North Pole flights. Training objec- Warrant Officer Ram Mehar Singh, tives for the participation in the exercise Ground Training Instructor [GTI(Sports)] included successful integration in multilat- was conferred ‘’ for excellence eral combat exercise, key involvement and in the field of Kabaddi. The President of cooperation in the mission planning process India presented the award on August 29, with multiple nations and use of grid naviga- 2003. Ram Mehar Singh was also con- tion without magnetic compass backup. The ferred ‘Bhim Award’ by Government of IL-76 Polar flight and endurance flight of Haryana in October 2001. 09:36 hrs was a good achievement. 5.56 Skydiving : A Basic skydiving course 5.53 Ex Cope India-04: Ex Cope India- was conducted in June, 2003 at the Air 04, a bilateral exercise was conducted at Force Station Hindon, where 55 personnel Gwalior with USAF and IAF . successfully completed five jumps each and This was the first exercise when frontline earned para wings in a record time of six fighter aircraft of both sides participated. days. The Dissimilar Air Combat Training (DACT)

58

FINAL 26.9.04 66

COAST GUARD

Coast Guard Naviks on Parade at Daman The Coast Guard is responsible for keeping India’s Exclusive Economic Zone measuring over 2.02 million square kilometers under regular surveillance.

6.1 The Coast Guard was set up as an state, under a District Commander. There Armed Force of the Union in 1978 for the are two Air Stations at Daman and Chennai preservation and protection of our Exclusive and four Air Enclaves at Goa, Mumbai, Economic Zone (EEZ). The Coast Guard is and Port Blair. responsible for keeping India’s EEZ measur- FORCE LEVEL ing over 2.02 million square kilometers under regular surveillance to prevent 6.3 From a small beginning in 1978, the poaching, smuggling and other illegal Coast Guard has made a steady progress in activities. Besides, Coast Guard’s charter of developing its force levels with regular duties also include pollution response at induction of ships and aircraft. Consequent sea, search and rescue (SAR) and protection to commissioning of 1 Advanced Offshore of marine environment. Patrol Vessel, 1 Interceptor Boat and 1 Advanced Light Helicopter during the period ORGANISATION November 2003 to March 31, 2004, Coast 6.2 The Command and Control of the Guard now has a total force level of 38 Coast Guard is exercised by the Director ships, 20 Interceptor Boats/ Crafts, 6 General, from the Coast Guard Headquar- Hovercrafts, 24 Dornier Aircraft, 17 Chetak ters at New Delhi. It has three Regional Helicopters and 3 Advanced Light Helicopters. Commands with the Regional Headquarters COMMISSIONING/ACTIVATION OF at Mumbai, Chennai and Port Blair. The SHIPS/ AIRCRAFT/STATIONS entire coastline of India and the maritime zones are divided into three Regions. The 6.4 Following Ships/Aircraft/Stations Regions are further divided into Coast were Commissioned/Activated during the Guard Districts, each representing a coastal period:-

60

FINAL 26.9.04 a) Coast Guard Ship Durgabai NEW ACQUISITIONS Deshmukh built by M/s Goa 6.5 Coast Guard has made following Limited, Goa was commissioned in the progress on the cases of new acquisitions:- service in April 2003. (a) Interceptor Crafts (ICs): The th b) Acquisition of 4 Advanced contract has been signed on March 22, th Offshore Patrol Vessel(AOPV): 4 2004 for acquisition of eight Interceptor AOPV CGS Sagar was commissioned on Boats at a total cost of Rs. 3.74 crores. November 3, 2003 at Goa. This ship is These boats are being constructed by based at Mumbai and has strengthened M/s Bristol Boats, Kochi and are ex- the surveillance capabilities of the Coast pected to be delivered within two years. Guard Region (West). These boats will be highly advantageous th c) Interceptor Boat (IB): The 10 in carrying out patrol duties in shallow Interceptor Boat (IB) constructed by M/s water areas near the coastline. Anderson Marine Private Limited, Goa (b) Advanced Offshore Patrol Vessel was commissioned on November 15, (AOPV): A contract has been signed 2003 and based at Goa. with M/s Limited, Goa on rd d) 3 Advanced Light Helicopter March 18, 2004 for the construction of (ALH): The third ALH CG 853 indig- 5th AOPV at a total cost of Rs. 228.13 enously built by M/s HAL Bangalore has crores. This ship is capable of 24 knots been inducted into service on March 30, speed and will be equipped with the 2004. state of the art systems and designed for e) CGS Kavaratti: Coast Guard adequate crew comfort for extended station Kavaratti in the Lakshadweep and operations. The ship is designed to carry Minicoy Islands was activated on January an Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) and 15, 2004 by the DGCG. will be equipped with superior fire fighting and pollution control capabili- ties. (c) Pollution Control Vessels (PCVs): A contract has been signed with M/s ABG Shipyard, on March 31, 2004 for construction of three Pollution Control Vessels at a total of Rs. 424.07 crores. With this, the long outstanding requirement of dedicated and sophisti- cated pollution control ships to meet disasters of oil spill in our waters will be Coast Guard interceptor boat crossing the Pamban met effectively. These ships are the best Viaduct

61

FINAL 26.9.04 Map of Coast Guard Headquarters Regional Headquarters District Headquarters CG Station CG Air Station Air Sqn CG New Stations on the anvil of their kind in the world and will equip ACHIEVEMENTS the Coast Guard to handle any eventual- 6.6 (a) Operational Achievements: ity in our waters. During the period the following opera- (d) Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs): Ap- tional achievements have been made by the proval has been accorded for construc- Coast Guard.:- tion of five Fast Patrol Vessels by M/s (i) Poaching boat apprehended - 31 Goa Shipyard Limited, Goa at a total (ii) Smuggling Vessels apprehended - 1 cost of Rs. 222.85 crores. These are (iii) Contraband confiscated - worth Rs. follow-on series ships of the two FPVs 7 Lakhs acquired during 2002-2003 and will (iv) Lives saved at sea - 169 enhance the capabilities of Coast Guard. (v) Ships saved from distress - 13 These ships are capable of a maximum (vi) Sea pollution averted - 5 speed of 35 knots and rank among the (vii) Sea pollution combated - 4 best ships of its class world over.

62

FINAL 26.9.04 (b) Ship Reporting System ‘INDSAR’: effective coordination of search and An advanced computer aided ship rescue resources. reporting system “INDSAR” for search 6.7 Operations: and rescue services has been brought (a) Operation Tasha: Protection of into operation by the Coast Guard with Tamil Nadu coast against infiltration by effect from February 1, 2003 and is militants has been entrusted to the being operated through the Maritime Indian Navy and the Coast Guard. Rescue Coordination Centre at Mumbai. Coast Guard ships and aircraft remain Participation of merchant vessels of on continuous patrol/surveillance duty more than 300 GRT operating or in the Palk Strait and Gulf of Mannar. transiting through the Indian Search and (b) Operation Swan: In the year Rescue Region, in the INDSAR is 1993, consequent to the Mumbai serial voluntary and the ships do not have to bomb blasts, Operation Swan was incur any charges or additional responsi- launched in coordination with the Indian bilities than already existing under Safety Navy to prevent landing of contraband of Life and Property at Sea (SOLAS) 74 and infiltration of illegal immigrants on and Search & Rescue (SAR) 79. Maharashtra and Gujarat coasts. The (c) National Search and Rescue Board: Coast Guard is contributing maximum in The second meeting of the National the joint operation, as far as outer layer Search and Rescue Board was held on and intermediate layer patrolling is April 22, 2003 under the chairmanship concerned. of Director General Coast Guard. The (c) Operation Nakabandi: In order to meeting was attended by the representa- check the influx of refugees and to curb tives Ministry of Shipping, the clandestine activities in Palk Bay and DG(Shipping), Shipping Gulf of Mannar, Operation Nakabandi was launched in August, 1996 and is Protection of Tamil Corporation of India, Indian continuing. Nadu coast against Navy, Department of Telecom- (d) Anti-smuggling Operations: Based infiltration by militants munication, Customs, Depart- on intelligence inputs from Customs and has been entrusted to ment of Space and National Department of Revenue Intelligence, the the Indian Navy and Fish Workers Forum. The Coast Guard undertakes anti-smuggling the Coast Guard. Chairman of the Board re- operations. In addition, random anti- Coast Guard ships leased the first edition of the smuggling patrols are also conducted. and aircraft remain on National Search and Rescue Due to patrolling by the Coast Guard, Manual and also promulgated continuous patrol/ incidents of smuggling contraband have National Search and Rescue surveillance duty in come down drastically. Plan-2003 for providing the Palk Strait and (e) Anti-poaching Operations: Anti- guidance to the members for Gulf of Mannar. poaching operations are conducted on a

63

FINAL 26.9.04 on May 14, 2003 and developed crack in the hull. Subsequently, the vessel sank off Sagar Islands on May 18, 2003. Coordination by Coast Guard Rescue Centres resulted in saving all 22 crew of the vessel. (iii) MV Yujia: The Coast Guard Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre (MRCC), Port Blair, coordinated rescue

Coast Guard ship and aircraft maintaining vigil in the of 28 Chinese crew on August 11, Exclusive Economic Zone . 2003 from a merchant vessel MV Yujia regular basis in the Indian Exclusive of Xiamen Chengyi Shipping Company, Economic Zone. Due to the Coast China, which was in distress north-west Guard efforts, the incidents of poaching of Diglipur. The vessel, with a cargo of have reduced compared to previous 14,500 tonnes of chrome ore, on years. passage from Paradip to Yangon, was (f) Search and Rescue Operations: experiencing heavy flooding. On receiv- Distress situations at sea demand rapid ing the distress message, the Coast response. Coast Guard ships and aircraft Guard identified two merchant vessels undertook various Search and Rescue MT CHM Piru Singh and MV Chieftain II missions and were instrumental in saving in the vicinity to render assistance to the 169 lives at sea. The major search and distressed vessel. As the ship crew was rescue operations are as given below:- unable to control the flooding, all 28 (i) The Coast Guard deployed one crew members had to abandon the Interceptor Craft IC-134 and a helicop- vessel and started drifting at sea in two ter on April 15, 2003 for the timely life rafts and three dingies. The Mari- assistance in the rescue of 18 tourists time Rescue Coordination Centre, Port out of 23 travelling in a boat which Blair, guided both the merchant vessels capsized near Anjuna beach off Goa. towards the survivors and finally MV The bodies of the remaining missing Chieftain rescued all the 28 crew. tourists were also recovered. (iv) MSV Cutty Sark: The Coast Guard (ii) MV Segitega Biru: An Indonesian at Port Blair received a report of a motor Merchant Vessel ‘MV Segitega Biru’ sailing vessel with red hull, MSV CUTTY carrying 4327 tonnes of soda ash and SARK registered at New Mangalore, 1000 tonnes of Dolomite cargo, on adrift seven nautical miles East of Taralit passage from Porbandar to Chittagong Bay (North of Maya Bunder). The vessel encountered rough seas due to cyclone which had seven Indian crew onboard

64

FINAL 26.9.04 had an engine failure on June 15, 2003. July 30, 2003 from Capt. Sahi of M/s. The vessel was located 15 nautical miles Sahi Operations, Mumbai reporting of Taralit Bay by Coast Guard Ship Akka flooding at the rate of 70 tonnes/hr in Devi and towed to safety. the engine room of “MV Vadulu Valley” (v) MV Fortune Carrier: On June 10, on passage from Baharin to Mumbai. 2003, authorities at the Kolkata Port The vessel was anchored off Porbandar. Trust intimated the Coast Guard Head- The vessel was brought to inner anchor- quarters at Haldia that Belize registered age and with the help of commercial vessel “MV Fortune Carrier” was in divers and Coast Guard team, the distress because of flooding in the flooding was controlled. engine room. Assistance of the Coast (viii) Ditching of MI-172 near Neelam Guard for search and rescue was sought. Heera Ratna oil Fields: The Maritime A Coast Guard hovercraft was rushed to Rescue Coordination Centre (Mumbai) the site. of Coast Guard received a distress on (vi) Assistance to MV Gulf-5: Coast August 11, 2003 from ONGC control Guard Ship Vijaya, while on patrol on room at Mumbai informing that a Heli- August 1, 2003 received a distress copter with 29 persons onboard ditched message from “MV Gulf-5” off near Rig Sagar Kiran. Immediately, the Porbandar on passage from Mangolia to Coast Guard directed CGS Sarang with Mumbai, for scrapping. The vessel had integral helicopter and a Dornier aircraft 13 crew on board. It was flooding at ex-Daman with air droppable liferafts in the rate of 40-50 tonnes/hr. from stern search and rescue mode. The Coast gland and had total power failure. All Guard coordinated the operations for the 13 crew were evacuated and agents five days. were directed to mobilise pumps for (ix) Crash of Pawan Hans Dauphin off arresting the flooding. Agents also Agatti: A Pawan Hans Dauphin Helicop- arranged Tug from Mumbai to ter with five persons on board (including tow the vessel. Once the two pilots) had ditched flooding was brought about 1.3 Kms north-west under control, the crew Coast Guard ships off Agatti islands on were transferred to the and aircraft October 30, 2003. The Tug. The vessel was undertook various ill-fated aircraft was bound towed to Mumbai for Search and Rescue for Agatti after taking off further repairs thereafter. missions and were from Bingaram Island. On instrumental in (vii) Assistance to MV receipt of information from saving 169 lives at Vadulu Valley: A dis- Air Traffic Control, Coast sea. tress call was received on Guard Ship Samar pro-

65

FINAL 26.9.04 ceeded for the rescue of the Helicopter was adrift in position 50 kms off and the crew. Maritime Rescue Sub- Machillipatnam in . 13 centre (MRSC) (Kochi) and Maritime people onboard were preparing to Rescue Coordination Centre (Mumbai) abandon the ship. On receipt of their were intimated for further co-ordination. distress message, the Coast Guard The CG ships and aircraft conducted a Maritime Rescue Centre (MRCC), successful search and rescue operation Chennai was activated. A quick assess- which resulted in saving of life of four ment of approaching weather situation persons out of five present on board the vis-à-vis threat to the 13 lives was aircraft. carried out at the MRCC, Chennai. (x) Rescue from MSV Jal Jyoti: Coast Despite cyclonic weather, CGS Vijaya Guard Maritime Rescue Coordination from Chennai was dispatched immedi- Sub-Sub Centre, Okha received an ately for search and rescue mission. All information on February 20, 2004 from thirteen people of MV Nand Kawas were authority of Mandavi Port, Gujarat that rescued by the Coast Guard Ship and MSV Jal Jyoti has sunk in position about brought to Vishakhapatnam. 22 nautical miles North West of Okha (xii) Assistance to Drifting : The on February 19, 2004. Ten crew Coast Guard Regional Headquarters members had abandoned the vessel and (West), Mumbai received telephonic were adrift at sea in a life raft. Within 15 information from M/s British Gas that minutes of receipt of the distress mes- one barge has been observed adrift 40 sage, a hovercraft H-184 sailed from miles west-north-west off Daman with Okha and another Coast Guard Vessel four to five people onboard requesting C-141, which was operating along assistance. The information was immedi- IMBL, was also diverted for search and ately passed to the Coast Guard Air rescue. H-184 began carrying out a Station at Daman. CGAS (Daman) planned search pattern based on the life launched a Dornier within five minutes raft’s most probable position. The crew of the receipt of information. The of MSV Jal Jyoti was located and taken to Dornier located the barge adrift with Okha for medical assistance. two crew members in waters nearby. (xi) MV Nand Kawas: Coast Guard Dornier located a tug belonging to Regional Headquarters (East), Chennai ONGC in the vicinity and vectored it to received a distress message from MV pick up the crew from water. The barge Nand Kawas of ESSAR Shipping on was being towed by a boat from Belapur December 15, 2003. The vessel was (Mumbai) to Alang when it parted. The caught in the fierce tropical cyclone and tug Malviya-VI carried the rescued crew to Kandla.

66

FINAL 26.9.04 Coast Guard responsibilities require a wide variety of equipment. (xiii) Assistance for Missing Vessel-MSV OTHER OPERATIONS Jalaliya The Coast Guard Rescue Sub 6.8 Oil Spill Response Operations : Centre (MRSC) located at Kochi, (a) The vessel “MV Segitega Biru” received an information from Port sank off Sagar Islands on May 18, 2003 Officer, Kavaratti regarding a missing posing threat to the marine environment vessel. According to the information due to the presence of 145 tonnes of MSV Jalaliya had sailed from New Furnace Fuel Oil (FFO) onboard the Mangalore on February 7, 2004 and vessel. CG ships and aircraft with Pollu- was expected to arrive at Kavaratti on tion Control (PC) equipment were kept February 8, 2004. The vessel could not stand by to meet any eventuality. On arrive at the stipulated time and was also not in communication. Immediately May 23, 2003, an oil slick was observed a Search and Rescue mission was initi- near the vessel and the Coast Guard ated by MRSC, Kochi and a Dornier was ordered “Operation Saf Samunder” and launched on February 10, 2004. The deployed an Advanced Offshore Patrol aircraft located her position. MSV Vessel (AOPV) (Coast Guard Ship Jalaliya was thereafter brought to Sarang, with helo), a Dornier/Air Cush- Androth port in under tow ion Vessel (ACV) to monitor and neutral- by a tug engaged by port officer ise the spill by spraying of dispersant. Kavaratti. 17 Dornier sorties and five shipborne

67

FINAL 26.9.04 helicopter sorties were undertaken to Centre (Mumbai) of the Coast Guard monitor and neutralise the slick by received an urgent message on August spraying 1350 litres of Oil Spill Disper- 1, 2003 from the agents of Ashapur sant (OSD). The operation terminated Shipping requesting for medical evacua- on May 27, 2003 after nullifying threat tion of an Indian deck cadet with frac- to the coast. tured right shin, from “Merchant Vessel (b) The underwater pipeline carrying Asha Himani”. The vessel was on crude oil from Bombay High to passage from Jebel Ali to Tuticorin was ruptured on August 10, 2003 and carrying limestone and was 420 nautical the oil was leaking out. Based on the miles off Goa. The vessel was directed request received from ONGC, Mumbai, to Goa and the patient was evacuated the Coast Guard Oil Spill Response by the Coast Guard Interceptor Boat, C- Team at Mumbai was activated and 134 on August 4, 2003. The cadet Coast Guard Ship Samar with response was later admitted in a hospital at Goa. equipment and a Dornier ex-Daman with 6.10 Apprehension of Vessels : aerial spray pod were despatched to the (a) As a result of sea-air coordinated site. Coast Guard Ship Vijaya in opera- operation by Coast Guard on May 4 tion nearby was also diverted to aug- and 5, 2003 in Andaman & Nicobar ment the effort. The Coast Guard Ship Islands, an Indonesian fishing vessel Dornier commenced surveillance of oil “KM Famili”, with five Indonesian crew spill at first light on August 11, 2003 was apprehended by Coast Guard Ship followed by aerial spray. The Coast Gangadevi on May 5, 2003 for Guard used more than 100 litres of oil poaching in our Exclusive Economic spill dispersant. Approximately 90% spill Zone. The vessel was escorted to Port was broken down in thin sheen and 10% Blair for joint investigation and handed in isolated patches within 24-30 hrs and over to local police. naturally faded. The timely spray of (b) A Chinese fishing mother vessel dispersant neutralised the spill quickly. “MV Hai Feng 838”, with 20 Chinese crew was apprehended on June 5, 2003 Medical Evacuation: in the Indian Exclusive Economic Zone 6.9 (a) Coast Guard Ship Veera carried for illegal mid-sea bunkering of 122 out medical evacuation on April 10, tonnes fish from Fishing Vessel Angel I 2003 of a crew member of Merchant and Angle III. The vessel was brought to Vessel Asir Saudi. The patient, an Indian Goa for legal action. national, was suffering from cardiac OVERSEAS DEPLOYMENT arrest and he was brought to Kochi for further medical treatment. 6.11 (a) Visit of Coast Guard ships to (b) The Maritime Rescue Coordination Bangladesh: Coast Guard ships Vajra

68

FINAL 26.9.04 with integral helicopter and Raziya was conducted on September 18, 2003 Sultana was deployed to visit wherein apart from Coast Guard Ship Chittagong, Bangladesh from April 7 to Sangram, 8 Japan Coast Guard ships 10, 2003 to develop regional coopera- participated. During the return passage tion and working relations between the Sangram visited Ho-Chi-Minh City, Coast Guard of India and Bangladesh. Vietnam for replenishment of logistics The ships departed from Paradip on and interact with their Maritime Law April 5, 2003 and returned on April Enforcement Agencies. 12, 2003. (d) CGS Varaha and CGS Kanaklata (b) Visit of Coast Guard ships to Barua visited Port Belawan, Indonesia Myanmar: Coast Guard ships Varad from December 20 to 22, 2003. The with integral helicopter and Bhikhaiji visit was planned to develop working Cama were deployed to visit Yangon, relationship in the fields of maritime Myanmar from May 12 to 15, 2003 to search and rescue, pollution response develop regional cooperation and and anti-piracy efforts with the maritime working relations between Indian Coast law enforcement agencies of Indonesia. Guard and Myanmar maritime Law The visit of the ships was overseen by Enforcement Agencies. The ships the commander, Coast Guard Region departed Port Blair on May 10, 2003 Andaman & Nicobar. and returned on May 16, 2003. (e) Two Coast Guard ships visited (c) Indo-Japan Coast Guard Joint Mauritius from January 26-29, 2004 for Exercise:Coast Guard Ship Sangram with joint exercise with Mauritius Maritime Integral helicopter was deployed to visit Law Enforcement Agencies. Japan to participate in the fourth Indo- (f) Coast Guard Ships CGS Varuna Japan Coast Guard joint exercise from with integral helicopter, CGS Sarojini September 16 to 20, 2003. During the Naidu and one Dornier were deployed onward passage the ship to Male (Maldives) for the Seventh Indo- visited , Maldives Coast Guard Joint Exercise – The Government from September 7 to 11, Dosti VII scheduled at/off Male from has now approved 2003 for logistic replenish- February 23-27, 2004. The Director free ration and ment as well as to interact General Coast Guard was present at equalized the ration with the Maritime Law En- Male during the period of the exercise. scale of enrolled forcement agencies of Philip- GENERAL ACHIEVEMENTS Coast Guard pines. The ship reached Kobe, personnel at par Japan on September 16, 6.12 Government has approved the with naval sailors. 2003. A joint exercise on following allowance to the Coast Guard Maritime Search and Rescue Officers and Enrolled Personnel:-

69

FINAL 26.9.04 (a) Sea Duty Allowance: The Gov- (b) Ration Allowance: Ration was ernment has approved Sea Duty Allow- only entitled to the enrolled personnel at ance in line with Navy at the following all times and to officers when posted rates:- onboard ship during sailing. However, enrolled personnel of Coast Guard were Rank Allowance per Month entitled to 85% of the naval sailors (i) Commandant (JG) and above Rs. 2080/- ration scale. The Government has now (ii) Rs. 1920/- approved free ration and equalized the ration scale of enrolled personnel at par (iii) Assistance Commandant Rs. 1760/- with naval sailors. Officers posted (iv) Subordinate Officers Rs. 1440/- onboard ship and establishment are also (v) Pradhan Navik Rs. 960/- entitled for free ration at par with naval (vi) Uttam Navik and below Rs. 800/- officers ration scales.

70

FINAL 26.9.04 77

DEFENCE PRODUCTION

Launching of ‘INS Shivalik’ at the Mazagon Docks The vision of the Department of Defence Production is to make India’s defence industry globally competitive while ensuring self-reliance in key areas.

7.1 The Department of Defence Pro- self-sufficient production base through duction was set up in 1962, in the aftermath indigenisation, involvement of the of the Chinese aggression, with a view to private sector, co-development and co- strengthen the indigenous defence produc- production through international coop- tion capability. In 1965, a separate Depart- eration where required; ment of Defence Supplies was formed to tap  Diversify the customer base with the potential of the Indian industry for emphasis on growth of exports. supplementing the defence production 7.3 To achieve these objectives, the effort. The two departments were subse- Department of Defence Production oversees quently merged in 1984 into a unified the following: Department of Defence Production and i. 39 Ordnance Factories—one more Supplies. From January 2004, the depart- Ordnance Factory is being set up at ment has been renamed as the Department Nalanda (Bihar)—under the Ordnance of Defence Production. Factory Board (OFB); 7.2 The vision of the Department is to ii. 8 Defence Public Sector Undertakings make India’s defence industry globally (DPSUs): competitive while ensuring self-reliance in  Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) key areas of defence production. The imme-  Limited (BEL) diate objectives of the Department are to:  Bharat Earth Movers Limited (BEML)  Equip the armed forces timely, with a  Mazagon Dock Ltd (MDL) wide range of quality products at com-  Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL) petitive prices;  Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engi-  Create a diversified, self-reliant and neers Limited (GRSE)

72

FINAL 26.9.04 Total sales of Defence Public Sector Undertakings  Bharat Dynamics Limited (BDL) uted at 25 different locations in the country.  Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited The pre-independence factories had capaci- (MIDHANI) ties not only for the production of finished iii. Quality Assurance (except naval arma- stores, but also for the supply of basic and ment): intermediate materials, for which indigenous  Directorate General of Quality Assur- industrial infrastructure in the civil sector ance (DGQA) was then inadequate. With the gradual  Directorate General of Aeronautical development of civil industrial infrastructure, Quality Assurance (DGAQA) both in the public and private sectors, the iv. Directorate of Standardisation; factories set up after independence progres- v. Directorate of Planning and Coordination; sively did away with the concept of backward vi. Defence Exhibition Organisation (DEO) integration. The emphasis shifted from vii. Indigenisation; production of basic, intermediate inputs to viii. Private Sector Participation in Defence production of finished stores by drawing Production; upon supplies from the civil sector for raw ix. Defence Production Board materials, components and semi-finished goods to the extent practicable. ORDNANCE FACTORIES 7.5 The 39 Ordnance Factories form a 7.4 The Indian Ordnance Factories strategic and dedicated production base for (OFs) organisation has a 200-year old both lethal and non-lethal defence stores. history. Starting with the first factory in They form an integrated base for the indig- 1801 at Cossipore, near Kolkata, the 40th enous production of defence hardware and factory is presently being set up with state- equipment that include highly specialized, of-the-art technology at Nalanda, Bihar. complex and large variety of ammunition and These factories are geographically distrib- explosives, weapons vehicles and

73

FINAL 26.9.04 The Main Battle Tank manufactured at equipments, materials and components, 7.7 Organisation: The Ordnance Fac- armoured vehicles and ordnance equipment. tory Board (OFB) was set up in 1979 to They also produce rockets, grenades, mines, impart greater flexibility and efficiency. transport vehicles, optical and fire control Ordnance Factories are divided into operat- systems, bridges, parachutes, clothing and ing divisions, based on the main products/ personal equipment for the armed forces. technologies employed. The factories are 7.6 Products for the Defence Forces grouped into 5 divisions as follows: have to be safe, reliable, consistent and i. Ammunition & Explosives - 10 Factories capable of operating under varying terrains ii. Weapons, Vehicles & Equipment- 10 as well as under extreme climatic conditions. Factories Accordingly, the required technologies cover iii.Materials & Components - 9 Factories a wide spectrum of engineering, metallurgy, iv. Armoured Vehicles - 5 Factories chemical, textile, leather and optical areas, v. Ordnance & Equipment Group-5 Factories they must ensure high quality and productiv- 7.8 A member of the Board/Additional ity, apart from meeting the important objec- DGOF heads each of the above group of tive of self-reliance. The Ordnance Factories factories. The four remaining Members of also fulfill certain requirements of the the Ordnance Factory Board are responsible paramilitary and police forces for arms, for staff functions, viz. Personnel, Finance, ammunition, clothing and equipment Planning & Material Management, Projects thereby ensuring that their capacity is & Engineering and Technical Services. A optimally utilized, not only by securing work Special Ordnance Factory Board has been from the defence forces, but also by diversi- constituted by the Government with repre- fication into non-defence customers and by sentation from the Army, Defence Research exports. & Development Organisation and Ministry 74

FINAL 26.9.04 of Defence. The Special Board meetings are 7.10 Ammunition & Explosive: Artillery held periodically to provide appropriate Ammunition 155, 130 & 105mm calibre, T- inputs and perspectives for planning re- 72 Tank ammunition FSAPDS/HE/HEAT, sources, upgrading technology of products medium calibre and small calibre ammuni- and process and on various other critical tion issues necessary for the efficient functioning 7.11 Armoured vehicles : T-90 and T-72 of OFB. Tank, MBT Arjun, BMP-II 7.9 Product Profile and Technology: 7.12 ‘B’ Vehicles: Stallion 7.5 T and The Ordnance Factories continuously LPTA 2.5 T upgrade their products and the manufactur- 7.13 Weapons : Artillery Guns, Mortars, ing technologies to meet the emerging Insas Rifles and LMG, medium calibre needs of the Defence Forces. They produce weapons, Sporting Rifles, Pistols, Revolvers a wide range of arms and ammunitions for 7.14 Ordnance Equipment : Clothing, the Infantry, Artillery, Air Defence Artillery General Stores, Military Uniforms, Blankets, and Armoured Corps of the Army. Ordnance Boots, Extreme climate clothing Factories produce ammunition for Navy and 7.15 Growth: The sales of the Ordnance Air Force and are now taking up indigenous Factories have been steadily growing over development of Naval armaments. The the years. A record total sale of Rs.6641 factories produce Military Transport Vehi- crore was achieved during 2003-2004 cles, Infantry Combat Vehicles, Armoured representing an increase of about 116% in a Vehicles, Optical and Opto-electronic span of six years (Rs.3071 crore in 1997- Instruments, summer & winter uniforms, 98). Parachutes, miscellaneous Leather Goods 7.16 In 2004-05, the sales of Ordnance and General Stores. The product profile of Factories are expected to be higher at about the Ordnance Factories is as follows: Rs. 6800 crore. The Ordnance Factories

T-90 Tank manufactured at Heavy Vehicles Factory, Avadi is a new addition to the Armoured Corps.

75

FINAL 26.9.04 have endeavored to keep pace Quality System is an upgraded version of A record total sale of with the development in arms, IS/ISO 9000:1994 and gives special Rs. 6641 crore was ammunition and other equip- emphasis on customer satisfaction and achieved in 2003-04 ment by updating/upgrading continued improvement in Quality and by the Ordnance technology either through the Process Control. Factories, representing Defence Research and Devel- (ii) Ordnance Factory, Ambajhari an increase of about opment Organisation or (OFAJ) has indigenised extruded profiles 116% in a span of six through the transfer of tech- required for Ramp Girder for KM Bridge years. nology (TOT) route. (Army item) successfully. The quality of 7.17The Ordinanace Factories the Profile has been found to be at par try to achieve optimum capacity utilization with the imported Profiles and 55 Nos. only by securing increased workload from of such Profiles have been used to the Defence Forces but also through sus- produce Ramp Girders. tained efforts in diversification to non- (iii) Opto Electronics Factory defence customers and exports. Similarly, Dehradun (OLF), took up the job of thrust is also being given to strengthen the manufacturing of Aspheric Lens and in-house R&D capability aimed at product Cylindrical Lens required for metal and process development. finishing by CO2 Laser System. Both 7.18 The Ordnance Factories have also types of Lens have been successfully steadily increased their sales to non-defence manufactured and supplied, thereby customers, including exports. During 2003- establishing an indigenous source for 2004, 15% (Rs 992 crore) of the total sales KW Class Laser Optics. of the Ordnance Factories were to non- (iv) Ordnance Factory Ambajhari defence customers. This represents a 13.5% (OFAJ) has achieved the unique distinc- growth over the previous years’ sales to tion of manufacturing one set of Manu- non-defence customers (Rs 874 crore). In ally Launched Assault Bridge Military 2004-2005, the sales to non-defence Load Class–60 (MLAB-MLC-60). The customers are expected to be higher at Bridge has been manufactured by using about Rs.1015 crore. a lightweight High Strength Aluminum 7.19 Significant Achievements : Some of Alloy – RDE – 40 and issued to the the significant achievements of the Ordnance Indian Army. Factories in last few years have been as (v) The Tungsten Heavy Alloy Gran- follows:- ules for use of main rotor blades of the (i) All Ordnance Factories have Advanced Light Helicopter, were devel- switched over to Quality Management oped and manufactured for the first time Systems as per the new version of ISO- at the Heavy Alloy Penetrator Project, 9001: 2000. The IS/ISO-9001: 2000 Tiruchirapalli (HAPP) through the

76

FINAL 26.9.04 powder metallurgy route by using end- level of 20,000. To enhance customer cutting pieces, which arises as waste satisfaction, an after-sales service centre during production of 125 mm Fin has been planned for operation at the Stabilized Armour Penetrating Discard- Ordnance Cable Factory, Chandigarh. ing Sabot (FSAPDS) Tungsten heavy 7.20 Self Certification : Continuing their alloy blank. commitment to quality, and in line with the (vi) Ordnance Factory, Medak (OFPM) practices prevailing in industry, both within has successfully modernized BMP-II K to and outside the country, the Ordnance BMP-II M in association with KBP Tula, Factories have started self-certification since Russia. The system was integrated by April 2002, thereby, standing guarantee to modifying an existing BMP Turret, the products supplied by them to the De- Missile System, Main Gun, Grenade fence Forces. Presently, self-certification Launcher and Secondary Weapon are extends to seven fast moving Clothing and the main features of modernized BMP–II General Store items accounting for about M vis-à-vis the existing BMP–K. 20% of the turnover of the Ordnance Equip- (vii) Cordite Factory, Aruvankadu (CFA) ment Group of factories. In course of time, has developed/productionised advanced many more items will be covered under self- casting powder for Rocket Propellant for certification. making bigger rocket grains for Akash 7.21 In-house Research and Develop- Booster, containing sensitive ingredients ment : In-house Research and Development like aluminum powder (20%) and ammo- activities towards product and process nium perchlorate (30%) which have been improvements are receiving due attention in extruded safely for the first time in CFA the Ordnance Factories. Techniques of solid for supply to HEMRL, Pune against their modeling and sensitivity analysis are adopted order. to meet the design needs of defence stores. (viii) Ordnance Factory, Nalanda is a Some of the major achievements in the field green field project conceived for manu- of in-house R&D are: a) Development of facture of Propellant charges for 155 Ordnance 155 mm FH Gun System; b) mm weapon systems at Rajgir in Nalanda Development of Shell for illuminating district of Bihar. An area of 2898.75 M1A19 Naschem; c) Development of acres out of total 2962.58 acres re- components/chemicals for shell155 mm quired has been acquired and civil works illuminating (24km) M1A1; d) have commenced at the site. Action to Productionisation of 155 mm ERFB Shell position the plant and machinery is also based on Naschem; e) DRDO develop- progressing. ment Projects such as Tail Fuze FBT-3I for (ix) The production of .32" Revolver 250 kg. HSLD Bomb, Multi Barrel Rocket has been increased substantially to a System (PINAKA), 120 mm HESH Ammuni-

77

FINAL 26.9.04 tion for MBT Arjun, 120 mm Compact Discs (CDs) have been developed Arms and FSAPDS Ammunition for to enable customers immediate access to ammunition, weapon MBT Arjun and Heavy De- the desired information. Online Internet ID spares, chemicals struction Charge and Charge has been set up to cut down response time and explosives, Linear Cutting. to a few hours. leather and clothing 7.22Diversification into Civil 7.24 The major items exported are Rifle items have been Trade and Exports : Ordnance 5.56 mm and Mine Protected Vehicle to exported by Factories produce a large Nepal and Bhutan, Cartridge Case 5.56 mm Ordnance Factories variety of chemicals for com- to USA, Tetryl to Germany and Sights (T- to thirty countries. mercial use by industries in 72) to Poland. To boost exports further, the the civil sector. They also following measures have been taken: manufacture a wide range of (i) Joint Projects for higher-end textiles, leather goods and sporting arms products and services required by the and ammunition for the civil sector. The international market and establishing sales towards civil trade during 2003-2004 them within a short lead-time through were Rs. 278 crore as compared to Rs. 266 synergy of competence of the partner(s) crore in the preceding year, which represents involved; a growth of 4.5%. The production of .32" (ii) Building up brand equity by Revolvers has been substantially increased to association with leading partners; 20,000 during 2003-2004. Similarly, .32" (iii) Resorting to strategic pricing Pistols are available off the shelf. Sporting based on marginal costing for improving arms and ammunition have been a major cost competitiveness; contributor to civil trade sales. A new (iv) Procedural simplification to im- sporting weapon .3006" Rifle is also being prove responsiveness. developed. 7.25 Modernisation of Ordnance Facto- 7.23 Arms & Ammunition, Weapon ries: A modernisation plan for all Ordnance Spares, Chemicals & Explosives, Leather and Factories has been finalized. The plan Clothing items have been exported by envisages upgrading technology, augmenting Ordnance Factories to thirty countries capacities and replacement of old/obsolete worldwide. Ordnance Factories are making plant and machinery with those having state- vigorous marketing efforts to boost exports of-the-art technology. Modernisation and by participating in international exhibitions, automation of the infrastructure in the product promotion through advertisements Ordnance Factories is being done to meet in the international media, interaction with the quantitative and qualitative demands of visiting delegations from target countries, the end products. The product technology, agents and customer’s representatives, both as well as the process requirements and in India and abroad. Product catalogue capabilities, are kept in mind during the

78

FINAL 26.9.04 process of modernisation. The technologies safety audits are carried out at level-I by the and machines being planned are flexible so factory. At level-II a team of officers from as to cater to a wide range of products. other factories carry out safety audit on a During the Tenth Plan period, an investment half-yearly basis. Finally, at Level-III the of Rs. 1804 crore is envisaged for moderni- Regional Controllerate of Safety (RCS) sation. During 2003-04 Rs. 250 crore have carries out the audit. Rectification of the been invested for the modernisation of the deviations reported in the audit is closely Ordnance Factories. monitored by the respective RCS and at the 7.26 Energy Conservation: Efforts aimed Corporate level by the Controller of Safety at energy conservation are a continuous (COS). process in the Ordnance Factories. The 7.29 Computerisation in Ordnance conservation measures encompass all Factories : Information Technology (IT) is spheres of activities. Consequent to the being used as an instrument for providing energy conservation measures adopted by Management Information and Decision the Ordnance Factories, there has been a Support Systems at appropriate levels, reduction in the cost of energy consumption improvement of design capabilities, improve- and cost of production. Economy in energy ment in accounting and analysis and for consumption is achieved through improved reduction in paper work. The present efficiency, better capacity utilization and by infrastructure consists of independent SCO- upgrading technology. Unix based servers at each Ordnance 7.27 Safety : The safety policy was Factory with INFORMIX RDBMS. Custom reviewed during 1996 to bring in stringent built on-line Production Planning Control safety standards, safety consciousness and System, Personal Information System and vigilance in the Ordnance Factories. The Payroll systems are operational at each safety manuals and standing Ordnance Factory. The integrated on-line instructions supplement safety MIS will provide information on Standard Computerized policies. A disaster manage- Management Ratios, Key Performance Design Centers are ment plan has been also Indices and Control Parameters for efficient being set up in the prepared for contingent and effective management. Ordnance Factories measures and Safety Commit- 7.30 The computerized Design centers to modernise their tees have been constituted at are being set up in the Ordnance Factories drawing and design central and shop level. Acci- to modernise their drawing and design offices dent prone and hazardous offices to enhance the design and develop- areas have been given special ment capabilities and to increase the effi- attention. ciency in the area of product design and 7.28 A three-tier safety audit and moni- development. The software includes draft- toring system ensures strict implementation ing software, high-end modeling software of the laid down safety norms. Monthly and analysis software. 79

FINAL 26.9.04 7.31 Quality Management: Implementa- user feedback to improve quality. tion of Total Quality Management (TQM) 7.34 Pollution Control : The pollu- concepts has been given a major thrust in all tion control activities in the Ordnance Ordnance Factories. Efforts are being made Factories are given due importance. The towards continuous improvement as per factories obtain statutory consent orders guidelines of ISO–9004: 2000 to meet the from the respective State Pollution Control needs and expectations of the end users. Boards for discharge of liquid effluents and 7.32 The quality of products in the gaseous emissions and have fully operational Ordnance Factories are monitored through Effluent Treatment Plants. The factories also various mechanisms that include working to submit annual Environmental Statements to pre-determined process schedules and the respective State Pollution Control quality plans, introduction of Statistical Boards in the specified format within the Process Control—Statistical Quality Control stipulated time frame. techniques for controlling the processes/ 7.35 Afforestation: In line with the products towards improving the products Government policy for protection of the and minimizing the rejection in processes, environment, afforestation is undertaken in testing in Ordnance Factory Laboratories, all the Ordnance Factories as an ongoing Internal Quality Audits and monthly interac- process. 30,00,000 new samplings were tion meetings with Quality Assurance estab- planted during the year 2003-04. lishments. The Quality enhancement drive 7.36 Rajbhasha: Progressive use of Hindi launched by the Ordnance Factories Board is given due importance in the Ordnance has been extended to grass root level teams Factories. Separate Official Language Imple- to analyse the defects and take remedial mentation Committees (OLICs) are function- measures for their elimination in the manu- ing at each unit. Quarterly meetings are facturing process itself. being held regularly to review the progress 7.33 Customer Satisfaction: of Rajbhasha in various units as well as the Teams from the To get feedback from custom- Ordnance Factory Board. Ordnance Factories ers, teams from the Ordnance 7.37 Hindi Workshops were organized regularly visit depots Factories regularly visit depots for employees in the OFB Headquarters and forward areas to and forward areas to attend to during the year. The objective of the work- attend to customer customer complaints, under- shops is to provide an opportunity to the complaints, and stand the problems faced by participants to understand the use of Hindi understand the the users and their expecta- in day-to-day office work. Facilities for Hindi problems faced by tions from the product. Joint Praveen and Pragya and Hindi Typewriting/ the users teams comprising officers from Stenography to the officers/employees are the Ordnance Factories Board available at all offices/factories. Adequate and the Directorate General Quality Assur- manual/electronic typewriters are available at ance (DGQA) also visit forward areas to get all units. Efforts are being made to provide 80

FINAL 26.9.04 bilingual software on most of the computers. DEFENCE PUBLIC SECTOR Most of the Factories bring out their own UNDERTAKINGS publications in Hindi. HINDUSTAN AERONAUTICS LIMITED 7.38 Welfare Schemes for the benefit of 7.41 Hindustan Aeronautics Limited persons with disabilities: A reservation of (HAL) was formed in October 1964 by 3% is provided to the physically challenged merging of Hindustan Aircraft Limited and persons. This reservation is equally distrib- Aeronautics India Limited. The company has uted between persons for various categories 16 divisions located in six states. of disabilities, for whom the posts have been 7.42 HAL has evolved into a large Aero- identified as suitable. Further, age relaxation nautics Complex. It has built up compre- for recruitment of persons under such hensive skills in design, manufacture and category is also provided as per rules. overhaul of Fighters, Trainers, Helicopters, 7.39 Physically challenged persons Transport Aircraft, Engines, Avionics and belonging to Group ‘C’ and Group ‘D’ System Equipment. Its product include 10 posts, as far as possible, are given posting types of Aircraft and Advanced Light Heli- near their native places. Request for transfer copter (ALH), Dhruv, from in-house Re- to or near their native places are also given search and Development and 13 types by preference in the case of such employees. licence production inclusive of 8 types of 7.40 Productivity Bonus : The formula Aero Engines and over 1000 items of for payment of Productivity Linked Bonus Aircraft System Equipment (Avionics, Me- (PLB) to civilian employees of Defence chanical and Electrical). Production Establishments has been revised. 7.43 HAL’s major supplies/services are to Based on the revised formula, PLB equiva- the IAF, the Navy, the Army, the Coast lent to 41 days wages was paid to the Guard and the BSF. Transport aircraft and eligible employees for the year 2003-2004. helicopters have been supplied to commer- cial airlines as well as to State Governments. The Company also supports the Space Vehicle programme of Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and participates in the missile development and manufacture programmes. 7.44 The HAL has developed into a large multi-disciplinary aeronautical complex. In order to meet the challenges of the 21st century, the company has redefined its ‘Kiran’ aircraft developed by HAL being flown by ‘ team. mission as follows: “To become a globally competitive Aerospace industry while

81

FINAL 26.9.04 working as an instrument for of structural design, systems design and HAL has undertaken achieving self-reliance in integration, development of prototype several new design, manufacture and and also design and development of a projects, such as maintenance of Aerospace large number of electrical hydro-me- series Production of Defence equipment and chanical and advanced avionics items. Advanced Light diversifying to related areas, While the first flight of indigenously Helicopter(ALH) managing the business on designed Technology Demonstrator-I Dhruv, Licence commercial lines in a climate (TD-I) of LCA took place in 2002, the Production of SU- of growing professional prototype Vehicle-I (PV-I) of LCA, the 30MKI, Development competence.” first all-composite aircraft made its of Intermediate Jet 7.45Significant achievements: maiden flight in November 2003. TD-I Trainer and Limited (i) The Company recorded and TD-II have achieved supersonic Series Production of an all time high turnover and speed during test flights. Light Combat profit before tax of Rs. 3120 (v) HAL has developed a new Inter- Aircraft. crore and Rs.433 crore mediate Jet (HJT36) as a respectively during the year replacement to the Kiran stage II trainer, 2002-2003. which has better performance and (ii) HAL has undertaken several new maneuverability with lesser weight and projects, such as Series Production of lower operating cost and modern sys- Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Dhruv, tems and avionics. The first flight of the Licence Production of SU-30MKI, first prototype was successfully carried Development of Intermediate Jet Trainer out in March 2003. (IJT) and Limited Series Production of (vi) The HAL has undertaken the Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) apart from upgradation of Jaguar aircraft for inte- several upgrade programmes such as gration of latest avionics systems for MiG-21 BIS, MiG-27M, Jaguar and improving navigation and weapon aiming HS-748. performance. (iii) The indigenously developed (vii) HAL achieved exports of Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH), Dhruv Rs.215.21 crore for the financial year participated in the Paris Air show held in 2003-2004 which is an all time high. In June 2003. It received professional order to give a further boost to exports, acclaim and positive indications for an MOU was signed with IAI, Israel for being suitable for global market. The joint marketing of ALH fitted with State- civil variant of the ALH received DGCA of-the-art IAI avionics for the interna- certification in October 2003. tional market. HAL signed a contract (iv) HAL being a prime contractor for with SNECMA Moteurs, France for the Design and Development of Light supply of forgings, rolled rings and Combat Aircraft has contributed by way precision blade forging to SNECMA. 82

FINAL 26.9.04 HAL also signed a contract with M/s Roll BHARAT ELECTRONICS LIMITED (BEL) Royce, UK for supply of steel rolled 7.51 Bharat Electronics Limited, estab- rings for Rolls Royce’s engine pro- lished in 1954 with its corporate office at gramme. A contract has been signed in Bangalore, has nine units in the country. It November 2003 with Mauritius Coast is engaged in the design, development and Guard for supply of one DO-228 manufacture of sophisticated state-of-the-art aircraft in Maritime role. electronics equipment/components for the 7.46 Popularising use of Hindi for Official use of defence services, para-military or- Purposes: To popularize the use of Hindi for ganizations and other governmental users official purposes, training was imparted to like All India Radio, Doordarshan, Depart- employees. As on 30 June 2003, the ment of Telecommunications, Police Wire- percentage of employees having working less and Meteorological Department. BEL is knowledge of Hindi stood at 85% and typists focusing on Research and Development having knowledge of Hindi Typing increased within the company to generate business for to 86%. the company using the state-of-the-art 7.47 Schemes for the benefit of the manufacturing and testing facilities available. persons with disabilities: HAL is committed On line computerization for materials to follow the provisions of the Persons with management, state-of-the-art test facilities, Disabilities (Equal opportunities, Protection facilities for carrying out environment and of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995 reliability checks, electro-magnetic Interfer- in order to enable the persons with disabili- ence/Electro Magnetic Compatibility Testing ties to avail the benefits of reservation. facility, antenna testing facility, back-up Suitable posts have been identified for support from standardisation, technical employment of persons with disabilities in information and documentation, and com- Category A, B, C, & D based on the nature puter-aided design and manufacture have of work carried out in HAL. made BEL a modern professional electronics 7.49 In addition, HAL on its own volition company. has instituted a number of schemes for persons with disabilities such as enhanced transport 7.52 Significant achievements: allowance to employees who are blind and (i) BEL is playing a significant role in orthopaedically handicapped and special casual the civilian ‘Professional Electronics’ leave for disabled Ex-servicemen requiring sector of the country particularly for the artificial limb replacement/treatment. Ministry of Information and Broadcasting 7.50 ‘Vatsalya’ a school for persons by supplying it with bulk of its suffering from Cerebral Palsy is supported infrastructural requirements for Radio through contributions from the HAL em- and TV Broadcasting, like Studio Equip- ployees and the annual grants and infra- ment, Transmitters, Satellite Uplinks, OB structure facilities provided by the company. Vans etc. 83

FINAL 26.9.04 (ii) BEL has executed a (viii) BEL has played an important role BEL is engaged in Satellite Communication in the modernisation of the Airports the design, System Network for Andhra through supply of Primary/Secondary development and Pradesh covering the entire Surveillance Radars to the Airports manufacture of state and is in the process of Authority of India. Some of the other sophisticated executing a Satellite System recent additions to BEL’s product-mix in electronics Network for the police in the the Civil Sector include Integrated Fish equipment/ entire country. Finder and Navigation Guidance System, components for the (iii) BEL pioneered the Solar Traffic Signals, Electronic Voting use of defence growth of the electronic Machine [EVM] and Simputer. services, para- ‘Components’ industry in the 7.53 Schemes for disabled : Physically military organizations country by setting up the challenged employees have been given and other manufacture of electron preference while allotting company accom- governmental users. tubes [TV picture tubes for modation and they have been allotted the consumer electronics quarters on the ground floor. Management industry, transmitting tubes for All India has granted grace time for registering Radio/Doordarshan and the Industrial attendance for IN/OUT punch ranging from needs, Microwave Tubes, X-Ray Tubes, 5 to 15 minutes depending upon nature / Vacuum Interrupters ], Semiconductor extent of handicap, on a case-to-case basis Devices, Integrated Circuits, Hybrid to these employees. Special conveyance Micro Circuits, Liquid Crystal Displays, allowance is also being paid to the persons Solar Cells and systems, passive com- with disabilities. Hearing aid assistance, ponents like Crystals & Capacitors etc. foldable walking sticks, calipers with special (iv) BEL has indigenously developed shoes, wheel chairs and special toilets have the Short Range version which has been been provided to such employees, wherever taken up for production (2003-2004). necessary. They have been encouraged for (v) Some Units/Divisions of BEL have sports and cultural activities. An amount of got the ISO 9001:2000 (Upgraded Rs.1,67,073/- has been allocated under the version of ISO 9001:1994) certification. schemes for the benefit of the persons with (vi) Electronic Voting Machines were disabilities. 210 persons were benefited by customized and successfully demonstrated the introduction of these schemes. in Singapore and Mauritius by BEL. (vii) The company continues its en- BHARAT EARTH MOVERS LIMITED deavour in sustaining and improving the (BEML) standards of quality through continuous 7.54 Bharat Earth Movers Limited training and TORQUE (Total Organisa- (BEML) was established in May 1964 and tional Quality Enhancement), Quality commenced its operations from January Circles (QCCs), Six Sigma programs. 1965. With the disinvestments of shares, 84

FINAL 26.9.04 axle trucks, earth moving machinery and Tracked military vehicles like armoured recovery vehicles, self propelled gun, tanks and other military vehicles like heavy recov- ery vehicles, bridge laying tank, truck based mobile bridge system, mounted gun system on truck chassis and rocket launcher sys- tems. 7.56 Significant achievements: (i) The Company has successfully developed the proto type BH100 Dumper, which was displayed in the World Mining Congress in November, Bridging equipment manufactured by Bharat Earth Movers 2003, at New Delhi. Government of India is still the major (ii) BEML has launched Disaster shareholder in the company with a holding management equipment like the Radio of over 61.23% of equity shares as of end Control Dozer, developed with the March 2004. financial assistance of M/s Technology 7.55 BEML’s manufacturing divisions are Information Forecasting and Assessment located at Bangalore, Kolar Gold Fields Council (TIFAC). (KGF) and Mysore. All the production units (iii) BEML manufactured high-speed are fully equipped with necessary general stainless steel metro coaches for Delhi purpose machines and special purpose Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC), in machines like heavy duty lathes, Computer collaborations with M/s ROTEM of Numerically Controlled machines (CNC South Africa. machines), CNC bevel gener- (iv) BEML supplied standard EM ating systems, flexible manu- equipment like Dozers, Loaders, Motor facturing system, heavy and Graders, to the Border Road Organisa- Bharat Earth Movers large size fabrication facility, tion and other agencies. Limited achieved a welding robots, etc., to (v) The Company, Bharat Arth Movers sales turnover of Rs. manufacture transmission and Limited, achieved a sales turnover of 1770.61 crore during axles, Hydraulic control valves, Rs.1770.61 crore during the financial year the financial year cylinders and pumps, diesel 2003-2004, as compared to 1681.17 2003-04, as engines, railway coaches, rail crore during the preceding year. compared to 1681.17 buses, railway wagons, Alter- (vi) The Company’s Profit Before Tax crore during the nating Current Electrical (PBT) during 2003-2004 stood at preceding year. Multiple Units(ACEMUs), Rs.52.50 crore as compared to heavy duty all terrain multi Rs.37.87 crore during the previous year. 85

FINAL 26.9.04 MAZAGON DOCK LIMITED (MDL) the oil exploration sector by producing and installing well head platforms of the Oil and 5.57 Mazagon Dock Limited was taken Natural Gas Corporation. over by Government of India in May 1960. 7.58 Significant achievements: It is a leading shipyard in the country and (i) First Ship of Project 17 ‘Shivalik’ builds a variety of ships for the defence and was launched in April, 2003. civil sectors. Its product range includes, (ii) Keel of first ship of P-15A and , frigates, missile boats, corvettes, third ship of P-17 were laid on 26th submarines and patrol vessels for the de- September 2003 and 30th September fence sector and merchant vessels, dredgers 2003 respectively. for the civil sector. MDL has also diversified (iii) 4th Floating Border Out Port (Seema its product range to cater to the needs of

Mazagon Dock manufactures modern ships for the Indian Navy and Coast Guard

86

FINAL 26.9.04 Prahari Bajrang) delivered to Border (iv) The Company has embarked on an Security Force (BSF) alongwith two of Fast export promotion drive through bidding Patrol Boats in October, 2003. for global tenders and participating 7.59 Schemes for disabled : The various abroad in exhibitions, seminars and guidelines issued by the Government from presentations relating to shipbuilding time to time on employment for persons capacities of the Company. with disabilities are being followed. At (v) One Advanced Offshore Patrol present, there are 46 such employees on the Vessels was delivered to Indian Coast rolls of the Company in Group C & D in the Guard in October 2003. identified posts reserved for persons with (vi) The company delivered an Extra disabilities. In Group A & B there are six Fast Attack Craft to the Indian navy in such employees. January 2004, six months ahead of the schedule. GOA SHIPYARD LIMITED (GSL) GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS AND 7.60 Goa Shipyard Limited was taken ENGINEERS LIMITED (GRSE) over by the Government of India in 1967 as a Public Sector Undertaking under the 7.62 Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Ministry of Defence. The company builds a Engineers Ltd was acquired by the Govern- variety of medium size, special purpose ment of India in 1960 as a public sector ships. Its product range includes survey undertaking under the Ministry of Defence. vessels, missile boats, patrol vessels, off- The company builds and repairs warships shore supply vessels, oil tankers, passenger and auxiliary vessels for the Indian Navy and , tugs and . the Coast Guard. Its product range includes 7.61 Significant achievements : frigates, corvettes, oil tankers, patrol ves- (i) One Fast Patrol Vessel was deliv- sels, attack craft, high technology ship borne ered to the Indian Coast Guard in April equipment, portable bailey type steel 2003. bridges, turbine pumps for the agricultural (ii) The Company has augmented its sector, main sewage treatment plants, diesel ship repair facilities by renovating and engines. modernising two slipways with a view to 7.63 Significant achievements: obtain large repair and shipbuilding (i) The Company has paid dividend of orders for marine and naval vessels. Rs. 7.49 crore being 35% of the Profit (iii) The Company has been awarded after tax (6.05% on equity paid up capital ISO 9001 Certification for ‘Design, of Rs.123.84 crore) for 2002-03. Construction and Repair of various types (ii) One (Yard-2042) was of ships and crafts’. The Company is also commissioned into the Navy on 4th in the process of transition to the require- February 2004. ments of ISO 9001-2000 standards. (iii) Two Frigates (Yard 3010 & 3011),

87

FINAL 26.9.04 7.65 The significant achievements: (i) The Milan, Konkurs, Prithvi and Information Technology Divisions of the company have ISO-9002 certification. BDL attaches utmost importance to customer satisfaction. (ii) The company regularly participated in field firings conducted by the users. Khukhri Class Missile Corvettes BDL implements regularly various being constructed for the Indian Navy, improvements in manufacturing process, are in advance stage of construction and inspection procedures. Efficiency in the are likely to be delivered early next process has increased by way of compu- financial year. terization. These have resulted in (iv) The company has orders for con- increasing value addition per employee struction of three Landing Ship Tank steadily. (Large) [LST(L)s], four First Attack Crafts (iii) As part of its efforts to increase (FACs) and four Anti-submarine exports, BDL exported sub-assemblies Warefare (ASW) Corvettes, scheduled worth Rs.44 lakh in 2002-2003. In the for delivery between 2005 to 2011. areas of new products, the Company has BHARAT DYNAMICS LIMITED (BDL) started manufacture of Konkurs-M and 3 UBK-20 Gun Launched Missiles. BDL 7.64 BDL was set up in 1970 for the has been nominated production agency manufacture of guided missiles. It is among for Naval Decoy – C303 launched from a few strategic industries in the public sector Sub-Marine that is to be produced and possesses the capability to produce under transfer of technology from M/s advanced Guided Missile systems. The Wass, Italy. Company has two units, one at (iv) The Company has paid a dividend Kanchanbagh, Hyderabad and the other at of Rs. 23 crore for the year 2002-03. Bhanur, Medak District. Besides the indig- enous Prithvi missile, it produces Milan and MISHRA DHATU NIGAM LIMITED Konkurs missiles along with their launchers (MIDHANI) and other in-house developed products like 7.66 Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited Flame launchers and Simulators. The Com- (MIDHANI) was incorporated as a Public pany is working hand in hand with the Sector Undertaking in 1973 to achieve self- DRDO for technology absorption of other reliance in areas of super-alloys, titanium missiles under Integrated Missile Develop- alloys and special purpose steels required ment Programme. for strategic sectors like Aeronautics, Space,

88

FINAL 26.9.04 Armaments, Atomic Energy, Navy, Special metallurgical establishments over the products like molybdenum wires and plates, globe, bulk quantities of titanium Gas titanium and stainless steel tubes, alloys for Bottles were supplied using this technol- electrical and electronic application like soft ogy against major orders received during magnetic alloys, controlled expansion alloys the year from Aerospace Sector. and resistance alloys. (vii) Large size titanium alloy bars 7.67 The significant achievements:- manufactured by MIDHANI were suc- (i) Flawless performance of large size cessfully converted into closed die Maraging steel hardware supplied by forgings at an overseas work centre, MIDHANI for rocket motor casing proving that they meet the best of application to the Indian Space Research international standards. This has been a Organisation (ISRO) contributed to the rewarding benchmarking exercise, paving successful launch of Polar Satellite the way for bulk usage of MIDHANI Launch Vehicle (PSLV-C4), the commer- materials in demanding aero engine cial version of the PSLV carrying the applications. Meteorological Satellite (METSAT). (viii) Indigenous supply of specialized (ii) Successfully developed and sup- Titanium Fasteners has commenced with plied special materials required by the supplies made to DRDO and ISRO Light Combat Aircraft (LCA). during the year. While technologies (iii) MIDHANI continued to extend developed in the context of strategic special materials support to programmes sectors have been employed for manu- of national importance such as LCA, PSLV/ facture of world-class biomedical im- GSLV, Armaments in the Defence, Aero- plants, the technology developed for nautical, Space and Atomic Energy sec- manufacture of specialized screws for tors. orthopaedic surgery has in turn been (iv) Designed, developed & fabricated used for making titanium fasteners to armoured trucks for Defence using meet the needs of strategic sectors. MIDHANI Armour sheets, which suc- Work has commenced on development cessfully met the specifications and and supply of Superalloy and special steel requirements of Defence. fasteners to several discerning customers. (v) Successfully productionised a wide (ix) MIDHANI successfully range of high quality bio-medical im- productionised and supplied weld plants numbering 135 in 1060 variants consumables required for critical appli- made of Titanium as low-cost import cations of Indian Navy using in-house substitutes. facilities meeting all specifications duly (vi) Successfully established state-of- approved by Russian consultants. art Super plastic Forming (SPF) technol- Schemes for the benefit of the persons ogy practiced by only a handful of with disabilities. 89

FINAL 26.9.04 Sales of Ordnance Factories and of supplier of raw-materials, components, Defence PSUs sub-systems, they have now become a 7.68 The total value of sales issues by partner in the manufacture of complete Ordnance Factories and Defence Public defence equipment/system. The defence Sector Undertakings during the last three industry sector, has now been opened for years, is as follows: - participation by the Indian Private sector.

(Rupees in crore) Year Ordnance Public Sector Grand Factories Undertakings Total Total Sales Total Sales 2001-2002 6031.00 7918.38 13949.38 2002-2003 6508.20 8788.31 15296.51 2003-2004 (Prov.) 6641.00 9609.62 16250.62

7.69 Defence Public Sector Undertakings The Indian companies are now eligible to set and Ordnance Factories have exported items up defence industry for manufacture of all worth Rs. 439 crore for the year 2003- types of defence equipment under license. 2004. Such companies could also have foreign direct investment, upto 26% of the equity. Supply Wing Detailed guidelines have already been issued 7.70 In the quest for self-reliance in the by the Department of Industrial Policy & crucial sector of Defence, Promotion (DIPP) in consultation with continuing efforts are made to Ministry of Defence regarding the modalities There has been a shift indigenise defence equipment for consideration of applications for grant of in the role of private wherever technologically license. sector/civil trade in feasible and economically 7.71 For indigenisation of the spares of the field of viable. It has been a part of the Defence Equipment, an institutional indigenisation. From the indigenisation effort to framework has been in existence in the form the role of supplier of locate and develop broad- of 8 Technical Committees, consisting of raw-materials, based indigenous supply officers from the Directorate General of components, sub- sources both in the public Quality Assurance. A Technical officer of systems, they have sector as well as in the civil trade for many complicated the rank of / or now become a and intricate equipment. equivalent heads each Committee. These partner in the There has been a shift in the committees maintain a compendium of civil manufacture of role of private sector/civil industries capable of undertaking the task of complete defence trade in the field of indigenisation of defence equipment / stores equipment/system. indigenisation. From the role after conducting surveys and assessing their

90

FINAL 26.9.04 capabilities. After identifying items in con- Toubro Ltd., Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd., TIL sultation with the user services for Ltd and Automotive Coaches & Compo- indigenisation and keeping in view the nents Ltd. have obtained letters of intent to commercial viability and the strategic needs, enter the Defence Industry Sector as a full these Committees undertake the fledged manufacturers and suppliers of indigenisation activity and ensure timely Defence equipment. The Government, on supply of defence equipment/stores. During its part, has intensified its efforts to create the year 2002-2003, Supply Orders of Rs. greater awareness in the private sector 38.67 crore for ab-initio development and about the requirements of the Defence indigenisation of 1101 items were placed. Sector. Three Defence Industry Partnership During 2003-2004 supply orders of Rs. Meets have been held in collaboration with 210.81 crore for ab-initio development and the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) in indigenisation of defence items were placed. Kolkata, Mumbai and Chennai during the Since February, 2002, in line with Govern- year. Besides, Six Defence Specialist ment decision, Production Agencies like Groups have been constituted in which Ordnance Factories, Defence Public Sector various Defence establishments and private Undertakings and Air Headquarters are industry are represented, to discuss and doing indigenisation work themselves. identify the Defence equipment, which can 7.72 To help the civil sector familiarize be manufactured in the private sector. itself with the requirement of Armed forces, OTHER ORGANISATIONS IN permanent sample rooms are maintained in DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE four metropolitan cities. For ensuring en- PRODUCTION hanced & meaningful interaction, confer- ences/exhibitions are held from time to time DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF QUALITY with civil industry. In order to encourage ASSURANCE (DGQA) civil industry for indigenous development of 7.74 Directorate General of Quality Defence stores, a scheme of National Award Assurance (DGQA) is an inter- service for excellence in indigenisation was intro- organization functioning under the Depart- duced in the year 1993-94. The efforts ment of Defence Production. DGQA is made by the industry in substituting the responsible for Quality Assurance of all inputs of defence equipment & stores are defence stores and equipment, both im- duly recognized and deserving units pre- ported and indigenous for the Army, Navy sented with suitable awards. (excluding Naval Armaments) and common 7.73 After the opening up of the Defence users items for the Air Force procured from Industry Sector for private participation, 15 all sources viz Private Sector, Public Sector Letters of Intent have been issued to the Undertakings and Ordnance Factories. It private companies for the manufacture of has therefore a vital role to play in the various types of Defence Equipment. Some defence preparedness of the Country. of the large companies such as Larsen and

91

FINAL 26.9.04 7.75 Organisational Structure and Func- during the execution of successive tions: DGQA Organisation is structured Defence Supply Orders. 42 firms have into seven Technical Directorates, each of been awarded Self-Certification status which is responsible for a distinct range of during the year 2003-2004. equipment. The Technical Directorates are (d) Exhibitions: DGQA in association vertically structured in three-tiers for func- with Department of Small Scale Indus- tional purposes, comprising their respective tries, organized 15 exhibitions at differ- Headquarters, Controllerates, Field Quality ent locations all over the country during Assurances Establishments & Proof Estab- the year. In addition to displaying the lishments (in case of Armament Discipline samples by various disciplines, Vendor only). The tasks performed by them are Awareness Programmes were organized complementary and are integrated to by Defence Institute of Quality Assur- achieve maximum efficiency. ance, Bangalore. 7.76 The major achievements of DGQA (e) Training Initiatives: The Defence Organisation are as follow: - Institute of Quality Assurance, Bangalore has been training DGQA personnel in (a) Inspection of Stores: DGQA are the field of Quality Assurance, Manage- ensuring that stores accepted are strictly ment/Human Resource Development as per laid out specifications and per- and Information Technology. Courses formance parameters. The value of have been conducted for Services and stores inspected during the last three personnel from Outside Organizations years is given below: - like Defence PSUs, OFB etc. Details of Officers trained in the last two years are Year Value of Stores Inspected (Rs. in crore) as follow: - 2001-2002 13778 Sl. Year DGQA Other 2002-2003 16001 No. Organisations 2003-2004 14692 1. 2002-2003 363 63 2. 2003-2004 391 92 (b) Quality Assurance of Imported DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF AERONAU- Equipment: DGQA is performing a vital TICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE (DGAQA) role of inspection of Imported Equip- ment & Weapon System being acquired 7.77 DGAQA has its Headquarters at by the Armed Forces. New Delhi with Resident Inspection Estab- (c) Self Certification: DGQA Organi- lishments at various production centres in sation has been awarding Self-Certifica- the country. Its main functions inter-alia tion status to Quality Conscious Firms/ include quality assurance during design/ Manufacturers who have well established development, production, overhaul and Quality Management System and dem- repair of and accessories, onstrate consistent product quality technical association with DRDO and participation in standardization activities etc.

92

FINAL 26.9.04 During the year 2003-2004, DGAQA tees, Panels/Working Groups under these inspected Aeronautical Stores of the value of Sub – Committees, several Specialist Tech- Rs.3284.07 crore. DGAQA also actively nical Panels (STP) and Defence Equipment associated in the QA of various sophisti- Codification Committee (DECC). cated indigenous projects and also partici- 7.80 Achievements : pated in Integrated Guided Missile Devel- (i) 1343 items were considered for opment Programme (IGMDP) and non- variety reduction under 30 Joint Services IGMDP Projects like Prithvi/Akash/Trishul Rationalized Lists. This quantity was Missiles, both as the overall Nodal Agency reduced by 468 items thus bringing and Quality Assurance Agency for most of 34.7% reduction. the major systems. (ii) 375 documents, which had com- pleted 5 years life, have been revised DIRECTORATE OF STANDARDISATION against yearly target of 367 revision. 7.78 Directorate of Standardisation was (iii) 682 Standard documents were constituted in 1962 with the objective to formulated. control items proliferation within Defence 7.81 Codification and Cataloguing Services. Nine Standardisation Cells and six Detachments have been located at nodal During the year 23,246 items have been Stations in the country to give boost to the codified against yearly target of 29,000. Standardisation activity. The primary objec- 7.82 Information technology: The tive of the Directorate of Standardisation is official website of the Directorate has been to establish commonality in equipment and made more user friendly with addition of components among the three Services so various features and facilities. The Centre that the overall inventory of the Defence for Advanced Computing & System Applica- Services is reduced. This objective is sought tion (COCOSA) Group of Directorate of to be achieved through: - Standardisation has coordinated the software a.) Preparation of Standardisation development project for automation of the documents such as Joint Services Speci- codification process at the various levels. fications, Joint Services Preferred Standardisation Enterprise Network estab- Ranges, Joint Services Rationalized lished leased line connectivity to various Lists, Joint Services Guides, Joint Serv- Defence Standardisation Cells. ices Policy Statements & Joint Services 7.83 Training: The Institute of Stand- Qualitative Requirements; ards Training, Pune, conducts courses on b.) Codification and Cataloguing of Standardisation, Codification, Management Defence Inventory; and Development programme, Total Quality c.) Entry Control. Management & Database Management 7.79 Standardisation activities are done System. The Institute has conducted follow- through 13 Standardisation Sub – Commit- ing important courses: -

93

FINAL 26.9.04 (i) Course on Metropolitan Area partment for Defence Production in the Network (MAN) functioning and utiliza- General Staff Equipment Policy Committee, tion of ‘Standardisation Intranet’. Standardisation Committee, Task Forces and (ii) Course on Basics of e-Governance various monitoring committees. and Information Security. 7.87 The Directorate coordinates within (iii) Orientation course on Standardisa- the Department of Defence Production the tion and Codification. interaction with the Integrated Defence Staff (iv) Foundation course on Standardisa- Headquarters, regarding classification of the tion. respective capital acquisition plans of the DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING & CO- three services into “BUY”, “BUY” & ORDINATION “MAKE” and “MAKE” categories. The Directorate serves as the secretariat for the 7.84 The Directorate of Planning and Defence Production Board, which is charged Coordination was set up in 1964 with the with the function of monitoring progress primary objective of preparing overall plans emanating out of all “MAKE” decisions for the production of defence equipment in taken by the Defence Acquisition Council the country. The Directorate is responsible (DAC). It also assist the DAC to arrive at for monitoring and implementation of major optimum decisions regarding licence pro- indigenisation projects being pursued by the duction, transfer of technology (TOT) and Ordnance Factories like the Arjun and T-90 ab-initio production/development. Main Battle Tanks, product improvement of various artillery guns and armoured vehicles, DEFENCE EXHIBITION ORGANISATION augmentation of overhauling capacity of 7.88 The Defence Exhibition Organisa- tanks and engines. Development programme tion (DEO), established in 1981, is primarily of armaments for the army and navy are responsible for organising and coordinating other key activities of the Directorate. The defence exhibitions in India and abroad. It Directorate also monitors the critical maintains the permanent defence pavilion at projects in the electronics sector for the the Pragati Maidan, New Delhi, which peaks three services. out during Indian International Trade Fair 7.85 The Directorate is the nodal point (IITF) held every year from 14 to 27 No- in the Department of Defence Production vember. Products manufactured/developed for International Cooperation in defence by Ordnance Factories, Defence Public production and defence exports. The Sector Undertakings (DPSUs) and Defence Directorate supports the Export wing of the Research and Development Organisation Department during its deliberations with the (DRDO) are displayed at the pavilion. In various Bi-lateral Defence Policy Groups and addition, the Armed Forces, Directorate Joint Working Groups with other countries. General of Quality Assurance (DGQA), 7.86 The Directorate represents the De- Coast Guard and the National Cadet Corps

94

FINAL 26.9.04 (NCC) are also represented in the exhibition. countries, along with 163 domestic compa- More than six lakh visitors visited the De- nies including Defence Public Sector Under- fence Pavilion during IITF 2003 generating takings (DPSUs) and Ordnance Factories trade inquiries for the DPSUs/DRDO/ participated in the exhibition. For the first DGQA/OFB besides aiding in inculcation of time the permanent Defence Pavilion at defence consciousness among the citizens. Pragati Maidan was integrated with the The Pavilion remained activated for three exhibition. Raksha Mantri inaugurated the additional days, from 28 to 30 November, exhibition on February 4th, 2004. High- 2003 to enable school-children, NCC level official delegations from 32 countries cadets and Defence personnel to see the attended the exposition. In addition, there Pavilion in detail. were five non-official delegations, bringing 7.89 As a part of export promotion the total to 37 as against 23 in the last effort, DEO organizes international defence event. exhibitions in India and co-ordinates 7.91 Approximately 35,000 visitors came participations of DPSUs in exhibitions to the exhibition including senior officials abroad. During the financial year 2003- from various government departments, 2004, DEO co-ordinated participation in armed forces, as well as trade visitors. The the Latin America Defentech Exhibition feedback from the participants has been (LAD) 2003 held at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil encouraging and nearly 3,300 sqm of space from 22 to 25 April, 2003. (more than 25% of total space for DEFEXPO INDIA 2004) is already booked DEFEXPO INDIA 2004 by the exhibitors for the next show, sched- 7.90 DEFEXPO INDIA 2004-the third uled to be held at the same venue from biennial International Land & January 31 to February 3, 2006. Naval Systems Exhibition, was More than six lakh 7.92 Discussions on issues of bilateral held at Pragati Maidan, New visitors visited the cooperation in the field of defence produc- Delhi from 4 to 7 February, Defence Pavilion tion were held with different official delega- during IITF 2003 2004. The Department of tions as well as delegations from foreign generating trade Defence Production, Ministry companies who participated at DEFEXPO inquiries for the of Defence and the Confed- INDIA-2004. An International Seminar on DPSUs/DRDO/ eration of Indian Industries “Outsourcing” and “Offsets” besides a DGQA/OFB besides organized the exhibition Defence Industry Summit on FDI and aiding in inculcation jointly. The exhibition covered optimizing R&D were organized concur- of defence an area of more than 12,000 rently as part of DEFEXPO INDIA 2004. consciousness sqm showing a growth of over 7.93 Following are details of investment, among the citizens. 50% from the last event.187 value of production and profits after tax of foreign companies from 19 eight Defence Public Sector Undertakings.

95

FINAL 26.9.04 INVESTMENT (Rs in Crore) Name of the PSUs 2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loans HAL 120.50 - 120.50 - 120.50 - BEL 80.00 - 80.00 - 80.00 - BEML 36.87 - 36.87 - 36.87 - MDL 199.20 - 199.20 - 199.20 - GRSE 123.84 - 123.84 - 123.84 - GSL 19.40 - 19.40 - 19.40 - BDL 115.00 - 115.00 - 115.00 - MIDHANI 137.34 - 137.34 - 137.34 - TOTAL 832.15 - 832.15 - 832.15 -

WORKING RESULTS VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND SALES (Rs in Crore) Name of the PSUs 2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004(Prov.) Value of Value of Value of Value of Value of Value of Production Sales Production Sales Production Sales HAL 2963.44 2774.81 3477.84 3120.42 3655.02 3690.29 BEL 2029.98 1941.99 2536.39 2508.02 2802.80 2791.37 BEML 1436.10 1424.15 1740.16 1681.17 1706.76 1770.61 MDL 582.65 737.83 539.52 569.27 464.44 80.10 GRSE 488.79 498.44 523.09 153.69 491.57 392.17 GSL 220.43 153.50 232.14 386.50 177.80 238.95 BDL 251.44 283.36 330.38 277.72 507.96 521.02 MIDHANI 107.17 104.30 93.50 91.52 105.07 125.11 TOTAL 8080.00 7918.38 9473.02 8788.31 9911.42 9609.62 PROFIT AFTER TAX (Rs. in crore) Name of the PSUs 2002-2003 2003-2004 (Prov.) HAL 389.96 307.20 BEL 260.61 302.92 BEML 26.10 33.00 MDL (-)24.13 (-) 12.90 GRSE 21.33 31.50 GSL 17.83 5.75 BDL 56.69 40.87 MIDHANI (-)2.16 4.51 TOTAL 746.23 712.85

96

FINAL 26.9.04 88

DEFENCE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Brahmos, the supersonic , developed by the DRDO DRDO has progressively enhanced the combat effectiveness of our Armed Forces through induction of latest technologies in indigenous defence systems.

8.1 Defence Research and Development Adviser to Raksha Mantri, who is also the Organisation (DRDO) was formed in 1958 Secretary, Department of Defence Research by amalgamation of then already functioning & Development and Director General, Technical Development Establishments Research and Development. (TDEs) of the Indian Army and the Directo- ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE rate of Technical Development & Production (DTDP) with the Defence Science Organisa- 8.3 DRDO Headquarters is organized in tion (DSO). DRDO laboratories are engaged two different types of Headquarters Direc- in ever-widening spectrum of defence torates. The Technical Directorates act as technologies covering various disciplines like ‘single window’ to facilitate laboratories aeronautics, armaments, electronics, combat under their area of work in obtaining various vehicles, engineering systems, instrumenta- approvals and in co-ordinating information tion, missiles, advanced computation and with laboratories and Headquarters. Corpo- simulation, special materials, naval systems, rate Directorates like Directorate of Person- life sciences and agriculture, to name a few. nel, Human Resource Development, Mate- rial Management, Planning and Coordina- 8.2 Mission: The Department of Defence tion, Management Services, Rajbhasha/ Research and Development came into O&M, Budget Finance and Accounts, existence in 1980. It is dedicated to the Security and Vigilance, Civil Works and mission of progressive enhancement of Estates and Extramural Research and Intel- self-reliance in defence systems and state of lectual Property Rights (ER & IPR) assist the the art defence technologies. To facilitate laboratories in getting Government approv- accomplishing this mission, there is a mis- als for taking up projects and creation of sion-mode structure headed by the Scientific facilities in their respective areas. Recruit-

98

FINAL 26.9.04 ment and Assessment Centre (RAC) and Raksha Mantri, to review progress of major Personnel Assessment Centre (PEACE) projects of all the laboratories. In addition, undertake fresh recruitments and assessment Corporate Reviews covering techno-mana- on periodic basis for promotions of scien- gerial aspects are also carried out by a high tists for all laboratories and Headquarters of level committee. The staff projects for Army DRDO under Defence Research Develop- are reviewed by the Vice Chief of Army Staff ment Service (DRDS) Cadre and Defence (VCOAS), twice a year. For all major pro- Research Technical Cadre (DRTC) respec- grammes/ projects, there are multi-tier tively. ‘Programme Management Boards’, having representation from the Services, DRDO DRDO LABORATORIES laboratories and in some cases from aca- 8.4 The programmes and projects, demic institutions and other national undertaken by the Department, are executed research laboratories. These Programme through a network of R&D laboratories/ Management Boards periodically monitor establishments. These laboratories are and review the programmes and give mid- situated all over India from Tezpur in the course directions. East to Jodhpur in the West and Leh in the 8.7 Consequent upon the acceptance of North to Kochi in the South of India. recommendation of the Group of Ministers 8.5 The programmes/ projects are (GOM) on National Security regarding executed in close partnership with User Rationalisation of DRDO Laboratories, the Services. In order to harness best available Government had constituted a Group of resources in terms of talent, expertise and Officers headed by Secretary, Defence resources, on as required basis, DRDO Production. The recommendations of Group interacts and involves defence public sector of Officers addressed synergy of effort undertakings, academic institutions, research amongst DRDO laboratories, closer interac- laboratories and private enterprises, to tion between DRDO and the Services and execute its projects and programmes. The DRDO and Production Agencies. The ‘concurrent engineering’ approach is fol- recommendations of the Group, duly ap- lowed, in technology intensive projects, to proved by the Raksha Mantri, are under reduce the time lag between design, devel- implementation. opment and production. CONTRIBUTION OF DRDO TO 8.6 Review Mechanism: DRDO has SERVICES institutionalized a mechanism to monitor and review programmes/ projects on a 8.8 The Organisation has made great regular basis. There is an in-house apex strides, since 1980, towards making our level body called ‘DRDO Research Council’ Armed Forces self reliant. On the one hand (DRC), chaired by Scientific Adviser to this has enabled our Armed Forces to face

99

FINAL 26.9.04 the arms export control regimes of advanced • Aircraft Weapon Trolley – BHEEMA countries, whereas on the other hand, • Relocatable Balloon Barage System DRDO has progressively enhanced the • Parachutes for various types of combat effectiveness of our Armed Forces Aircrafts through induction of state-of-the-art indig- • Surface-to-surface Tactical Battlefield enous defence systems. During last few Missile : PRITHVI years, a number of defence systems and • Surface-to-surface Missile : -I equipment have been productionised. These and AGNI-II include : • Main Battle Tank : ARJUN • Pilotless Target Aircraft –LAKSHYA • Multi-barrel Rocket System - (aerial target practice system) PINAKA (waiting for indent) • Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) for • Armoured Engineer Recce Vehicle MiG 23 aircraft– TRANQUIL (AERV) for crossing of water obstacles • Radar Warning Receiver and Self • Bridge Layer Tank on T-72 chassis Protection Jammer (RWR & SPJ) for MiG • Bridge Assault Mechanically aircraft – TEMPEST Launched: SARVATRA • CATCH - An airborne Signal Intelli- • Mat Ground Surfacing, a track-way gence Systems expedient for smooth movement in • Aircraft Arrester Barrier marshy terrain, shallow water and soft soil • Containerised Operation Theatre Complex and Wards on Wheels • Mobile Decontamination System for decontaminating Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) agents and personnel, equipment and terrain • Muting system for deactivating remotely controlled explosive device – SAFARI [Mk-I] • Remotely Piloted Vehicle RPV – NISHANT (for aerial surveillance) • Bulk secrecy equipment with high grade digital secrecy : SANSAR • Avalanche Victim Detector • Meals-ready-to-eat (MREs) etc. • Combat Improved T-72 tank – AJEYA Surface-to-surface Missile Agni-1 • Data Concentrator 100

FINAL 26.9.04 • Battle-Field Surveillance Radar – sis of the test flight results have indicated a Short Range (BFSR-SR ) reasonably good match between flight tests • Weapon Locating Radar and design objectives. Since then, two • Artillery Combat Command and technology demonstrators and prototype Control System - SAMVAHAK vehicle (PV1) of LCA are undergoing flight • HUMSA – Hull Mounted Sonar testing. System 8.10 The Second Technology Demon- • USHUS Sonar System strator (TD2) was flown for the first time on • Processor Based Moored Mine June 6, 2002. The Prime Minister has (PBMM) and Processor Based Exercise christened the LCA as “TEJAS” on May 4, Mine (PBEM) 2003 and the same day formation flights of • Advanced Torpedos both the Tejas aircrafts were demonstrated. • SANGRAHA TD1 has successfully crossed the sound • Electronic Support Measure (ESM) barrier on August 1, 2003 and super-sonic System for Kamov/ Chetak Helicopter – flights up to 1.15 Mach have been carried KITE out. The reduced weight standard LCA • ESM System for Kamov/Chetak prototype vehicle (PV1) Tejas has also Helicopter – EAGLE undergone its maiden flight on November • Submarine based ESM – PORPOISE 25, 2003. LCA has completed 202 flight • MIHIR -Helicopter based dunking tests. The equipping of the fourth Tejas sonar aircraft (PV2) is the progress, which is the • NAGAN – Towed Array production standard. Design activities on Sonar LCA Trainer Variant LCA (PV5), ensuring • SECTEL - Speech Se- commonality with LCA (Navy), has been The Light Combat crecy Telephone initiated. Jet Fuel Starter (JFS) system for Aircraft Tejas has • Mission Computer (MC) starting LCA has been indigenously devel- completed 202 flight for Jaguar. oped with assistance from tests. The Kaveri • Mission Computer (MC), Research Establishment (GTRE), Bangalore engine for the Tejas Display Processor (DP) and by HAL. has successfully RWR for Sukhoi aircraft. 8.11 The Kaveri engine for the Tejas is completed phase I undergoing development trials. As on date and II of high altitude PROGRESS MADE IN R&D two Kabini prototypes (C1, C2) and five testing and PROGRAMMES Kaveri engine prototypes (K1 to K5) have undergone more 8.9 Maiden flight of Technol- been built for engine testing apart from than 1300 hours of ogy Demonstrator (TD1) of various modules and components manufac- development test. Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) tured for their testing in the rigs to assess ‘TEJAS’ took place on January their aerodynamic and structural integrity 4, 2001 at Bangalore. Analy- performance. Kaveri engine has undergone 101

FINAL 26.9.04 development test of more than issued by the Army. The objectives of the 1300 hours. K5 engine of project are battlefield surveillance, recon- The Army has Kaveri has successfully com- naissance, real time engagement of targets decided to go in pleted phase I & II of high by artillery fire, laser designation, limited for induction of altitude testing at M/s CIAM, electronics intelligence/ gimbaled payload Nishant (Remotely Russia. K9 engine is presently assembly (GPA) with control mechanism in Piloted Vehicle). under testing at GTRE, with azimuth and elevation has been developed an aim to integrate it with for acquisition and target tracking. The field LCA ahead of post-production configuration of Nishant system comprise - clearance. General arrange- air vehicles, ground control stations, an- ment for the new layout (K10 configuration) tenna tracking system, launcher and mission addressing various issues, like improved support vehicle. More than 84 development surge margin in fan, better structural integ- flights have been carried out. Army has rity of compressor and improved combustor thereafter decided to go in for induction of pressure loss, is being made with the objec- the Nishant through limited series produc- tive to realise the weight budgeted engine tion. Summer trials have been successfully and to firm up this configuration for produc- conducted by DRDO for Army evaluation. tion release. The spin-off project ‘’Kaveri These include two shake down sorties and Marinisation’ has been taken up and de- 12 user trial flights in realistic operational tailed design of the sub-systems have been conditions at Pokhran. completed. Fabrication and manufacturing 8.14 The Center for Airborne Systems work are under progress. (CABS), Bangalore, has designed and 8.12 The limited series production of developed Bheema-1000 Weapon Loading Pilotless Target Aircraft (PTA) – ‘Lakshya’, a Trolley, which was productionised by Bharat reusable aerial target system, remotely Earth Movers Ltd. (BEML). After successful operated from ground to provide training to trials, IAF has placed an order for 55 trolleys gun and missile crew and to air defence on BEML. Recently, the trolley was airlifted pilots is in progress for training of all the for demonstration and weapon fitment trials three Services. Delivery of the five Lakshya at the Sri Lankan Air Force (SLAF) base at to Air Force has been completed. All three Colombo. The trials were successfully Lakshyas have been delivered to the Navy completed on SLAF fighter aircraft. Sri along with the Ground Control and Support Lankan Air Force has indicated a require- System. Two aircraft have been delivered to ment of 5 Bheema -1000 trolleys. the Army and rest of the three aircraft will 8.15 The Center for Military Airworthi- be delivered by September 2004. ness and Certification (CEMILAC) is dealing 8.13 Remotely Piloted Vehicle (RPV) with airworthiness functions related to ‘Nishant’, has been developed as per Gen- military aircraft and airborne systems. It also eral Staff Qualitative Requirement (GSQR) provides continued airworthiness support to 102

FINAL 26.9.04 production and overhaul activities of aircraft/ designed and developed Automatic Test aero-engines. There are 14 Regional Cen- Equipment (ATE) and Ground Support tres for Military Airworthiness (RCMA) Equipment (GSE) to test and maintain the spread all over the country to ensure airwor- developed EW Systems. Also, work is in thiness during design, manufacture and progress in respect of Radar Warning and overhaul of aircraft/ helicopters and its Jammer (RWJ). DARE has undertaken design systems built by HAL and operated by IAF. and development of avionics of Sukhoi Life extension and support to Services for aircraft for integration. flight safety is another prime activity of 8.17 Development and field trials of RCMAs. They also participate in the Acci- Communication segment of Samyukta (an dent Investigations. This year RCMAs Electronic Warfare Programme for Army) participated in 400 Defect Investigations at have been completed and production orders various centres. for Samyukta com Segment has been placed. 8.16 Defence Advanced Research Estab- First Control Center Block of Com Segment lishment (DARE), Bangalore has developed was handed over by the President of India to Electronic Warfare Systems comprising of the Chief of Army Staff. Radar Warning Receivers (RWR) and Self 8.18 Development of Sangraha [an Protection Jammer (SPJ) for different fighter indigenous Electronic Warfare(EW) Pro- aircraft of IAF like Jaguar, MiG-23, MiG-27 gramme for the Navy] has been completed and Mig-21 Bis. The laboratory has also and various EW Systems developed under

Samyukta Electronic Warfare Systems

103

FINAL 26.9.04 this programme are at different stages of System (INS-GPS) in integrated mode to production and induction. enhance the accuracy. 8.19 Preliminary trials of Electro Optical 8.22 Nine development flight trials of Fire Control System (EOFCS) for naval ship surface-to-air missile (SAM) - Akash have have been completed. System optimization been undertaken between January 2003 and is being carried out in the ship. March 2004. Consistent performance of 8.20 BrahMos, a supersonic cruise propulsion, control and guidance system missile, has a range of upto 290 kms and were demonstrated against simulated tar- has so far gone through six successive gets. The miss distance achieved in all these successful tests. The recent flights were flights was within specifications. Production conducted on October 29, facilities have been established at Bharat November 9 and November Dynamics Limited (BDL), Hyderabad and the Nine development 23, 2003 in various modes, missiles are being integrated and checked flight trials of meeting all the mission re- out at BDL. For Akash, the surface-to-air quirements. In the last trial on has been integrated with Battery Control missile - Akash - November 23, 2003, which Center (BCC-II), Battery Surveillance Radar have been was assisted by the Indian (BSR) and Akash Self Propelled Launcher undertaken Navy, the missile was fired (ASPL-II). Further, 3D Central Acquisition between January from a cruising at a Radar (3D-CAR) has also been demon- 2003 and March speed of about 12 to 15 strated to the Air Force and Naval Users at 2004. Production knots an hour at a drifting Ambala, Barnala and Goa. All radars have facilities have been decommissioned vessel, and shown consistent performance. All the established at the missile hit the hull of the ground systems support vehicles have also Bharat Dynamics decommissioned vessel. been realized. Limited. Development of anti-ship 8.23 , the third generation anti-tank version from land and ship has guided missile with ‘Fire & Forget’ and ‘Top been completed successfully. Attack’ during ‘Day and Night’ were estab- Indian Navy has placed letter lished through three consecutive flight tests of interest. with Imaging Infra Red (IIR) Seeker in which 8.21 , a naval version of the direct hits were scored on targets. The Prithvi missile system, with a range of 250 reconfigured Nag Missile Carrier ‘Namica kms has been designed and developed and MK-II’ was successfully field tested in desert is under induction. Weaponisation on ships terrain during this summer. is under progress. Longer range version of 8.24 Trishul is a low level, quick reaction Prithvi (P-II), tactical battlefield surface-to- and guided surface-to-air missile system surface missile system has been successfully developed for all the three Services. It has flight tested during March 2004 with Inertial been successfully test fired against remotely Navigational System-Global Positioning piloted flying targets. Four flight tests have 104

FINAL 26.9.04 been carried out in June 2003 and February Technology and integration of other im- and March 2004 demonstrating the accu- provement schemes in CIA tanks are taking racy of guidance, reliability of performance place smoothly. and functioning of the warhead in integrated 8.29 Ordnance Factory, Medak, has node. produced and delivered 137 Carrier Mortar 8.25 125 mm Fin Stabilised Armour Tracked, out of 198 ordered by the Army. Piercing Discarding Sabot (FSAPDS) ammu- Remaining vehicles are in different stages of nition is a primary anti-tank ammunition of assembly. the T-72 tank. It is therefore important to 8.30 DRDO is developing futuristic give the crew maximum practice in FSAPDS Infantry Combat Vehicle (ICV) ‘Abhay’ as a shots. Practice ammunition will not only technology demonstrator for replacement of reduce cost but can be fired at any short BMP-II vehicle which are presently in Serv- range available, as the maximum range is ice. Various systems of this vehicle are in less than 6 km. User trials were conducted advanced stage of development. successfully in March 2003 and users are 8.31 Two prototypes of amphibious considering their requirement for training floating bridge and system (30 T Class) purposes. have been developed. The system acts as a 8.26 State of the art Influence Mine Mk-I bridge carrier vehicle on road while on to provide a full width attack to immobilize a reaching wet gaps, the inflatable floats and present day battle tank has been developed aquatic mobility system enable the equip- by DRDO. Mk-II version of this mine with ment to function as a ferry/ bridge with higher reliability is in an advanced stage of 28.4m span and 3.6m width. development. 8.32 A 10 kw wind electric generator for 8.27 Existing in service, Grad BM-21 producing power from wind energy has been rocket has a maximum range of 20.4 km. successfully installed at Sasoma in Siachen DRDO has undertaken a project for increas- area to meet an urgent requirement of the ing its maximum range to more than 35 km. Army. Development of extended 8.33 Naval Physical and Oceanographic range Grad Rocket 122 mm is Laboratory (NPOL) has completed success- Production of in advanced stage of evalua- ful technical trials of the first airborne Sonar Combat Improved tion trials. System MIHIR. During the development tank ‘Ajeya’ (CIA) 8.28Production of Combat phase of the system, important technologies has also Improved tank ‘Ajeya’ (CIA) in the field of Sonobuoys, VHF Receivers, commenced at has also commenced at HVF, Lightweight Winches have been mastered by HVF, Avadi. Avadi. The various modernisa- the Laboratory. tion schemes are being incor- 8.34 The ocean environment is well porated in phases. Transfer of known to critically influence the design and

105

FINAL 26.9.04 performance of the Sonar Systems. It is frequency version for communication with therefore, imperative to augment the tactical both NATO & Russian standard platforms. information base for our coastal waters in Subsequent to the successful trials, the new order to fully exploit optimum performance version is being supplied by Keltron to Navy. of our sonars. Accordingly, a Consolidated 8.39 The portable life-detecting device Oceanographic and Marine Acoustic Pro- Sanjivani for use in emergency rescue gramme (COMAP) is under execution to mission to detect live human beings or collect the vital oceanographic data. animals trapped under debris of collapsed 8.35 Under the project Akhila, techno- buildings/ landslides has been developed logical advancements have been made to and a total quantity of 200 units have been achieve self-reliance in transducers technol- manufactured. It is proposed to distribute ogy specially in the areas of development of these units to State Government authorities. transducer elements for handling high power 8.40 Two units each of the Harbour and frequency and new gen- Deterrent Sonar (Hanet) has been given to eration hull mounted HF Eastern and Western Naval Commands. Naval Material transducer. The technical details of Hanet has been Research Laboratory 8.36Project Sipra is basically given to M/s Bharat Electronics, Bangalore (NMRL), Ambernath, a competence building re- for productionisation. Navy’s request for has developed search project wherein ad- additional 10 units will be met by the Flameless Room vance signal processing production agency. Heater (Bukhari) techniques are developed to 8.41 Naval Material Research Laboratory which works on the improve the performance of (NMRL), Ambernath, has developed principle of catalytic the sonars. Exploratory Flameless Room Heater (Bukhari) which flameless burning of studies have been undertaken, works on the principle of catalytic flameless fuel grade cheap which has resulted in practical burning of fuel grade cheap alcohol like alcohol demonstration of various methanol, ethanol etc. to liberate heat. algorithms. Thermal capacity achieved so-far is around 8.37 Research and development work is 5 kw. Toxic emission is negligible. Heat in progress to develop a sonar simulator output is controllable. This flameless room system called Darpan, which is capable of heater does not pose any fire hazard. near real time simulation of one or more 8.42 Naval Science and Technological sonars whose specifications are currently Laboratory (NSTL), Vishakhapatnam has available, under realistic environmental developed Advance Experimental Torpedo conditions, and selected operational sce- (AET). AET is a light weight, anti-submarine narios. torpedo launched from ships and helicop- 8.38 A single frequency Under Water ters. This torpedo is a very effective system Telephone (UWT) developed by NPOL and against surface as well as submerged targets. M/s Keltron has been converted to a dual User evaluation trials with R&D model of 106

FINAL 26.9.04 Multi-barrel rocket system PINAKA will supplement the existing artillery guns.

AET have been completed. Five develop- also committed to productionise ment and engineering (D&E) models of AET Sahayak-I for service exploitation. NSTL under fabrication by Bharat Dynamics has completed the development of the store Limited (BDL) will be subjected to further in one year’s time. trials, after which it will enter bulk produc- 8.46 Defence Materials Research Labora- tion phase. tory (DMRL) has established an indigenous 8.43 Wire Guided Torpedo (WGT) is a process for producing Aeronautical grade heavy weight torpedo launched from subma- Titanium Sponge. DMRL is ready for trans- rine. The technical evaluation of the system fer of the technology to the industry. has been completed successfully and the 8.47 Blast Protective Suit (BPS) has been system is in final stage of user evaluation. developed for mine clearing operation. The 8.44 Indian Navy required floating suit is light weight and provides comfort, container buoys to be dropped from TU mobility and maximum protection against 142 M / IL 38 fixed wing aircrafts for the blast of anti-personnel mine from a delivery of emergency stores to the ships in distance of even 30 cm. The suit has been distress. The store has been developed and designed as per the inputs received from the named as “Sahayak”. Army. 8.45 NSTL has developed three variants 8.48 Transgenic tomato plant, using of “Sahayak” having different payloads and Osmotin gene through agro-mediated offered the same to Navy after successful genetic transformation has been developed. completion of user-associated trials. Navy is These plants can thrive in hostile environ-

107

FINAL 26.9.04 ments. Besides, appropriate technologies for 8.52 During the Winter 2002-2003, the protected cultivation (Solar Greenhouse) of Avalanche Forecast warnings were regularly vegetables in have been carried out. issued by Snow and Avalanche Study Estab- These have the potential of augmenting the lishment (SASE), Chandigarh for the use of local production of fresh vegetables in high Army deployed in snow bound areas of J&K altitudes as well as cold desert. and the civil population. These warnings 8.49 Clinical trials using 2-deoxy-D- resulted in saving of many lives. For this Glucose (2-DG) to improve the efficacy of purpose SASE is using the snow and met radio therapy of cancer in patients with observations from 35 surface observatories malignant brain tumor has yielded very and 16 Automatic Weather Stations (AWS) encouraging results with enhanced survival covering Jammu and Kashmir including and improved quality of life. Scientists have Siachen and part of Himachal Pradesh. In also produced an indigenous 2-DG which is order to increase the observatory network being tested. over Western Himalayas, work on installation 8.50 A herbal ultra-violet (UV) screen of additional AWS is in progress. which is 15-20% more effec- 8.53 SASE is using a versatile meso-scale tive than popular commercial model for predicting weather three days in Snow and Avalanche brands has been developed by advance over Western Himalayan Region. Study Establishment DRDO for use by Defence State-of-the-art radiosonde upper air equip- is using the snow and Personnel posted in Glaciers ment have been installed at Jammu, Sasoma met observations and high altitude areas experi- (Siachen) and Manali. Regular observations from 35 surface encing high UV radiation. using the Meso-scale model are being taken observatories and 16 They have also developed a for weather prediction. Automatic Weather herbal radio-protector which 8.54 SASE has developed a methodology Stations covering offers significant protection to monitor snow cover in Western J&K including against ionizing radiation. Himalayan Region using different satellite Siachen and part of 8.51DRDO has been carrying imageries to help in planning of operational Himachal Pradesh out several studies on thyroid moves, road alignment and other activities disorders of clinical and including troops education. In addition epidemiological interest. The these satellite imageries have been con- prevalence of Iodine deficiency in school verted into fly-through models as a training children of Delhi was identified by goiter aid to the troops deployed in field areas. survey followed by the promotion of salt TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT/ iodination leading to a reduction in such INNOVATION cases. DRDO has established state-of-the- art micro estimation facilities and a protocol 8.55 Feasibility of development of the for management of all kinds of thyroid advanced technology for manufacture of diseases. Combustible Cartridge Case (CCC) incor- 108

FINAL 26.9.04 porating resin as a binder in (MCT) array have been developed and are Hand-held laser the nitro cellulose matrix has under evaluation. warner for detecting been established. The newly 8.61 Hand-held laser warner for detect- and warning enemy developed CCC has excellent ing and warning enemy laser radiation has laser radiation has tensile strength without any been developed and field evaluated. been developed and penalty on its combustibility. 8.62 A single board computer (SBC) is field evaluated These CCCs are also dimen- developed by Advanced Numerical Research sionally stable when stored/ and Analysis Group (ANURAG) by using handled under extreme envi- ANURAG’s microprocessor for on board ronmental conditions. computing (OBC) requirements. 8.56 Gallium Arsenide Enabling Technol- 8.63 The self-heating pouch based ogy Centre (GAETEC) produced and deliv- system for ready-to-eat (RTE) foods has ered Monolithic Microwave Integrated been found to be shelf stable upto 6 months Circuit (MMIC) amplifier modules in various at ambient temperature conditions. Devel- frequency bands for various defence and opment of suitable self-heating system for space systems. The centre has also pro- chapaties and water (for the preparation of duced S-Band Receive Beam Former and tea) is in progress. The quantity of Digital Attenuator and single pole double exothermic chemical mixture (approx. 100g) throw (SPDT) switch MMIC chips for L- and the package dimensions required to Band Trans-receive module for use in state- heat the product from -100C to 500C has of-the-art radar systems. been standardized. Further efforts are on to 8.57 Variants of Central Acquisition reduce the quantity of chemical mixture Radar (CAR) for Navy and Air Force are required and raise the final temperature. under development for air surveillance 8.64 Vegetable varieties/ hybrids (viz. requirements of the users. capsicum, garlic) developed by DRDO 8.58 Combat Net Radio - a frequency Scientists have been recommended for hopping radio for data and voice communi- release by All India Coordinated Vegetable cation used in armoured fighting vehicles Improvement Programme Committee at has been developed and user trials have National level. Herbal drugs such as anti- been completed successfully. leucoderma, anti-eczema, anti-toothache, 8.59 Development trials of Maritime cold and anti-sunburn cream have also been Patrol Radar (for Naval use) on KAMOV developed and are presently under clinical helicopter platform have been completed. trials. The system has been installed on Advance 8.65 A herbal tea based on local medici- Light Helicopter (ALH) for user trials. The nal plants (seabuckthorn, rose root, yarrow, system is under evaluation. salam panja, kala jeera, wild rose etc) has 8.60 Thermal Imagers based on second been formulated and tested. generation Mercury Cadmium Telluride 8.66 Bio-engineering scientists have 109

FINAL 26.9.04 successfully developed the Line Replacement BASIC RESEARCH Units (LRUs) of the integrated life support 8.70 Four research boards are function- system for ‘Tejas’ (LCA) and prototype ing in DRDO to provide thrust to Basic submarine escape set consisting of a hydro research in areas of strategic importance. suit and breathing bag. The LRUs are ready The boards are : Aeronautics Research & for simulation trials. They have also inte- Development Board (AR&DB); Armament grated an AC powered Automatic Control Research Board (ARMREB); Naval Research Unit with the modified High Altitude Pulmo- Board (NRB) and Life Sciences Research nary Odema (HAPO) chamber for automatic Board (LSRB). These boards promote inflation. They have also successfully research in collaborative mode with aca- designed a backup oxygen system for Com- demic institutions and other national R&D bat Free Fall Parachute system. laboratories, through approval, funding and 8.67 Mark II of the indigenously devel- monitoring of grants-in-aid projects. oped Nitric Oxide delivery system tailor- 8.71 The Aeronautics Research & Devel- made to be used at extreme and remote opment Board (AR&DB) started functioning high altitude areas for early treatment of in Feb 1971 and has funded around 1250 High Altitude Pulmonary Edema (HAPE) projects to 35 institutions since inception. patients, is under development. Scientists It is currently funding 120 projects at 25 have also achieved the indigenous produc- academic & research Institutions. It has a tion of nitric oxide and calibration gas used ceiling of Rs.5.00 crores per year in up in the delivery system thus lessening the stream areas of aeronautics R&D. Three dependence on import of these gases. Centres of Excellence have been set up at 8.68 DRDO scientists have also devel- Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Mumbai, oped cold radio-pharmaceutical kits for National Aerospace Limited (NAL) bacteria-specific infection imaging, soft Bangalore and Indian Institute of Science tissue (breast) and bone metastasis imaging. (IISc), Bangalore in the area of systems These kits have successfully undergone design and engineering, composite struc- multicentric trials and technology transfer to tures technology and computational fluid private entrepreneur is in progress. dynamics (CFD) with linkages at other expert 8.69 The availability of pure drinking organizations. AR&DB has also recently water is a serious problem in the North- launched its website, which can be accessed Eastern region due to presence of high iron through drdo.com. contents. DRDO has developed an iron removal unit for treatment of water to bring 8.72 Under Armament Research Board down the level of iron content conforming to (ARMREB) 43 projects have been sanc- WHO Standards. Recently, 200 of these tioned, covering the field of High Energy Iron Removal Units have been supplied to Materials, Sensors, Ballistics, Combustion & HQ . Detonics, Modeling/ Simulation and other 110

FINAL 26.9.04 8.75 Truly indigenous solutions to mili- tary problems and the related technologies can be developed only if judicious invest- ments are made in expanding and deepening the foundations of basic scientific knowledge and the technological validation of new concepts that emerge from such knowledge. 8.76 During the financial year 2003-04, Diagnobact developed by the DRDO can differentiate sterile from infectious inflamation. 59 new projects with an aggregate value of Rs. 16.5 crores were researched upon in fields related to Armaments, to various various academic institutions in the country. academic institutions and other R&D Or- Grant-in-Aid worth Rs. 30 lakhs was also ganisations. Out of these, 17 projects have provided to various scientific and academic been successfully completed and remaining institutions and societies for holding national are being pursued. and international conferences and seminars/ 8.73 Life Sciences Research Board (LSRB) workshops. continued its spirit of supporting, expanding 8.77 To accord selective protective legal and deepening the knowledge base of life cover to intellectual property generated by sciences. A total of nine projects have been research activities of DRDO, 64 IPR applica- sanctioned to academic institutions taking tions (including 10 filed in foreign countries) the total number of sanctioned projects to were filed on products/processes in the field 47. Some of the projects supported by of materials, electronics, bio-medical sci- LSRB are for rapid diagnosis of infectious ences and food technology. diseases, engineering resistance to pod 8.78 50 patents (including two in foreign borer in pigeon-pea, mycorrhizal technology countries) were granted and 30 patents for tropical Tuber crops, Hospital waste and were accepted for grant. In addition, one Anti-fouling strategies of To accord selective design patent was granted in USA and one marine organisms. protective legal cover copyright was registered in India. To pro- 8.74Naval Research Board to intellectual property mote IPR awareness, six awareness pro- (NRB) continued to support generated by research grammes/workshops/patent-clinics were held the basic research applicable activities of DRDO, during the period in different laboratories. to naval technologies. Five sixty-four IPR new grants-in-aid projects SUPPORT TO SERVICES applications were filed. were sanctioned to academic 8.79 DRDO has developed a variety of institutions and 19 out of 44 software for simulator training of Army projects have since been accepted. personnel on Air Defence Combat and Extramural Research & Intellectual Property Reporting of enemy aircraft & missiles. Right (ER & IPR) 8.80 The indigenous brake parachute for

111

FINAL 26.9.04 SU-30 aircraft has been successfully devel- approximately 45% of the total vegetable oped and five such parachutes have been requirement of Army locally in ‘L’ Sector. delivered to the Air Force against their first 8.85 DRDO agricultural laboratories are indent. conducting regular training programmes on 8.81 DRDO has developed and standard- agriculture and animal husbandry for the ized a set of intelligence test Services. consisting of verbal and non- 8.86 Carbogen Breathing Assembly, used DRDO maintains verbal tests along with norms as protection against noise induced close liaison with for the Directorate of Recruit- hearing loss, has been developed by DRDO Industry by way of ment, Army Headquarters for scientists in collaboration with IIT Mumbai, transfer of the selection of personnel to and was successfully tried by the Indian technology. The the Commissioned ranks. Navy. The Navy has decided to acquire 12 problems faced by 8.82Five thousand survival such assemblies for induction in the engine industries in the rations were supplied to Army room of the ships. Efforts are on to design processing and and five hundred Meals Ready a multi-user breathing system to maximize production of to Eat (MRE) rations to INS efficiency. various products Abhimanyu, Mumbai. Besides, 8.87 Temperature-controlled bio- are solved by two thousand test kits devel- digestors (for human waste) have been giving proper oped for the detection of cold installed at various places for use by the advice and slaughtered meat were sup- Armed Forces. guidance. plied to different units of 8.88 Both spray and cream formulations Army. DRDO has developed of DEPA - a multi-insect repellant - have technology for enhancing shelf been developed for protection against life of meat by application of permissible blood-sucking insects and are being evalu- acid spray. ated in the field. 8.83 More than 200 water purification 8.89 Scientists have conducted several systems for removal of excessive iron are training programmes on the management of being supplied to the Armed Forces in the chemical and biological casualties for the North-eastern region. Water purification benefit of the Armed Forces, Parliament plants for removal of salinity (to give potable Security Staff and Junior and Senior Com- water) have been installed at various loca- mands of the . tions in Rajasthan. 8.90 DRDO psychologists have con- 8.84 Facilities for fishery, green house ducted focused studies on security forces cultivation of off-season vegetables and developed in low intensity conflict environ- mushroom production have been established ments with respect to their psycho-social by the DRDO at mountaineering brigades adjustment. Efficacy of interrogation tech- of Army. The research and development niques, role of organizational support and efforts of DRDO have resulted in meeting climate in enhancing the efficiency and 112

FINAL 26.9.04 commitment of these forces has been transferred the technology for freeze drying investigated. Training programmes are also of fruit juices and hurdle preservation of being developed for enhancing the military pineapple to M/s Transindia, Kolkata. The leadership effectiveness. firm is setting up a multi-fruit-processing unit at Bodhjungnagar, Agartala. INTERACTION WITH INDUSTRY 8.95 DRDO has established a 8.91 DRDO maintains close liaison with Germplasm Centre of German Angora Industry by way of transfer of technology. Rabbit at Village Munisiyari in Pithoragarh The problems faced by industries in the under the aegis of UNDP. The germplasm processing and production of various prod- has been maintained and multiplied by ucts are solved by giving proper advice and farmers under the technical guidance of guidance. Analytical facilities available at the DRDO. The farmers have been given theo- laboratory are also being extended to retical and practical training on feeding, Industries. breeding, management, record keeping, 8.92 DRDO has been identified as one of shearing of wool and health cover aspects. the nodal centres to provide technical Good progress has been made at the backup to State Governments in the areas of Germplasm Centre both in terms of multipli- Agro-animal development and malaria cation of rabbits and marketing of adult containment programmes. Technology of rabbits and angora woollens. ‘Typhigen Kit’ developed by DRDO scien- 8.96 DRDO has also identified a village - tists has been transferred for commercial Ahom Gaon, as a model village to study the use. Anthrax kits have been provided to the psychological impact of socio-economic World Health Organization for their regular development in the North East. Social- use. economic support was provided in terms of 8.93 The nuclear, biological and chemical materials like computers, sewing machines, (NBC) respiratory mask, NBC leak tester, water pumps, and accessories for library and integrated hood mask and recreation centre. The support resulted in a NBC resuscitator developed positive change in attitude of the villagers. by DRDO have led to produc- DRDO has identified 8.97 Field Research Laboratory (FRL), tion and have been supplied a village- Ahom Leh and Defence Agricultural Research to the Army. Canisters, per- Gaon-as a model Laboratory (DARL), Pithoragarh have sonal decontamination kits village to study the provided affordable agro-animal technolo- and three colour detector psychological impact gies for rural upliftment in their respective paper is also being produced of socio-economic areas. for supply to the Army. development in the 8.98 DRDO has also established water 8.94Defence Food Research North East. purification systems for removing of various Laboratory, Mysore has impurities like iron and salinity in various

113

FINAL 26.9.04 utilization of human resource, apart from attracting and retaining best talents. DRDO’s two training institutes - the Insti- tute of Armament Technology (IAT) and the Institute of Technology Management (ITM) are also engaged in conducting specialized courses. To make the exercise more effective and result-oriented HRD cells have been set up in all laboratories/establishments of An advanced Anti-Submarine torpedo which can attack DRDO. DRDO is sensitive to the need with targets at 540m depth regard to empowerment and welfare of its rural areas of north eastern region and women employees. Government instruc- Rajasthan. tions and directives issued on the subject are being followed in this organization in HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT letter and spirit. It is ensured that women 8.99 Manpower Planning Board has been employees are accorded equal opportunities constituted in the DRDO to look after for enhancement of their skill and knowl- management and induction of scientific, edge, fulfillment of their potential and technical and administrative manpower. The advancement in careers through various manpower requirement in all categories for mechanisms of human resource develop- various DRDO projects has been reviewed, ment. As per Government orders, laborato- through various mechanisms like rationaliza- ries of DRDO have already been advised to tion of cadre structure, incentive schemes, set up Women’s Cells to look after the training policies, enhanced promotional welfare of women employees. A similar cell opportunities, exit interviews. The organiza- has also been constituted at DRDO Head- tion has endeavoured to ensure optimum quarters for the purpose.

114

FINAL 26.9.04 99

INTER-SERVICE ORGANISATIONS

The National Defence College is a centre of excellence on National Security and Strategic Studies Fourteen Inter-Service Organisations function directly under the Ministry of Defence. They include diverse establishments like the Armed Forces Medical Services and the National Defence College.

9.1 The following Inter-Service Organi- country provides works cover in 450 sta- sations function directly under the Ministry tions in peace areas as well as in forward of Defence :- areas. It is the premier engineering arm of (i) Military Engineer Services the Ministry of Defence which provides (ii) Armed Forces Medical Services works services to the three Defence Services (iii) Directorate General of Defence and other related departments, such as Estates Defence Research and Development Organi- (iv) Office of the Chief Administrative sation, Directorate General of Quality Officer Assurance, Ordnance Factories, Coast (v) Directorate of Public Relations Guard, Kendriya Vidalaya Sangathan and (vi) Army Purchase Organisation Central and State Government undertakings. (vii) Services Sports Control Board 9.3 MES has a long and eventful history (viii) Armed Forces Films and Photo and has grown along with the engineering Division profession and the needs of the modern (ix) School of Foreign Languages hi-tech armed forces of independent India. (x) History Division Today it handles annual workload, exceeding (xi) National Defence College Rs.3300 crores. (xii) College of Defence Management 9.4 MES functions under the overall (xiii) Defence Services Staff College control of the Engineer-in-Chief, who is the (xiv) Ministry of Defence Library adviser to the Ministry of Defence and the three Services on construction engineering. MILITARY ENGINEER SERVICES It is structured to design works, which are 9.2 Military Engineer Services (MES), executed through contracts under the the largest construction agency of the supervision of Officers and staff consisting

116

FINAL 26.9.04 of both civilians as well as combatants from Project Reports(DPR) for 10 stations have the Corps of Engineers. It has an integral been approved. multi-disciplinary team of architects, civil, ARMED FORCES MEDICAL SERVICES electrical and mechanical engineers, struc- tural designers, quantity surveyors and 9.7 The Armed Forces Medical Services contract specialists for planning, designing (AFMS), consisting of the Army Medical and supervision of works. While the offic- Corps (AMC), the Army Dental Corps ers’ cadre has an All India Service liability, (ADC) and the Military Nursing Services the subordinates are restricted to area-based (MNS) provide comprehensive health care to requirements. the serving Armed Forces personnel, their 9.5 MES has specialized in wide spec- families and dependents, numbering ap- trum of civil works, ranging from conven- proximately 6.6 million. In addition, ex- tional buildings and factories to sophisti- servicemen and their families are also cated complex laboratories, marine works, entitled to free medical treatment from jetties, dockyards, wharves, workshops, Services sources and so are para-military slipways, airfields, roads, blast pens, etc. It organisations like , Rashtriya also provides sophisticated infrastructural Rifles, Coast Guard, DRDO and Border services like air-conditioning, cold storage, Road personnel, while posted in the field. water supply, compressed air, sewage treat- 9.8 Armed Forces Medical Services are ment plants, lifts and crane for the Defence also activated to aid civil authorities during Services. epidemics, natural calamities and internal 9.6 Married Accommodation Project: security duties, especially in inaccessible and Under this project, a total of 1,98,012 difficult areas. In addition to this, care is dwelling units have been planned for con- also provided to all civilians by the establish- struction in four phases. In the first phase, ments of AFMS in an emergency. 60,789 dwelling units are to be constructed 9.9 Infrastructure: The Armed Forces for Army, Navy and Air Force in 79 stations Medical Services are the largest and at an approximate cost of Rs.5320 crores. amongst the best organized health care The works have been delivery systems in the country. There is a network of Regimental Aid Posts manned by A total of 1,98,012 allotted to CPWD, DRDO doctors. These are supported by 89 Field dwelling units and three PSUs viz. Ambulances, which are mobile 45 bedded have been NBCC, IRCON, and hospitals. Besides the facilities made avail- planned for RITES at 38 stations and able in combat zones, the AFMS has 127 construction the balance stations have hospitals of varying sizes in different parts of under Married been allotted to DG MAP. the country. While the peripheral hospitals Accommodation Concept Project have basic specialist facilities, the eight Project. Reports(CPR) for 42 stations and Detailed Command/Army Hospitals have super 117

FINAL 26.9.04 specialist centers with state- officers have been detailed for the purpose of-the-art equipment and during the year 2003. The Armed Forces facilities. Medical Services DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF DEFENCE 9.10Conferences and Con- are the largest and ESTATES tinuous Medical Education: amongst the best (a) Conference of the 9.13 The Directorate General, Defence organized health APMMC (Asta Pacific Military Estates is the nodal executive agency of the care delivery Medicine Conference) was Ministry of Defence for procurement of systems in the held in Thailand, Bangkok. immovable property for defence purposes by country. Specialist Officers attended way of acquisition, transfer, requisitioning the conference and presented and hiring. There are a large number of scientific papers. acquisition/transfer of land projects in (b) DGAFMS attended the Cardiology different states. Conferences at USA and Washington. 9.14 An amount of Rs.1518.74 lakh has (c) 47 in-house CMEs (Continuous been allotted by Ministry of Defence for Medical Education), Updates, Work- acquisition of land for the three Services shops and Seminars were organized. during the year 2003-04. (c) Approximately 1244 Armed Forces 9.15 Ex-gratia compensation has been Medical Officers attended various given to the farmers living in the border Conferences/Workshops of 127 ap- areas of the states of Punjab, Jammu and proved civil bodies all over the country. Kashmir and Rajasthan for the damages 9.11 Admission to MBBS Course at occurred to their crops during the prepara- AFMC, Pune: 87,245 candidates applied tory state of “Op Parakram”. An amount of for the written examination for admission to Rs. 10415.79 lakhs has been placed with the 2003 session for the MBBS course at the respective Commands during the year Armed Forces Medical College, Pune. 2003-04. Based on their merit 939 candidates were 9.16 There are 62 Cantonments in India. called for interview out of whom 130 have These are located in 19 States and the been admitted for the MBBS Course 2003. National Capital Territory of Delhi. The All candidates have liability to serve as Cantonment Boards are autonomous bodies commissioned officers in the Army Medical functioning under the overall control of the Corps on completion of the course. Ministry of Defence as per the provisions of 9.12 Advanced Course: Medical Officers Cantonments Act, 1924. Cantonment of the Armed Forces Medical Services, on Boards comprise elected representatives the basis of a competitive examination, are besides ex-officio and nominated members. selected for Advanced Courses during Parity is maintained between elected and which they acquire Post-Graduate qualifica- official members. The Station Commander tion from Pune and other Universities. 99 is the President of the Cantonment Board. 118

FINAL 26.9.04 Supervision and control over the working of tained by Cantonment Boards are 189 in these bodies is exercised through the Gen- number. eral Officer-in-Chief of the Commands at 9.20 The Director General, Defence the intermediate level and by the Central Estates functions as an adviser to the Minis- Government through Director General try of Defence on land and Cantonment Defence Estates(DGDE), Ministry of De- Board matters. DGDE is an attached office fence, at the apex level. of Ministry of Defence responsible for 9.17 The resources of the Cantonment executive functions relating to hiring, requi- Boards are very limited as the bulk of the sition or acquisition of land and buildings to property in the Cantonment is Government meet the defence requirements. The defence owned on which no tax can be levied. land considered temporarily/permanently Boards however receive payment of Service surplus is also disposed of by the Service by Charges in respect of Central Government way of license, lease or transfer to other properties. The nature of the Cantonment is Central Government Departments/State such that neither industries can come up nor Government/PSUs or reputed schools/ trade and business can achieve any signifi- institutions or ex-servicemen. While the cant growth. The Central Government functions of the Directorate General, De- provides financial assistance fence Estates, in regard to the Cantonment by way of Grant-in-aid to a Boards relate to the municipal administration certain extent to balance the of the Cantonments through Principal There are 62 budget. Director/Directors, the Command and Cantonments in India. 9.18To improve the overall Cantonment Executive Officers, its manage- These are located in performance and to inculcate ment of land, custody of land records, 19 States and the spirit of unity, a Cultural Meet procurement of immovable property is National Capital of all Cantonment Board carried out through Defence Estates officers. Territory of Delhi Schools was organized during Out of 17.31 lakh acres of defence land the year in which children holding 0.68 lakh acres of land is under the from different parts of the direct management of DGDE. country studying in Canton- OFFICE OF THE CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE ment Board Schools participated. OFFICER 9.19 Most of the Cantonment Boards are maintaining hospitals or dispensaries to 9.21 The office of the Chief Administra- cater to the needs of civil population of the tive Officer (CAO) is responsible for provid- Cantonment. Total Hospitals/Dispensaries ing civilian manpower and infrastructural maintained are 69 in number. Cantonment support to the Services Headquarters and Boards also maintain primary and Higher the Headquarter offices of Inter-Service Secondary Schools and Intermediate/Junior Organisations (ISOs) under the Ministry of colleges. Total schools and colleges main- Defence. Joint Secretary (Training) dis- 119

FINAL 26.9.04 charges the functions of the Chief Adminis- 9.27 The Defence Headquarter Training trative Officer and Director (Security) as Institute, functioning under the Training, well. In relation to security, he oversees the Coordination and Welfare Division of CAO’s work of the Chief Security Officer. Office, caters for the training needs of the 9.22 The functioning of CAO’s Office is civilian personnel posted in Service Head- discharged by the following six Divisions:- quarters and Inter-Service Organisations. (i)Administration Division, (ii) Personnel 9.28 Estates and Works Division performs Division, (iii) Manpower Planning and the estate functions in respect of residential Recruitment Division, (iv)Training, accommodation of Service Officers posted at Coordination and Welfare Division, Armed Forces Headquarters. (v)Finance and Materials Divisions and 9.29 The CAO also looks after the (vi)Estates and Works Division. welfare of civilian employees in Service 9.23 The Administration Division pro- Headquarters and the Ministry of Defence. vides administrative cover to about 10,000 Armed Forces Headquarters/Inter-Service civilian employees employed in the Army Organisations Welfare Fund and Defence Headquarters and Inter-Service Organisa- Civilian Medical Aid Fund (DCMAF) provide tions. A Grievances Cell is functioning financial help to the employees during acute within the Administration Division to exam- distress. ine the grievances of serving/retired Armed 9.30 The Chief Security Officer and the Forces Headquarters civilian employees and personnel under his command ensure the to ensure their speedy settlement. physical security of office buildings in the 9.24 The Personnel Division provides Defence Security Zone under the supervi- civilian manpower to the Service Headquar- sion of JS (Trg) & CAO. Security of the ters and Inter- Service Organisations and buildings has to be ensured to preclude deals with the management of this man- breach of physical security in the zone. power. Efforts are also made through briefings to 9.25 Manpower Planning and Recruit- sensitise officers and personnel on maintain- ment Division is responsible for framing ing security of information. policy on recruitment rules in consultation DIRECTORATE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS with DOP&T and effecting direct Recruit- ment against all vacancies against civilian 9.31 In a democratic polity such as posts in the Service Headquarters and ISOs ours, the media plays a pivotal role in through prescribed channels. disseminating information to the public. 9.26 Finance and Materials Division Revolutionary changes in the field of com- provides material support which includes munication technology have opened new procuring and provisioning of office equip- opportunities and challenges in the field of ment, stores, furniture and stationery to all information dissemination. The Directorate offices of Army Headquarters and ISOs. of Public Relations with its Headquarters in 120

FINAL 26.9.04 New Delhi and 25 regional offices across such as the commissioning of Talwar-class the country is the nodal agency for providing frigates, goodwill visits by the Indian naval media support and services to the Ministry ships abroad, the round-the-world circum- of Defence, the three Services and Inter- navigation voyage by Indian Navy sail train- Service Organisations under the Ministry of ing ship, INS ‘Tarangini’, and joint naval Defence. It also facilitates media interaction exercises with Russia off Mumbai and with the leadership and senior officials of the Visakhapatnam in May 2003, with France Ministry of Defence and Armed Forces. The (‘Varuna’), off Mumbai in August 2003, the Directorate brings out a fortnightly journal, US (‘Malabar’) off Kochi in October 2003, ‘Sainik Samachar’, for the Armed Forces in the first ever India-China naval exercise held 13 languages (Assamese, Bengali, English, off Shanghai in November 2003 and with Gorkhali, Hindi, Kannada, Malayalam, Singapore in March 2004. Navy’s assistance Marathi, Oriya, Punjabi, Tamil, Telegu and in the flood-relief operations in Orissa were Urdu), and coordinates the preparation of a also covered. For the Air force, IAF partici- radio programme “Sainikon Ke Liye”, a pation at Ex-Cope Thunder in Alaska in July popular 40-minute daily programme broad- 2003 and a joint display of IAF ‘Surya cast over the All India Radio, for the benefit Kirans’ and the Royal Air Forces’ ‘Red of the Armed Forces personnel. The Direc- Arrows’ at Hindon in October 2003 were torate has a Photo Section that provides given good publicity. Visits of Defence photographs of defence-related events to Ministers and Chiefs of Staff and Services, the print media. were suitably projected. The DPR also 9.32 Among the events covered by the facilitated coverage of the successful test Directorate during the period 2003-04, flights of the supersonic cruise missile were relief operations for earthquake af- Brahmos jointly developed by India and the fected victims of Bam, , by the Army and Russian Federation, the Pilotless Target Air Force, and flood relief operations in Sri Lanka by the Navy which demonstrated the Aircraft, ‘Lakshya’, tests of the Agni-I, Armed Forces disaster management re- Prithivi, Nag and Akash missiles conducted sponse and international assistance and by DRDO, flight trials of the Light Combat solidarity. Major events pertaining to the Aircraft (LCA) ‘Tejas’, and the entry into Indian Army ranged from coverage of the production of systems such as the Combat major anti-terrorist operation in Surankot Net Radio, serial production of the ‘Arjun’ region of J&K in May 2003, the Army Main Battle Tank (MBT), EW systems for Commanders’ Conference held in October naval platforms and ‘Sarvatra’ bridging 2003, the Army Day function on January systems. 15, 2004, and flood-relief operations in aid ARMY PURCHASE ORGANISATION of civil authorities in Bihar. In regard to the activities of the Indian Navy, the Directorate 9.33 Army Purchase Organisation (APO) enabled media coverage of important events in the Ministry of Defence is entrusted with

121

FINAL 26.9.04 the responsibility of the procurement and SERVICES SPORTS CONTROL BOARD timely supply of dry ration items for the 9.36 Services Championships : The consumption of the Defence Forces. APO Services Sports Control Board (SSCB) procures rice and wheat through the Food conducts and co-ordinates various sports Corporation of India; sugar is allotted by the activities in the three Services. A total of Directorate of Sugar out of levy quota four teams (Army Red, Army Green, Navy allocated to various sugar mills. Other items and Air Force) participate in 19 Services like pulses, animal rations, edible oils, championships conducted under the aegis of vanaspati(hydrogenated edible oil), tea and SSCB. During the year 2003-04, Army Red milk products are purchased from the were overall champions winning 14 out of Central and State Public Sector Undertak- 19 events. The Navy was second followed ings, and various National/State-Level by Army Green and Air Force. Cooperative Consumer Federations. Whole 9.37 National Championships : SSCB is milk powder, skimmed milk powder, butter affiliated to 28 National Sports Federations and ghee are purchased through negotiated and participates in 38 National Champion- contracts from National Cooperative Dairy ships including 10 Junior sections. In the Federation of India. Tinned items like National Championships held during 2003- vegetables, fruits, jams, tinned milk, meat 04, Services stood first in 11, Runner-up in and fish products, coffee, egg powder etc. 5, third in 5 and fourth in 3 events. are procured from registered suppliers 9.38 International Championships : including private parties/dealers through During this period, Services sportsmen open tender. The indented quantities are participated in the following International procured specially during the flush season Championships:- when availability of the items is high and st st prices are low. (i) 1 Afro-Asian Games: The 1 Afro- 9.34 During the year 2003-04, a budget Asian Games were conducted at Hyderabad provision of Rs. 754 crore was provided to from October 24, 2003 to November 1, the Army Headquarters for procurement of 2003. 24 Services sportsmen were part of the above items by this Organisation. The the Indian contingent and won 1 Gold, 4 said budget provision has been fully uti- Silver and 3 Bronze medals. lized. (ii) 3rd Military World Games: Indian 9.35 The quality control of the con- Armed Forces contingent consisting of 18 tracted items is ensured by the Composite players and 8 officials took part in the 3rd Food Laboratories under the charge of the Military World Games, organized by the Army Headquarters, who, after inspection and International Military Sports Council (CISM) acceptance of the tendered commodities, also held in Catania, Italy from to supervise dispatches of the goods to different 11, 2003. One Bronze medal was awarded Supply Depots as per requirement. to the Boxing Team. 122

FINAL 26.9.04 9.39Best Services Sportsman: research and intelligence. It also provides In the National On the basis of performance photo and video coverage of ceremonial Championships in the Services, National and functions of the Ministry of Defence. during 2003-04, International Championships 9.42 AFFPD has a very rich collection of Services stood of the preceding year, one rare films and photographs of pre-independ- first in 11, best sportsman is selected ence period of great historical value. It is Runner-up in five, from the three Services. maintained and preserved in the Central third in five and Company Major Defence Film Library of the Division. The fourth in three (CHM) Sanjay Ghosh of 1 photographs depict, Indian forces in action events Signal Training Centre, in the various theaters of Second World War, Jabalpur was adjudged “Best ceremonial functions, personalities and Services Sportsman” for the year 2002-03 training activities. Some important film titles and the trophy was presented in November, preserved include Battle of Britain, Battle 2003. The Athlete won two Gold medals in of Russia, Battle of China, Desert Victory, 4 X100 Mtr relay and 100 Mtr run in 32nd Japanese Surrender, Nazis Strikes, Burma National Games and won Bronze medals in Campaign, Churchil the Man and London 4th Asian Grand Prix Athletic Meet at Manila Victory Parade. (Philippines) in 4 X100 Mtr relay and 100 9.43 The Central Defence Film Library Mtr run in the same events, secured 5th (CDFL) of this Division is responsible for position in 14th Asian Athletic Championship distribution of training films to various units/ and 4th position in Asian Games at Busan formations/training establishments/com- (Korea). mands, to meet their specific training re- 9.40 Arjuna Awardees: Two Services quirements. The Library holds 570 titles in sportsmen Warrant Officer Ram Mehar 35 mm sizes, 1010 in 16mm sizes and 310 Singh and Naib Inderpal Singh in Video formats. During the year, 4031 were awarded Arjuna Awards in August training Films/Video Cassettes have been 2003 in Kabaddi and Rowing respectively. distributed to the troops. This year CRPF has also made use of 17 training films on ARMED FORCES FILMS & PHOTO various subjects for training of their person- DIVISION nel. 9.41 The Armed Forces Films & Photo 9.44 This year three films have been Division (AFFPD) is primarily responsible to specially made for High Altitude Warfare meet the requirements of Services Head- School to train troops how to deal with the quarters and other Defence Organisations enemy occupying cliff tops in high altitude with regard to production, procurement and mountain terrain and operations in glaciated distribution of training films, production of terrain. The films also teach how to negoti- photographs and art work to meet the needs ate glacier, carry out crevasses rescue and of training, weapon trials, security, defence operate in inhospitable snow bound areas 123

FINAL 26.9.04 and impart working knowledge of the causes oriented and has been designed and formu- of different types of avalanche and methods lated solely to meet the specific needs of the of avalanche rescue. Armed Forces. 9.45 The Mobile Cinema Unit of this 9.49 The Certificate of proficiency Division also procures/distributes Documen- Course is followed by the Advanced Di- tary films/News Magazines of information, ploma Intensive Course. Both are part-time cultural and family welfare values to the courses and each of one year duration. troops in the forward areas. Together, this 2-year course is equivalent to the 3 year Diploma Courses of the universi- SCHOOL OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES ties. 9.46 The School of Foreign Languages 9.50 Short-term courses are purely need- (SFL) has been a pioneer in foreign language based programmes. They are conducted as teaching in India since 1948. At present, and when necessary, especially for desig- the School of Foreign Languages is engaged nated Military Attaches and officers being in imparting training in 16 foreign languages sent on UN Missions. to personnel of the Armed Forces. It also 9.51 The SFL is the controlling organiza- caters to the needs of the other Ministries of tion for other defence institutions namely the Government of India, such as the Minis- National Defence Academy, Pune and Army try of External Affairs, the Cabinet Secre- Education Centre and Training College, tariat and the Central Police Organizations. Pachmarhi, where foreign languages are 9.47 The languages taught on regular taught. It conducts their examinations and basis at the SFL are - Arabic, Bhasa Indone- issues diplomas to the successful candidates. sia, Burmese, Chinese, French, German, For the probationers, Persian, Pushto, Russian, Spanish, Sinhala, it is obligatory to pass Advanced Diploma Tibetan and Thai. The courses offered by examination conducted by this Institute. the SFL are as follows:- (a) Interpretership 9.52 Capsule courses in Czeck, Hebrew, Course, (b) Certificate of Proficiency Japanese, Malay, Thai and Vietnamese Course, (c) Advanced Diploma Course and languages are being imparted on specific (d) Short-term Course /Adhoc Course demands of Service Headquarters and also 9.48 The Interpretership Course is a full as on requirement basis by various security time Course. The students are sponsored by organizations. In addition, the following the Ministry of Defence, the Cabinet Secre- technically intensive courses in Russian tariat and other Government Departments. languages have been successfully conducted This course trains the students to become by the SFL:- experts in the highly skilled work of interpre- (a) At INS Hansa, Goa for Naval tation and translation. Furthermore, they are Aviators under the aegis of Indian Navy; trained in writing and speaking the language (b) At Controller of Quality Assurance with utmost fluency. The course is need- (Heavy Vehicles), Avadi for Army per- 124

FINAL 26.9.04 sonnel under the aegis of Director retention in the History Division. About 350 General of Quality Assurance. service officers and scholars visited the record room to consult records and books in HISTORY DIVISION connection with research assignments 9.53 Historical Section was created after pertaining to military history. This Division the end of World War II to prepare a de- has provided information relating to military tailed official history of the War with particu- history in respect of over 275 queries lar reference to the operations conducted by received from various Units and Formations, the Armed Forces of undivided India. After and scholars from India and abroad. partition, it served as the Combined Inter- 9.56 This Division also provides two Services Historical Section (India and Research fellowships for conducting research Pakistan). The official history of the Armed in military history under the Research Forces of undivided India in World War II Fellowship Scheme of the Ministry of De- (1939-45) was brought out in 24 volumes fence. by the Combined Inter-Services Historical 9.57 The Heraldic Cell of the History Section (India and Pakistan). On completion Division has been assisting the three Serv- of the work it was wound up in 1963. ices Headquarters and the Ministry of 9.54 In the meanwhile, Historical Section Defence by suggesting names for new (India) was established on October 26, establishments, designing of crests and 1953 to write and publish the official badges and coining suitable mottoes for account of the post independence military Units and Formations. operations of the Indian Armed Forces. NATIONAL DEFENCE COLLEGE History of the operations in Jammu and Kashmir (1947-48) was its first assignment. 9.58 The National Defence College Till now, it has brought out 19 volumes. The (NDC) was inaugurated on April 27, 1960 Historical Section was redesignated as by the first Indian Prime Minister, Pandit History Division with effect from April 1, Jawahar Lal Nehru. Located in the heart of 1992. Delhi, the College has grown from strength 9.55 The History Division functions as to strength in the last 43 years and has the military archives and reference organiza- established a name for itself as a center of tion of the Ministry of Defence and the excellence on matters pertaining to National Indian Armed Forces. It also provides expert Security and Strategic Studies. It has advice to the Ministry of Defence and the evolved into an institution that seeks to three Services Headquarters on matters comprehend and interpret the dynamics of relating to heraldry and ceremonials. During India’s Security Strategy in a world of the year, about 4,200 operational records transition. were received from the Services Headquar- 9.59 The NDC runs a 47-week course ters, Units and Formations for permanent every year for selected Senior Defence and

125

FINAL 26.9.04 Civil Service Officers from Management Seminar and Assignment The NDC runs a 47- India and friendly foreign Oriented Management Training Programme. week course every countries. The endeavour is to The college also undertakes management year for selected prepare the future policy consultancy studies. The college is equipped Senior Defence and makers for increased responsi- with modern and state-of-the-art training aids. Civil Service Officers bility through a programme of DEFENCE SERVICES STAFF COLLEGE from India and friendly studies in National Security 9.62 The Defence Services Staff College foreign countries. and Strategies. The course is (DSSC) is one of the oldest military institu- structured to cover socio- tions which was established in 1905 in political, economic, techno- Deolali and has been functioning at Welling- logical, diplomatic and military dimensions ton since 1950. The DSSC imparts training of national security. The alumni of the NDC to middle level officers of the three Services have risen to high positions in India as also besides a few civilian officers and officers in foreign countries. from friendly foreign countries. The college 9.60 In October 2003, the 7th ASEAN conducts a 45-week training programme Regional Forum (ARF) Meet of Heads of from June to April every year. The Staff National Defence Universities/Colleges/ Course at DSSC aims at imparting training Institutions was hosted by the NDC on in operational and staff functions in an Inter- behalf of the Ministry of Defence. The event Service as well as Joint Service environment. was spread over three days and was a The training enables the officers to effec- resounding success. It has contributed tively perform any staff/ operational appoint- towards fulfillment of the ARF objectives of ment as Major/ and peaceful cooperation in the South East equivalent ranks in other Services. Asian region. MINISTRY OF DEFENCE LIBRARY COLLEGE OF DEFENCE MANAGEMENT 9.63 The Ministry of Defence Library, 9.61 Institute of Defence Management, provides literature on subjects relevant to Secunderabad, was established in 1970. It planning and policy formulation in the was renamed as the College of Defence Ministry of Defence, three Services Head- Management (CDM) in 1980. The CDM quarters, Inter Service Organisations and conducts training programmes oriented other allied Defence Establishments located towards the application of management in Delhi. It specialises in Defence and concepts and techniques to defence situa- related subjects, besides catering to the tions in all facets : operations, logistics, needs of general readers. The reading intelligence and training. The prominent material for the library is selected by Book programmes conducted by CDM are Long Selection Sub-Committee. During the year, Defence Management Course, Senior the library added 2128 books, subscribed Defence Management Course, Defence to 110 journals and 23 Newspapers.

126

FINAL 26.9.04 1010

RECRUITMENT AND TRAINING

Passing Out Parade at the National Defence Academy (NDA), Khadakvasla The recruitment to the Armed Forces is voluntary and every citizen of India, irrespective of his caste, class, religion and community is eligible for recruitment to the Armed Forces.

10.1 The Armed Forces epitomize the they meet the laid down physical, age and ideals of service, sacrifice, patriotism and educational criteria. The selection of suitable our country’s composite culture. The candidates for enrolment in the IAF is recruitment to the Armed Forces is volun- carried out through a centralized selection tary and every citizen of India, irrespective system on All India basis. of his caste, class, religion and community, RECRUITMENT OF SAILORS is eligible for recruitment to the Armed Forces provided he meets the laid down 10.4 Naval Recruitment Organisation physical, medical and educational criteria. (NRO) of the Directorate of Manpower Planning and Recruitment at Naval Head- RECRUITMENT BELOW OFFICER RANK quarters is responsible for recruitment of 10.2 The Army has 11 Zonal Recruiting sailors in the Indian Navy. Recruitment of Offices, 58 Branch Recruiting Offices, 1 sailors is carried out for the following Gorkha Recruiting Depot, Kunraghat and an entries:- (a) Direct entry artificers with three Independent Recruiting Office at Delhi years diploma (DEDH), (b) Artificer appren- Cantonment. In addition 47 Regimental tices (AA) – (10 + 2), (c) Matric entry Centres are also entrusted with the task of recruits (MER), (d) Non-matric entry recruits recruitment to the Army. (NMER), (e) Direct entry petty officers (outstanding Sportsmen) RECRUITMENT OF AIRMEN 10.5 Recruitment Procedure: Recruit- 10.3 Unmarried male Indian citizens ment into the Navy is carried out on All- irrespective of caste, creed and religion and India basis. The recruitment tests are carried domicile (subject of Nepal) are eligible for out at 30 centres located throughout the recruitment to the Indian Air Force provided country. The number of personnel recruited

128

FINAL 26.9.04 depends on the number of eligible appli- cants who are able to qualify in the written examination, physical fitness test and medi- cal examination. No preference is given on the basis of caste, religion or area. 10.6 Improvement in Educational Qualifi- cations: The educational qualification for Soldier Clerk/Store Keeper Technical, Young aspirants keen to join the Air Force Soldier Technical and Nursing Assistant has through the Union Public Service Commis- been enhanced from existing 10th/Matric to sion (UPSC). Recruitment is made directly 10 + 2/Intermediate pass with effect from through the respective Recruiting Directo- April 1, 2003. Detail are as under:- rates for the Army, the Navy and the Air

(a) Soldier Clerk/* Store-Keeper/ (i) 10 + 2/Intermediate examination pass from Technical any stream (Arts, Commerce, Science with English) with minimum 50% marks in aggregate. (ii) Individual should have secured minimum 40% marks in each subject. (iii) Individual with proficiency in Computer and typing will be given additional weightage of 20% as bonus marks on the marks scored by the candidate in written examination (Common Entrance Examination only)* Graduates have been exempted from the above minimum marks stipulation. (b) Soldier: Technical (i) 10 + 2/Intermediate exam pass in Science with Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and English with minimum 50% marks in aggregate. (ii) Individual should have secured minimum 40% marks in each subject specified for the trade. (c) Soldier: Nursing Assistant (i) 10 + 2/Intermediate exam pass in Science with Physics, Chemistry, Biology and English with minimum 50% marks in aggregate. (ii) Individual should have secured minimum 40% marks in each subject.

COMMISSIONING OF OFFICERS Force for Technical Branches, Women 10.7 Recruitment of Commissioned Special Entry Scheme, NCC Special Entry Officers in the Armed Forces is mainly done Scheme and service entries.

129

FINAL 26.9.04 Finally selected candidates join the respec- tive training academies, viz., the (IMA)/Officers Training Academy(OTA) for the Army, the Naval Academy for the Navy and the Air Force Academy for the Air Force. RECRUITMENT THROUGH SELECTION BOARDS 10.10 Recruitment through Service Selec- tion Boards/Air Force Selection Board is made for the following branches of the Army, the Navy and the Air Force:-

ARMY All Arms and Services except Army Medical Corps and Army Dental Corps Commissioning ceremony of new officers at the Indian Military Academy NAVY Electrical Engineering, Engineering (Naval RECRUITMENT THROUGH THE UPSC Architects),Logistics, Law, Education, Air Traffic Control, 10.8 The UPSC holds an examination for Executive, Hydro, Naval Armament Inspection entry into the National Defence Academy AIR FORCE Flying Pilot (FP), Aeronautical (NDA) twice a year. Candidates on comple- Engineering (Electronics), tion of the 10+2 Examination or while in AeronauticalEngineering the 12th standard, are eligible to compete. (Mechanical), Education, Administration,Logistics, Successful candidates are put through the Accounts and Meteorology. Service Selection Board (SSB) interviews. Finally selected candidates join the NDA. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING COURSE On completion of the NDA course, they are (AEC) sent to the respective Services academies 10.11 Aeronautical Engineering Course for their pre-commission training. envisages recruitment of qualified technical 10.9 The UPSC holds an all-India com- graduates through the Air Force Selection petitive examination, known as the Com- Boards (AFSBs), to attend training at the Air bined Defence Services Examination Force Academy, Hyderabad, followed by Air (CDSE), twice a year. University graduates Force Technical College (AFTC), Bangalore. including those studying in the final year, On successful completion of training at the are eligible to appear in the examination. AFTC, they are inducted in Electronics and Successful candidates are put through the Mechanical streams of the Technical Branch. Service Selection Board (SSB) interviews. 10.12 University Entry Scheme: Final/pre-

130

FINAL 26.9.04 final year students in the Commissioned Officers in the following Government has notified Engineering disci- Arms/Services of the Armed Forces: approved the creation plines are eligible to apply for of a 6,000 strong ARMY Corps of Electrical and commission into the technical Mechanical Engineers, Corps Support Cadre of Arms/Services of the Army of Signals, Army Education Special Corps, Army Ordnance under the University Entry Corps, Army Service Corps, Commissioned Scheme. Finally selected Corps of Military Intelligence Officers to be filled candidates are required to and Judge Advocate General’s by eligible Junior Branch undergo one year training at Commissioned NAVY Engineering(Naval Architects), IMA, Dehradun, before being Logistics, Law, Education, Air Officers and Other Commissioned. Traffic Control Ranks AIR FORCE Flying, Aeronautical Engineer- TECHNICAL GRADUATES ing (Electronics), Aeronauti- (TG) ENTRY cal Engineering (Mechanical), Education, Administration, 10.13 Engineering graduates from Notified Logistics, Accounts and disciplines of Engineering including those Meteorology studying in the final year are eligible to apply NCC SPECIAL ENTRY for commission into the Army through TGC Entry. Selected candidates are commis- 10.16 University graduates possessing sioned after one year training at IMA, NCC ‘C’ Certificate with a minimum ‘B’ Dehradun. grade and 50% marks in graduation are eligible to apply for commission into the Short Service Commission (Technical) Navy and the Air Force as Regular Commis- 10.14 Engineering graduates from Noti- sioned Officers and as Short Service Com- fied disciplines of Engineering including missioned Officers in the Army. They are those studying in the final year are eligible to exempted from appearing in the written apply for Short Service Commission into exam (CDSE) and are directly put through Technical Arms/Services through this entry. the SSB interview. Finally selected candi- Selected candidates are commissioned after dates undergo 11 months training at OTA, 11-months training at OTA, Chennai. Chennai, before being Commissioned.

RECRUITMENT OF WOMEN OFFICERS SPECIAL COMMISSIONED OFFICERS

10.15 Women Special Entry Scheme 10.17 Government has approved the (WSES-O) is open to eligible women in creation of a 6,000 strong Support Cadre of three streams, namely, Technical, non- Special Commissioned Officers to be filled Technical and Specialist. On selection they by eligible JCOs and ORs. Under this entry, undergo six months training at OTA Chennai JCOs/NCOs/ORs in the age group of 30-35 and are commissioned as Short Service years, with an Army Senior School Certifi-

131

FINAL 26.9.04 cate Pass (Class XI CBSE Pattern) qualifica- and above in the age group of 37 to 42 tion, are eligible for Commission after years with minimum educational qualification screening/selection through Service Selec- as 10th pass, are eligible for Commission in tion Board and a Medical Board. They have the Indian Air Force after clearing a written to undergo a pre-commission training of one exam, followed by AFSB selection tests and year duration at IMA, Dehradun. The medical examination. Service personnel of officers so commissioned earn promotion technical trades are inducted in the Techni- upto the rank of Colonel. The rules for cal Branch and personnel from non-technical substantive promotion and acting promotion trades are inducted in the Ground Duty are the same as for regular officers. These Branches. officers are employed in units as sub unit 10.20 Technical Entry Scheme (10 + 2 Commanders/Quarter Masters and on TES): Qualified 10+2 CBSE/State Board various ERE appointments upto the rank of candidates with Physics, Chemistry and Major. They retire at the age of 57 years Maths are eligible for commission in the after serving about 20-25 years as officers. Army under the Technical Entry Scheme The scheme not only improves the career (TES). On selection, they undergo one year prospects of the existing JCOs/NCOs/ORs basic training at IMA Dehradun and thereaf- but also helps in making up the deficiency of ter undergo three years Engineering degree officers in the Army to a considerable course. On being commissioned they are extent. further put through one year specialized 10.18 SNCO Commissioning in IAF: training. Though technical entrants, they are Under this entry, serving personnel with liable for commissioning into any Arm/ minimum 10 years of service (of technical Service of the Army. and non-technical trades) of the rank of 10.21 10+2 Technical Entry Scheme Of Sergeant and above upto the age of 36 The Navy: Under the scheme, candidates years and minimum educational qualification with PCM in class XII are selected through as 10 + 2, are eligible for Commission in the , and are sent the Indian Air Force after screening at unit to INS for four years B.Tech degree level followed by AFSB selection tests and course in Marine Engineering/Electrical medical examination. However, candidates Engineering. 12 cadets from each batch are possessing higher education qualification are nominated for Naval Architecture degree preferred. Service personnel of technical course at Cochin University of Science and trades are inducted in the Technical Branch Technology (CUSAT). These cadets are and personnel from non-technical trades are granted Permanent Commission (PC) as Sub inducted in the Ground Duty Branches. . The aim of this scheme is to 10.19 Branch Commissioning: Under this provide well trained technical officers to entry, serving personnel of technical and meet the requirement of PC officers in the non-technical trades of the rank of Sergeant Technical Branch. 132

FINAL 26.9.04 RECRUITMENT OF MEDICAL AND Entry Scheme(UES), 10+2 Technical DENTAL OFFICERS Entry Scheme(TES), Short Service 10.22 Medical graduates from the Armed Commission(Technical), Women Special Forces Medical College, Pune are directly Entry Scheme (Officers), Short Service inducted as Permanent Commissioned Commission(NCC Special Entry) and Medical Officers in the Armed Forces. For Judge Advocate General(JAG) Branch for recruitment of Regular Commissioned/Short law graduates. Advertisements are also Service Commissioned Medical Officers released for Other Rank categories viz. from the Graduates/Post Graduates of Civil Havildar Instructors and Junior Commis- Medical Colleges, the Directorate General sioned Officers (Catering and Religious of the Armed Forces Medical Services Teachers) etc. Concerned Zonal Recruit- conducts an all-India competitive examina- ment Offices (ZROs)/Branch Recruit- tion. ment Offices (BROs) also publish adver- tisements on recruitment of Other Ranks PUBLICITY FOR RECRUITMENT in the local regional newspapers. Adver- 10.23 Measures have been taken to make tisements are also published in journals the youth of our country more aware of the brought out by educational institutions. opportunities in the Army for the officers (b) Hoardings: Hoardings are erected cadre. The means of publicity adopted to at selected places in the country to attract better talent are as follows: attract young men and women to join (a) Press Advertisements: Advertise- the Armed Forces. ments are released through the Directo- (c) Printed Publicity: Information rate of Advertising and Visual Publicity folders, leaflets, brochures, data cards, (DAVP) in the Employment News/Rozgar posters and blow-ups, prepared through Samachar and in newspapers the DAVP and private professional in different languages for agencies, are widely distributed in schools and colleges. Image Projection various entries viz –UPSC (d) Exhibition and Fairs: Every year, at Campaigns were and non-UPSC entries. UPSC the Defence pavilion at the India Inter- launched in print, entries include the National national Trade Fair, New Delhi, a stall is audio, visual and Defence Academy(NDA), established where information regarding audio-visual media to Indian Military recruitment is provided to visitors. This make young persons Academy(Direct Entry) and is also done in other organized fairs, aware of the Officers Training which are career oriented and meant for opportunities available Academy{Short Service students. as commissioned Commission(Non-technical)}. (e) Image Projection Campaign: To officers. Non-UPSC entries include Technical Graduate make young persons aware of the oppor- Commission(TGC), University tunities available as commissioned 133

FINAL 26.9.04 officers, the following Image Projection as a joint venture of the Central and State Campaigns (IPC) were launched in print, Governments. These are under the overall audio, visual and audio-visual media :- governance of the Sainik Schools Society. (i) IPC-I - September 1997 to March 1998 At present there are 20 Sainik Schools, (ii) IPC-II - August 1999 to August 2000 including the two Sainik Schools which were (iii) IPC-III - June 2002 to May 2003 inaugurated on October 12, 2003 at Based on the inputs received from the above Nalanda and Gopalganj in Bihar. The Sainik three campaigns, the fourth phase of the Schools prepare boys academically, physi- Image Projection Campaign (IPC-IV) is to be cally and mentally to enter Armed Forces launched shortly. through the National Defence Academy (NDA). TRAINING FOR DEFENCE 10.26 The objectives of the Sainik Schools SERVICES Several features is to bring quality public school education distinguish Human 10.24 Several features within the reach of common man, all round Resource distinguish Human Resource personality development of a child and to Management in the Management in the Defence remove regional imbalace in the officer’s Defence Sector. Sector. Training being im- cadre of the Armed Forces. Sainik Schools Training aims to parted aims to equip the have been fulfilling their objective for which equip the officers officers and soldiers with adequate and varied infrastructure/equip- and soldiers with necessary inputs to make them ment have been provided. necessary inputs to efficient fighting men and also 10.27 Sainik Schools admit students in make them efficient well-informed on national and classes VI and IX. Their age should be 10- fighting men and international developments. 11 years for class VI and 13-14 years for also well-informed on The environment in which the class IX as on 1st July of the year in which national and defence officers have to work, admission is sought. Admissions are made international demand a holistic approach to strictly on the basis of an Entrance Examina- developments. training. The training require- tion held in February each year. Admission is ments are properly matched further subject to the candidates being for the freshly recruited found medically fit according to medical officers, for officers in need of standards prescribed for entry to National advanced and specialized training, and for Defence Academy (NDA). The Sainik Other Ranks (ORs). Accordingly, a large Schools are affiliated to CBSE. As on date, number of training institutions in the De- about 6000 officers of the Defence forces fence Sector work in coordination with one are alumni of Sainik Schools. another to achieve these objectives. MILITARY SCHOOLS SAINIK SCHOOLS 10.28 The five Military Schools in the 10.25 The Sainik Schools were established country at Ajmer, Bangalore, Belgaum,

134

FINAL 26.9.04 Dholpur and Chail are affili- are reserved based on their population. ated to CBSE. The Military Intake into the RIMC is biennial in January The National Schools admit boys in class and August, 25 cadets per term with maxi- Defence Academy VI, based on an all India mum strength of RIMC being 250. The is a premier Joint Entrance Examination. In the intake of boys is at Class VIII in the age Services Institution Military Schools, 67% seats group of 11 ½ to 13 years. The college for training of young are reserved for the wards of runs classes from 8th to 12th on 10+2 cadets as future JCOs/ORs called “entitled CBSE pattern. officers of the category”. Out of the 33% NATIONAL DEFENCE ACADEMY, Defence Services. non-entitled category seats, KHADAKVASLA 20% are reserved for wards of service officers and 13% for 10.31 The National Defence Academy wards of civilians. (NDA) is a premier Joint Services Institution 10.29 The aim of the for training of young cadets as future officers Military Schools is to impart quality educa- of the Defence Services. tion to enable the students to take All India 10.32 Entry into NDA is based on a Secondary School Examination and Senior competitive examination conducted by Secondary Certificate Examination con- UPSC. Cadets of all the three Services viz. ducted by CBSE and also to facilitate their Army, Navy and Air Force undergo com- entry into the NDA. bined training at NDA for three years. After passing out from the NDA, the cadets go to RASHTRIYA INDIAN MILITARY COLLEGE, their respective Service academies for DEHRADUN specialised training before being commis- 10.30 Rashtriya Indian Military College sioned in the Armed Forces. The Academy (RIMC) was founded on March 13, 1922 is a unique institution wherein Inter Service with the object of providing preliminary aspects are developed right from the forma- training for boys of Indian birth or domicile, tive stages of an officer, thus developing a wishing to become officers in Indian Armed bond of friendship and respect for each Forces. The institution now serves as a other’s service. feeder institution to the National Defence 10.33 The academic curriculum of NDA is Academy, Khadakwasla (Pune), wherein in tune with the national educational format cadets of the Army, Navy and Air Force of 10+2+3. The syllabus of the Academy receive their initial training. The aim of this has been approved by the Jawaharlal Nehru College is to train suitable candidates for University for grant of B.A. or B.Sc. degree admission to the NDA. Selection for the at the time of passing out from the Acad- RIMC is through a written examination-cum- emy. The present strength of NDA is 1788 viva-voce conducted through the State including cadets from friendly foreign coun- Governments. Seats for respective States tries. Presently cadets from Bhutan,

135

FINAL 26.9.04 President Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam inspecting the at the National Defence Academy, Khadakvasla.

Maldives, Lesotho, Krygstan and Palestine Graduates; (e) University Entry Scheme are undergoing training at NDA. for engineering college students in Final/ 10.34 Indian Military Academy, Dehradun: Pre-Final year of studies; and (f) 10+2 The Indian Military Academy (IMA), Technical Entry Scheme for candidates founded in 1932, has a glorious and colour- who have passed 10+2 with more than ful history. Aim of the IMA is to train 70% marks in Physics, Chemistry and Gentlemen Cadets (GCs) for commission Mathematics. into the Army. It also has a wing for training OFFICERS TRAINING ACADEMY, service cadets selected for commission in CHENNAI the Army. The IMA also imparts training to 10.36 The Officers Training Academy Gentlemen Cadets from friendly countries. (OTA) was established in 1963 as ‘Officers 10.35 The various modes of entry into Training School’ to meet increased demand IMA are: - of officers in the Army. It was re-designated (a) on graduation from NDA; (b) on as ‘Officers Training Academy’ from January graduation from Army Cadet College, 1, 1988 on completion of 25 years of its which is a Wing of the IMA itself; (c) existence. Its main task was to train Gentle- direct entry graduate cadets, who join men Cadets for grant of Emergency Com- on qualifying in the Union Public Service mission but from 1965 onwards after which Commission Examination and the Serv- Commission was dispensed ices Selection Board; (d) Technical with, the Academy started training cadets for

136

FINAL 26.9.04 Short Service Commission. 10.40 Courses: The Higher Command Since September 21, 10.37 Since September (HC) Course aims at training officers for 1992, the Indian 21, 1992, the Indian Army higher command, with particular reference Army has opened up has opened up its portals for to a Division and for holding senior staff its portals for entry of entry of women as commis- appointments. Senior Command(SC) women as sioned officers. Initially 50 Course is to train selected /Lieuten- commissioned lady cadets were commis- ant Colonels of all arms and services in the officers. sioned every year with the tactical employment of a Battalion/Combat Approximately 100 entries presently limited to Group as a part of a Brigade or Combat Lady Officers get Army Service Corps, Army Command in cooperation with air and other commissioned from Ordnance Corps, Army arms and services, as also, in the training Officers Training Education Corps, Judge and administration of a unit in peace and Academy every year. Advocate General’s Depart- war. To train officers of all arms and serv- ment, Corps of Engineers, ices with not less than six years of service in Signals and Electrical and the tactical employment of a Rifle Company/ Mechanical Engineers. Approximately 100 Combat Team, the College imparts Junior Lady Officers get commissioned from OTA Command(JC) Course. For potential Grade-I every year. and above logistics staff officers in opera- 10.38 The OTA imparts pre-commission tional and peace time logistics and adminis- training for the following courses: tration, there is All Arms Logistics Course (a) Short Service Commission(Non- (AALC). To prepare potential divisional Technical) for Graduates, (b) Short commanders for command of their forma- Service Commission(Technical) for tions in field and peace. The college also Engineering Graduates and (c) Short undertakes Formation Commanders Orienta- Service Commission (Women) for tion Programme (FCOP). Graduate/Post Graduate Lady Cadets. JUNIOR LEADERS WING, BELGAUM ARMY WAR COLLEGE, MHOW 10.41 The Junior Leaders Wing, Belgaum 10.39 Army War College, earlier known as trains junior officers, JCOs and NCOs in College of Combat was created out of the Sub Unit level Tactical and Special Mission Infantry School and established as an inde- technique to make them capable to carry pendent institution on April 1, 1971. It is a out assigned operational missions in varied premier All-Arms-Tactical-Training Institution terrain conditions under severe stress and for officers and performs the important strain and be able to command and adminis- functions of evaluation of new concepts and ter their Sub Units effectively in war and doctrines in the fields of tactics and logis- peace. It prepares them in commando type tics. operations and make them capable of

137

FINAL 26.9.04 tactical and administrative handling of the JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY, RAMGARH sub-unit, forming part of special mission 10.43 A second adhoc Junior Leaders groups and leading independent missions in Academy was raised at Panagarh in July all types of terrain and operational environ- 2001. The Academy was moved to ments. Ramgarh in January 2002. The Academy JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY, was fully raised at Ramgarh with one com- pany and become the Second Junior Leaders 10.42 The Junior Leaders Academy (JLA) Academy with effect from November 1, imparts institutionalised leadership training 2002. This Academy too, is an all Arms for our Junior Leaders i.e. JCOs and NCOs. and Services training institution like JLA The following two types of JL courses are Bareilly, with the sole aim of training Junior conducted for the JCOs/NCOs of all arms Leaders (JCOs/ORs) of Indian Army in and services :- leadership, resource management, decision (a) Junior Leaders Course (JLC) : A making and communication skills. six week course is conducted for newly promoted JCOs and NCOs approved for DEFENCE SERVICES STAFF COLLEGE, promotion to the rank of the JCO. Six WELLINGTON courses are conducted annually to train 10.44 The Defence Services Staff College 3240 JCOs; (DSSC) is a premier tri-service training (b) Potential Subedar Majors Orienta- establishment imparting training to middle tion Course (PSM) : Newly promoted level officers of the three wings of the Indian Subedar Majors or Senior Armed Forces, friendly foreign countries and approved for promotion to Subedar the Indian civil services. The alumni of this Majors undergo a four week course. Six college have risen to great eminence in the courses are conducted annually to train country and abroad. 640 JCOs. 10.45 The college was established in 1905 in Deolali and has been functioning at Wellington since 1950. The College con- ducts a 45- week training programme from June to April every year, sub-divided into six tutorial periods each of five to nine weeks. The aim of the course is to train selected officers of the three Services in command and staff functions in inter-service and joint service environment. 10.46 Award of M.Sc. (Defence and Junior Leaders are trained at Bareilly and Ramgarh Strategic Studies) Degree : The DSSC

138

FINAL 26.9.04 Training at ‘Siachin Battle School’ awards the symbol of PSC (passed staff The training periods are broadly from course) on successful completion of training. January to April (WW Series) and May to The DSSC is affiliated to the University of October (MW Series). Madras which awards M. Sc. in Defence COUNTER-INSURGENCY & JUNGLE and Strategic Studies degree to all students WARFARE SCHOOL, VEIRANGTE who qualify the course. Officers on the faculty of the College, with aptitude for 10.49 The Counter-Insurgency & Jungle academic research, can register for M Phil Warfare (CIJW) School, Veirangte evolves degree. and reviews tactical doctrine and techniques HIGH ALTITUDE WARFARE SCHOOL, regularly for operations in Counter Insur- GULMARG gency & and keeps abreast of all tactical and technical aspects of insur- 10.47 The Aim of the School is to train gency in all parts of the world. The School selected personnel in all aspects of high conducts Counter-Insurgency Techniques altitude warfare, mountain warfare and course; language courses in Assamese, develop techniques for fighting in such Bodo, Nagamese and Manipuri/Tangkhul for terrain. The School functions as the Army’s Officers, JCOs/NCOs; and Pilot Counter nodal instructional facility for specialised Terrorism (CT) course. training and dissemination of approved doctrines in High Altitude, Mountain and 10.50 A number of students from para- Snow Warfare. military forces and friendly foreign countries 10.48 HAWS conducts two series of like Sri Lanka, Nepal, Singapore, Kenya, Iraq courses i.e. Mountain Warfare(MW) and and USA also attend the courses conducted Winter Warfare (WW) at Sonmarg and by CIJW School. With the present capacity, Gulmarg respectively. All courses are the school is training 120 Officers and 460 combined for officers, JCOs and NCOs. JCOs/NCOs.

139

FINAL 26.9.04 COUNTER-INSURGENCY-PRE- origin to a decision taken shortly after INDUCTION TRAINING independence to amalgamate the country’s 10.51 Due to continuation of the insur- various tactical and weapons training institu- gency problem in J&K and in the East, a tions into one single school of instruction at need was felt to impart pre-induction train- Mhow. ing to all units being inducted into counter- 10.53 Eleven courses are conducted at insurgency environment. Capacity of CIJW Infantry School (including Junior Leaders School was limited. Besides, due to peculiar Wing) viz. Young Officers Course, Ghatak operational situation and administrative Course, Platoon Weapon Course, Mortar problems of movement of units, it was Course, Anti-Tank and Guided Missile necessary to impart training to units in areas Course, Platoon Commanders Course, closer to their operation areas. Medium Machine Gun and Automatic To overcome these problems, Grenade Launcher (J/N) Course, Section Commanders Course, Automatic Data Pre-induction three Theatre Battle Schools Processing Course, Sniper Course and training is given to were established at Kheru for Battalion Support Weapon Course. all units inducted units moving into the Kashmir 10.54 The institution trains Officers, JCOs into counter- Valley; at Sarol for units and ORs of not only infantry but other arms insurgency moving into Chamba and and services besides Para-Military Forces environment adjoining areas and at Thakurbari for units moving and Civil Police Organisations. A number of into Assam and Meghalaya. friendly foreign countries make use of the Pre-induction training in these facilities. During the current training year, schools has benefited all the units, as they 90 Officers and 160 JCOs/NCOs from were able to understand the peculiarities of friendly foreign countries are likely to attend the insurgency problem in their locality. courses. The institution is presently training Besides training for counter insurgency, 1195 Officers and 5900 JCOs/NCOs in a these schools especially in the Northern year. The School also has on its establish- Command are training units for their role ment Army Marksmanship Unit which has along the Line of Control and in high alti- produced a large number of champion tude areas shooters at national and international level.

INFANTRY SCHOOL, MHOW COLLEGE OF DEFENCE MANAGEMENT

10.52 The Infantry School, Mhow, is the 10.55 The College of Defence Manage- largest and the oldest military training ment is one of the few institutions of its kind institution of the Indian Army. The origin of in the country imparting training in modern the institution can be traced back to the year Management concepts and techniques to 1885. The present Infantry School owes its officers of the Defence Services. Osmania

140

FINAL 26.9.04 University recognizes the core course of January, 1950, it became the ‘AOC School’. CDM, namely the Long Defence Manage- With the changing doctrine of training and ment Course for the award of the degree of the advanced concepts introduced, the AOC Master of Management studies (MMS). School was renamed as the College of 10.56 The following courses are con- Materials Management (CMM) in 1987. ducted by CDM, Secunderabad:- 10.58 The College was affiliated to the (a) Long Defence Management University of Jabalpur (Rani Durgavati Course (LDMC)- This is of 44 weeks Vishwa Vidyalaya) in 1987 and its proven duration and is attended by 90 officers excellence earned it an autonomous status in of the rank of Col/Lt Col and equivalent 1990. The college is also registered as a from other Services. ‘Government College’ with the University (b) Senior Defence Management Grants Commission. The approval of All Course (SDMC) – This is of six weeks India Council of Technical Education duration and is attended by 33 officers (AICTE) was another achievement of the of the rank of Brig/Col and equivalent College. from other Services. 10.59 The College provides structured (c) Defence Management Seminar training in Ordnance Management, Muni- (DMS) - This is of two weeks duration tions, Technical Stores, Ordnance Logistics and is attended by 20 officers of the Support, Computer Technology and Man- rank of Maj Gen/ R Adm/ AVM. agement Studies. (d) Assignment Oriented Management SCHOOL OF ARTILLERY, DEOLALI Training (AOMTs) - CDM conducts four AOMTs on Project Management Re- 10.60 The School of Artillery, Deolali, is source Management, Financial Manage- the academic centre for various sub-disci- ment, Operational Research / Systems plines of the science and methodology of Analysis Workshop of one week’s dura- artillery warfare. It imparts technical training tion and Quantitative Aids to Decision to officers, JCOs and NCOs of the Regiment Making for middle level officers, of two of Artillery on artillery weapons and systems weeks duration. including training of pilots for Air Observa- tion Post duties. Besides the review of MATERIALS MANAGEMENT COLLEGE, doctrines, study and trials of artillery equip- JABALPUR ment, both Indian and foreign, is also 10.57 The college owes its lineage to carried out. ‘Indian Army Ordnance Corps (IAOC) 10.61 The School of Artillery has trained a School of Instruction’ established in Octo- large number of Officers, JCOs and NCOs ber, 1925. The School was later re-desig- in the year to help them to imbue and nated as ‘IAOC Training Centre’ in 1939. In develop technical skills and expertise in

141

FINAL 26.9.04 operating and employing artillery weapon Course, Unit Instructors and Crew Based systems. During the year, several officers Training and Automated Data Processing and personnel from various foreign countries Course. were also imparted training. ARMY SERVICE CORPS (ASC) CENTRE ARMY , AND COLLEGE, BANGALORE GOPALPUR 10.64 Consequent to the merger of ASC 10.62 (AADC) School, Army School of Mechanical Trans- earlier functioned as a wing of School of port (ASMT) and ASC Centre (South), the Artillery, Deolali till October, 1989, when it ASC Centre and College came into existence was moved to Gopalpur as a precursor to at Bangalore in 1999. The ASC Centre and bifurcation of Air Defence Artillery from the College has become a premier institution for main branch of Artillery. The College trains imparting training in logistics related facets. personnel of Air Defence Artillery, other The institution has nine decades of nurtured arms and armed forces personnel of foreign intellectual wealth of all the three elite countries in Air Defence related subjects. training sets, which have united to give a 10.63 The Army Air Defence College sound foundation to this newly created conducts a number of courses of instruction. organization. Since 1992, the ASC College Some of the important courses are Long is recognised and affiliated to the Gunnery Staff Course (Officers), Young Rohilkhand University, Bareilly for award of Officers Course, Electronic Warfare Course, diplomas/degrees in Logistics and Resource Senior Command Air Defence Course, Management. Long Gunnery Staff Course, Junior Commis- ARMY EDUCATION CORPS TRAINING sioned Officers (JCOs)/Non-commissioned COLLEGE & CENTRE, PACHMARHI Officers (NCOs), Technical Instructors Fire Control Course, Aircraft Recognition 10.65 With the ‘Mashal’ (Torch) as its emblem, symbolizing its worthy goal of the pursuit of knowledge, Army Education Corps Training College & Centre fulfils a triple role in its capacity as Category A and B Establishment and also as an autonomous college of the Barkatullah University, Bhopal. As an Autonomous College, it designs its course, conducts training and examinations and awards degrees and diplomas in educa- tion. Apart from it, its various courses include map reading, foreign languages, Gunnery training at the School of Artillery, Deolali. computer applications and military music,

142

FINAL 26.9.04 which are subscribed to by all ranks of all Army Sports Institute at Pune and Army Arms and Services of the Indian Army. Para Sports Nodes in selected disciplines at Military Forces Personnel, as well as those various places in the country. Appropriate from friendly foreign countries also attend funds have been earmarked for state-of-the- the courses. art infrastructure and equipment coupled with food habitat, foreign exposure and MILITARY MUSIC WING, PACHMARHI training under foreign coaches. 10.66 The Military Music Wing (MMW) ARMY SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL TRAINING was raised in October 1950 as a part of the Army Educational Corps Training College & 10.69 Army School of Physical Training Centre and is the only one of its kind in (ASPT) is a premier institution imparting Asia. The Wing has not only been prolific systematic and comprehensive instruction to with over 200 musical compositions to its personnel of the Army regarding the con- credit, but has also excelled in maintaining duct of Physical Training in units and sub the standard of Military Music in India units. It also imparts basic training in Sports through its diverse range of courses de- and Games with a view to improve standard signed to take recruit bandsmen, pipers or in the Army and complement physical drummers, from a rudimentary stage of training through recreation in games and music to enviable musical proficiency. sports. These courses are attended by Officers, JCOs and ORs of the Army, Para REMOUNT AND VETERINARY CORPS Military Forces and from friendly foreign CENTRE AND SCHOOL, MEERUT countries. ASPT has started six allied sports 10.67 The Remount and Veterinary Corps courses in collaboration with National (RVC) Centre and School, located in Institute of Sports in Boxing, Volleyball, Meerut, is the alma mater of all RVC per- Basketball, Swimming and Life Saving, Judo sonnel. The aim of the Scool is to train and Yoga Courses for personnel below officers and personnel below officer rank of officer rank. all Arms and Services on animal manage- COMBAT ARMY AVIATOR TRAINING ment and veterinary aspects. Eleven courses SCHOOL (CAATS) for officers and six for PBORs are con- ducted. The total strength of students being 10.70 Combat Army Aviator Training trained is 250. School (CAATS) has been raised at Nasik Road in May 2003. Aim of CAAT School is ARMY SPORTS INSTITUTE to train aviators in aviation skills and han- 10.68 To restore national pride in the dling of aviation units in various operations hearts of our fellow countrymen and to of war and also to train aviation instructors, project a winning image of the Army, Raksha develop Standard Operating Procedures Mantri has approved the establishment of an (SOPs) and assist Army

143

FINAL 26.9.04 in development of Aviation Tactical Doctrine and Mechanical Engineering, Faculty of in synergy with ground troops. The courses Electronics, Faculty of Industrial Engineering identified to be run in the School are Pre- Tactics and Faculty of Aeronautical Engi- basic Pilot Course, Basic Army Aviation neering. A Cadets Training Wing for Gentle- Course, Pre-qualified Flying Instructor man Cadets of 10 + 2 Technical Entry Course, Aviation Instructor Helicopter Scheme also functions directly under HQ Course, Helicopter Conversion on type, MCEME. MCEME also provides technical Flight Commander’s Course and New and administrative support to the Simulator Equipment Course. Development Division. The College trains approximately 1200 officers and 4000 THE COLLEGE OF MILITARY Personnel Below Officers Ranks (PBOR) ENGINEERING, PUNE every year. 10.71 The College of Military Engineering CORPS OF CENTER (CME) at Pune is a premier technical institu- AND SCHOOL, BANGALORE tion. The training is conducted for personnel of the Corps of Engineers, other Arms and 10.73 Aim of the School is to train officers Services, Navy, Air Force, Para Military and PBOR on military and police duties in Forces, Police and Civilians. Besides, per- legal, investigation, traffic control etc. Four sonnel from friendly foreign countries are courses for officers and fourteen courses for also trained. CME is affiliated to Jawahar Lal PBOR are being conducted. Total strength Nehru University (JNU) for the award of B. of students being trained is 910. Tech and M. Tech degrees. All India Council MILITARY COLLEGE OF for Technical Education (AICTE) also recog- TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING, nizes the graduate and post graduate MHOW courses run by the CME. The College trains on an average 1500 officers and 800 10.74 Military College of Telecommunica- Personnel Below Officer Ranks every year. tion Engineering (MCTE), Mhow is the Alma Mater of all Signal officers. They are trained MILITARY COLLEGE OF EME in Combat Communication, Electronic 10.72 The aim of Military College of Warfare, Communication Engineering, Electronics and Mechanical Engineering Computer Technology, Regimental Signal (MCEME), Secundrabad is to provide Communications and Cryptology. Besides technical education in engineering and in the five Training Faculties and Wings, the various weapon systems and equipment with College has a Department of Administration special reference to their maintenance, to provide administrative and logistic sup- repairs and inspection to all ranks of EME port to the staff and the students, a Concep- including civilians. MCEME is organized into tual Studies Cell to evolve communication four Faculties, namely, Faculty of Electrical doctrines and produce training material, a

144

FINAL 26.9.04 modern and well-stocked library, and an in- been attending various courses conducted at house printing press. Trainees are given an EME School. opportunity to study and train in a formal INSTITUTE OF MILITARY LAW (IML), setting with a view to imbibe and inculcate KAMPTEE in them the requisite skills, knowledge and abilities necessary to perform tasks at their 10.78 In the Army, justice is administered current and future levels of responsibility. by the Commanders at various levels. Minor offences can be disposed of summarily by MILITARY INTELLIGENCE TRAINING powers vested in them under the provisions SCHOOL AND DEPOT of the Army Act. For grave offences, Courts 10.75 The Military Intelligence Training Martial are assembled on the orders of School and Depot (MINTSD) is a premier superior commanders. Commanding Offic- establishment responsible for imparting ers are empowered to hold summary Courts training in Intelligence Acquisition, Counter- Martial, decision of these Tribunals are not Intelligence and Security aspects to all ranks appealable. It is, therefore, essential to of the Indian Army, Navy, Air Force and Para judiciously exercise these powers and adhere Military Forces. The School also imparts to the laid down procedures. With this training to personnel from friendly foreign background, the Institute of Military Law armies. Apart from the above, civilian was established at Shimla. On August 26, officers of the Directorate of Revenue 1989, the institute was shifted to Kamptee. Intelligence are also trained at this establish- 10.79 The Charter of Duties of the School ment. is to cater for a comprehensive system of ELECTRONICS AND MECHANICAL legal education for Officers of all Arms and ENGINEERING SCHOOL (EME SCHOOL) Services of the Army and to undertake wide VADODARA ranging research, development and dissemi- nation work in the field of Military and allied 10.76 Consequent to the re-designation of laws. the Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering (EME) to Corps of Electronics ARMOURED CORPS CENTRE AND and Mechanical Engineers, the EME School SCHOOL, AHMEDNAGAR has been re-designated as ‘Electronics and 10.80 In 1948, after partition, the Training Mechanical Engineering School’ with effect Wings, the Recruits Training Centre and from June 1, 2001. Armoured Corps Depot and Records were 10.77 The EME School conducts post- shifted to Ahmadnagar where the Fighting graduate level courses for officers and Vehicles School was already functional and diploma and certificate level courses for they were all amalgamated to from the PBOR. A number of foreign officers and Armoured Corps Centre and School and PBOR from friendly foreign countries have Armoured Corps Records. It has six wings

145

FINAL 26.9.04 namely School of Armoured Warfare, School under developed nations under the Interna- of Technical Training, Basic Training Regi- tional Technical and Economic Cooperation ment, Driving and Maintenance Regiment, (ITEC) programme of Ministry of External Automotive Regiment and Armament and Affairs. Under this programme, personnel Electronics Regiment for specialized training from friendly foreign countries get training in in these disciplines. service institutions free of cost or at subsi- TRAINING OF FOREIGN ARMY dized rates. Developed Western countries PERSONNEL AT ARMY TRAINING also send their officers for training to our ESTABLISHMENTS institutions on reciprocal basis and on self financing basis by paying cost of training and 10.81 After Operation VIJAY and Opera- other related charges. tion PARAKARAM, the interest of foreign 10.82 For 2003-04, a total of 4,506 armies for training in Indian Army establish- vacancies have been demanded by 41 ments has increased tremendously. Over countries against which 3230 vacancies 3200 Army personnel from neighbouring have been allotted to them. Para Military countries, South East Asia, Central Asian Forces and State Police Organisations have Republics, African continent and a few demanded 4156 vacancies for the year developed countries are being trained in 2003-04. A total of 3750 vacancies have India this year. The Government of India been allotted. provides assistance to the developing and

146

FINAL 26.9.04 1111

RESETTLEMENT AND WELFARE OF EX-SERVICEMEN

Vocational training for disabled Ex-servicemen At the time of retirement majority of service personnel are at an age where they have numerous unfinished responsibilities which necessitate their taking up a second occupation

11.1 In order to maintain a youthful Boards (RSBs) and at the district level the profile of the Armed Forces, approximately Zila Sainik Boards (ZSBs) have been estab- 60,000 service personnel retire or get lished. The Govt of India bears 50% of the released every year at a comparatively young expenditure incurred on the organisations of age. At the time of retirement majority of Rajya Sainik Boards while the remaining service personnel are at an age where they expenditure is borne by the respective State have numerous unfinished responsibilities Governments. The Directorate General of which necessitate their taking up a second Resettlement (DGR) under the Ministry of occupation. As per statistics a total of Defence looks after all matters connected 18,31,863 Ex-Servicemen (ESM) and with the resettlement and welfare of Ex- 3,83,012 widows have been registered and Servicemen and their dependants. reported to be surviving as on 31 December 11.2 Resettlement: The Central Govern- 2003. The Ex-Servicemen population is ment constantly makes efforts to explore mainly concentrated in the States of Uttar various avenues for employment of Ex- Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Maharashtra, Servicemen. The following are some of the Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan and steps taken by the Government:- Uttaranchal. Kendriya Sainik Board (KSB) (a) Training programmes to re-orient under the Chairmanship of the Raksha retiring Defence personnel for civil Mantri lays down general policies for the employment; welfare of Ex-Servicemen and their (b) Reservation of posts for providing dependents, for the administration of employment opportunities in Govern- welfare funds, and also for coordinating the ment/semi-Government/public sector work of the Sainik Boards in the country. organizations; and Similarly, at the State level the Rajya Sainik (c) Schemes for self-employment.

148

FINAL 26.9.04 11.3 Training Programmes: Training for one to three year courses are based on preparing both Ex-Servicemen and retiring distant learning programmes. service personnel for their resettlement in 11.5 JCOs/Ors Equivalent Training: civil life is one of the major functions en- Resettlement Training Programme for JCOs/ trusted to the Directorate General of Reset- ORs and their equivalents from the three tlement. The emphasis of the programmes services are carried out under three different run by the DGR has been able to organise schemes viz. Vocational Training, On Job employment/self employment oriented Training (OJT) and ITI Training. Under training programmes so as to provide viable Vocational Training programmes, courses in options for commencing a second career diversified fields are conducted for a dura- after retirement to officers as well as for tion up to one year in Government, semi- other ranks. The programme includes Government and private institutes spread courses on managerial science, technology all over the country. Courses are conducted oriented technical skills and agro based in fields like Security Services, Management industry. Constant endeavour is made to Services, IT Services, Travel and improve the quality of training by regular Tourism including Adventure Tourism, monitoring. The programme to impart Entrepreneurship Development, Technical courses is reviewed every year to include (including Medical) trades, non-technical courses in new fields based on the participa- trades, Secretarial Support Services, Agro- tion in current requirements of civil market based industry and many other miscellane- and corporate world and also to delete ous trades. Under this scheme more than obsolete courses. 350 courses are conducted in a year. 11.4 Officers Training: The Resettlement Under ITI Training Scheme, 4000 seats are Training Programmes range reserved in 400 ITIs in different states in from vocational courses of the Country. Under “On the Job” Training three months duration to (OJT), retiring Servicemen are trained in The Directorate degree/diploma courses in more than 60 workshops of 27 Public General of Information Technology, Sector Undertakings. This training is Resettlement has Security Services, Entrepre- provided in nine different trades for a period been able to neurship Development, of nine months. On completion of this organise Business Administration, training successful candidates are awarded employment Personnel Management, Hotel National Trade Certificate (NTC). oriented training Management, Tourism and 11.6 Vocational Training: Under this programmes for Human Resource Develop- scheme funds are allotted to Rajya Sainik commencing a ment of one to three years’ Boards (RSBs) for conduct of vocational second career duration. While the three- training for Ex-Servicemen (ESM) in their after retirement month courses are full-time, States. The scheme is primarily meant for

149

FINAL 26.9.04 those ESM who could not avail the facility of State Governments, except for the States of resettlement training while in service. The Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, J&K, scheme has also been extended to the Kerala and Meghalaya, are providing reser- widow/one dependent of the ESM. vations to Ex-Servicemen in the State 11.7 The details of the personnel im- Government jobs. It has, however, not been parted training in various fields during possible to have statutory backing to the the last six years, till 31st March, 2004 as reservations being provided to them inter are follows:- alia due to the overall ceiling of 50% im-

SCHEME 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Offrs Training 606 431 387 409 353 583 PBOR Training 5824 4563 5718 3518 2958 4019 On the Job Trg 1419 1847 1452 1363 1027 1027 ITI Training 1292 1847 2675 1510 1510 2821 ESM Training 333 385 58 421 856 -

11.8 Re-employment: The Central and posed by the Supreme Court and 49.5% State Governments provide a number of reservation already having been provided in concessions to Ex-Servicemen for their re- the Government jobs for SC/ST/OBCs. employment in Central/State Government Therefore, the reservation being provided to posts. These include reservation of posts Ex-Servicemen is not of a vertical nature as and relaxation in age and educational qualifi- in the case of reservation for SC/ST/OBCs. cations, exemption from payment of applica- It is of horizontal nature, which implies that tion/examination fees, priority employment Ex-Servicemen selected against the vacan- to disabled Ex-Servicemen and dependants cies reserved for them are subsequently of deceased service personnel on compas- adjusted against the relevant category i.e., sionate grounds. SC, ST, OBCs or General to which they belong. There is also no carry forward of 11.9 Reservation in Government Jobs: unfilled reserved vacancies under horizontal The Central Government has reserved 10% vacancies. of vacancies in Group ‘C’ posts and 20% in Group ‘D’ posts for Ex-Servicemen. Central SECURITY AGENCIES Public Sector Undertakings and Nationalised 11.10 The Directorate General of Reset- Banks provide 14.5% reservation in Group tlement (DGR) registers/sponsors Security ‘C’ and 24.5% in Group ‘D’ posts. Besides Agencies for providing Security Guards to 10% vacancies of Assistant Commandants various Public Sector Undertakings and in Para-Military Forces are also reserved for industries in private sector. The Scheme Ex-Servicemen. In addition, most of the offers self-employment opportunities to

150

FINAL 26.9.04 retired Defence Officers and 11.12 Officer’s Employment: During Government has employment opportunity to the year 2003-04, a total number of 737 formulated several ex-Service Personnel Below officers were registered with the DGR for schemes for Officers Rank (PBOR). The employment assistance. Till date, 3187 encouraging and Department of Public Enter- officers have been sponsored for various giving financial prises (DPE) had issued employment opportunities. To spread the support by way of instructions to the PSUs to awareness about potential in ex-defence loans to ex- get security personnel through personnel, Seminars were organised in servicemen DGR sponsored Security conjunction with the Confederation of Indian intending to set up Agencies. The Scheme has Industries at Pune, Bangalore, Indore, Delhi small and medium shown good results. The and Kochi. industries Director General Resettlement 11.13 Schemes for Self-employment: has also written to Chief As it is not feasible to provide Government Secretaries of all States urging jobs to all Ex-Servicemen after their retire- them to issue suitable instruc- ment from the Armed Forces, Government tions to all concerned under their jurisdic- has formulated several schemes for encour- tion to obtain security cover through DGR aging and giving financial support by way of empanelled agencies, thereby furthering the loans to ex-servicemen entrepreneurs cause of resettling Ex-Servicemen. A case intending to set up small and medium has also been taken up with the Government industries. Important self employment of Maharashtra to exempt Security Agencies schemes are SEMFEX-I, SEMFEX-II, Na- operating in that State from the Maharashtra tional Equity Fund Scheme and SEMFEX-III. Security Guard Regulations of the employ- Applications for sanction of loans are ment and Welfare Act 1981. submitted by Ex-servicemen directly to 11.11 Placement of JCOs/ORs: The concerned Zila Sainik Boards in the States. details of Ex-Servicemen, provided employ- The applications are scrutinised and those ment through DGR and Zila Sainik Welfare who satisfy eligibility criteria and other terms Offices in the States during the last six and conditions are recommended for sanc- years is as follows: tion of loan through Small Industries Devel-

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003* 2004 Central Govt 5188 3992 4035 4982 5153 5503 ** State Govt & State Govt. PSUs 2825 2540 2219 2136 2162 3092 ** Private Sector 3304 3068 2766 3221 3051 3064 ** Security Agencies 7140 13810 8717 5650 8679 9543 2534 (upto 31.3.2004) *UPTO 31st December 2003 ** Data not yet available

151

FINAL 26.9.04 A handicapped ex-serviceman receiving a wheel chair at the Paraplegic Rehabilitation Centre, Kirkee. opment Bank of India (SIDBI), Central of loading and transportation of coal in Cooperative Banks, State Land Development various coal subsidiaries of Coal India Banks and Regional Rural Banks aided by Limited(CIL). The unemployed retired National Bank for Agriculture and Rural officers and JCOs registered with DGR are Development (NABARD) and the State selected to form ex-Servicemen Coal Trans- KVIB and Banks aided by the Khadi and port Companies and are sponsored to Village Industries Commission (KVIC). respective coal subsidiaries for five years, 11.14 CNG Stations in National Capital extendable by another four years. Presently, Region (NCR): The scheme for management nearly 94 such companies are operating of CNG stations belonging to Indraprasta under the various coal subsidiaries of CIL. Gas Ltd was launched as a pilot project in 11.16 Coal Tipper Scheme: The widows July 2001. The scheme has been extended of defence personnel who died while in to retired officers. As on date, there are 57 service due to causes attributable to military retired officers managing 70 CNG stations. service can be sponsored by DGR for Three ex-lady officers have also been allot- attaching one tipper truck in their name with ted the CNG stations in Delhi. an Ex-Servicemen Coal Transport Company. Eligible widow/disabled soldier is required to EX-SERVICEMEN COAL make a deposit of Rs. 85,000/- with any of TRANSPORTATION SCHEME the nominated coal transport company. The 11.15 DGR sponsors Ex-Servicemen company will pay them Rs. 3000/- p.m. for Coal Transport Companies for the execution a period of five years and thereafter the

152

FINAL 26.9.04 deposited amount of Rs. 85,000/- is paid personnel and through Units for those in back to widow/disabled soldier. At present last six months of service to DGR for regis- 232 widows and 42 disabled soldiers are tration and onward transmission to Army availing the benefit of this scheme. Headquarters for allotment on the basis of depot wise seniority maintained by them. ALLOTMENT OF OIL PRODUCT AGENCIES RESERVATION IN CSD

11.17 Ministry of Petroleum and Natural 11.19 The Canteen Stores Department Gas have reserved Eight percent of the Oil of India (CSDI) has reserved 15% of the 30 Product Agencies, i.e. LPG dealership, selected CSD items and the Ministry of petrol pumps, kerosene distributorship etc Defence has reserved 10% of the 262 in the marketing plan for widows and selected items manufactured by the Ex- dependents of those who died in war/peace Servicemen Entrepreneurs under the De- with death attributable to Military service fence Purchase Programme for which Ex- and disabled soldiers with disability of 50 Servicemen manufacturing units alone are percent and above attributable to military eligible. service. Eligible persons can apply as and MOTHER DAIRY MILK AND FRUIT & when such a vacancy under Defence Cat- VEGETABLE SHOPS egory is advertised in the newspapers. The Director General Resettlement sponsors 11.20 Junior Commissioned Officers/ eligible candidates by issuing Eligibility Other Ranks are allotted Mother Dairy Milk Certificates to them. Interview is con- Shops and Fruit & Vegetable shops in ducted by a Dealer Selection Board consti- National Capital Region. As on date 684 tuted by the Ministry of Petroleum and Milk Shops and 280 Fruit and Vegitable Natural Gas. Final allotment is made by the shops are being operated by Ex-Servicemen. concerned oil company to the selected Dependent sons (where the ex-Servicemen candidates. This year 521 eligibility certifi- is not eligible) are also considered for cates have been issued by DGR since allotment of Mother Dairy Fruit and Vegeta- January 2004 till date. ble Booths in Delhi.

ALLOTMENT OF ARMY SURPLUS PUBLICITY VEHICLES 11.21 Wide publicity of policies and various 11.18 Ex-Servicemen/widows of De- schemes sponsored by Directorate General fence personnel who died while in service Resettlement is of paramount importance. are eligible to apply for allotment of an Army This aim is achieved by the DGR by means Surplus/phased out Class V-B vehicle. The of publication of periodical magazines, application forms are routed through Zila/ brochures, leaflets, articles in Sainik Rajya Sainik Boards in the case of retired Samachar and Baatcheet.

153

FINAL 26.9.04 11.22 The DGR had put up an impres- Forces Flag Day Fund is set apart as Raksha sive stall at Aero-India 2003 at Bangalore Mantri’s Discretionary Fund which is used to and Defexpo 2004 at New Delhi to spread provide financial assistance to poor and awareness about schemes concerning Ex- needy Ex-Servicemen for various purposes Servicemen. viz. medical treatment, daughters’ marriage, 11.23 The film on Armed Forces Flag house repair and education of children. Day was telecast on the National Channel of Monthly financial assistance upto a period Doordarshan on 6th and 7th December, of two years is also provided to old and 2003 and the film on activities of DGR was infirm Ex-Servicemen and widows of Ex- telecast on 3rd April and 5th April, 2004. Servicemen living in penury. 11.26 Concessions and Facilities: Un- WELFARE der-mentioned concessions and facilities are 11.24 The Kendriya Sainik Board (KSB) available to eligible personnel:- under the Chairmanship of Raksha Rajya (a) Free Educational Facilities to Children Mantri, is the nodal agency to look after the of Defence personnel killed or disa- welfare of ex-servicemen and their families bled in action in schools/colleges in liaison with Rajya/Zila Sainik Boards. The recognised by the Central or State performance of the KSB is reviewed in the Governments. periodical meetings. The KSB also adminis- (b) 28 Seats in the MBBS, one seat in ters various welfare activities through the BDS and one seat in engineering stream Fund, which are are available through Kendriya Sainik financed from interest earnings of the fund. Board to dependants/wards of certain The Fund has a corpus of Rs 106 crores as categories of defence personnel through on date. Financial assistance is provided to the Ministry of Health and Family Wel- institutions such as Paraplegic Homes at fare. Kirkee and Mohali, the Red Cross Society, (c) 25% seats are reserved for the wards Cheshire Homes, Military Hospitals, St. of serving and Ex-Service personnel in Dunstan’s After Care Organisation and Sainik Schools. Homes for taking care of old and physically (d) States/UTs have made reservation of handicapped ESM and their dependents. seats in professional colleges/ITIs/ Financial assistance is also provided to polytechnics for wards of serving and individual ESM and their families who are in retired defence personnel. a state of penury to meet their specific (e) Two educational grants of Rs 600/- needs. and Rs 300/- per month are provided to ASSISTANCE FROM RAKSHA MANTRI’S wards of war bereaved, disabled attribut- FUND able and non attributable peace time casualties, respectively. They are granted 11.25 A portion of the earnings of Armed to those housed in 35 War Memorial 154

FINAL 26.9.04 Hostels to enable them to ii) Fresh medical facilities in the A new medical pursue their studies. nature of poly-clinics/medical inspection scheme for (f) Medical Facilities to Ex- rooms is being set up at 123 stations providing medical Servicemen: Presently, Ex- where the population of ex-Servicemen care to ex- servicemen, their families and is more than 2,500. This will involve a Servicemen, War families of deceased Service capital cost of Rs. 69 crores and annual widows and their personnel drawing pension of recurring cost of Rs. 98 crores; dependents on the any kind are entitled to free iii) The Ex-Servicemen, war widows pattern of Central out-patient treatment in 127 and their dependents at other stations Government Health Military Hospitals and more where ex-Servicemen population is less Scheme(CGHS) has than 1000 Medical than 2,500 will be attached to the been introduced Inspection(MI) Rooms includ- existing poly-clinics/medical inspection with effect from ing 24 exclusively reserved for rooms as mentioned in (a) above or with 1.4.2003 ex-servicemen. In-patient poly-clinics/medical inspection rooms to treatment is also provided be created at 123 stations vide (b) subject to availability of beds. above. Ex-servicemen who are not availing medical iv) The ex-Servicemen, war widows and facilities from Military Hospitals may choose their dependents will also be reimbursed to draw Rs. 100/- every month for medical the cost of medicines not provided by treatment. Ex-Servicemen/dependents are the poly-clinics/medical inspection also provided financial assistance from rooms, fee of the specialists to whom Armed Forces Flag Day Fund and Group they are referred to, the charges of Insurance Schemes for treatment of speci- laboratories for pathological or other fied serious diseases. diagnostic tests and also the cost of (g) Ex-Servicemen Contributory Health hospitalization. Scheme (ECHS) : A new medical v) The ex-servicemen and their scheme for providing medical care to ex- dependents will be required to make a Servicemen, War widows and their contribution at the same rate at which dependents on the pattern of Central the Central Government pensioners are Government Health Scheme(CGHS) has required to make contribution for been introduced with effect from availing medical facilities under the 1.4.2003. The details of the scheme CGHS after retirement. To ameliorate are as under:- the financial hardship of ex-servicemen/ i) The facilities existing at 104 widows, the Government has decided to military stations is being augmented at a allow remittance of contribution in three capital cost of Rs. 49 crores and annual consecutive yearly installments. recurring expenditure of Rs. 52 crores; vi)The war widows have been exempted from making contribution under ECHS. 155

FINAL 26.9.04 vii) The reservation for ex- • 50% concession to War widows of The war widows servicemen for contractual post-Independence era. have been employment of staff for ECHS (i) Reservation for House Sites/Houses: exempted from polyclinics would include ex- Majority of States have made reserva- making contribution servicemen and widows of tions for serving/retired Armed Forces under ECHS. deceased service personnel personnel in allotment of house sites/ including war widows. houses. viii) The scheme will be (j) Grant for Repair of Houses: Finan- implemented in a phased manner in five cial assistance is provided especially to years. War Widows/War-disabled for repair of (h) Travel Concession: The following houses on 50% cost sharing basis with concessions are available to War Wid- State Governments upto an extent of Rs ows/Gallantry Award Winners, which can 10,000/-. be availed on production of identity card (k) Sainik Rest House Facilities : Over issued by the Kendriya Sainik Board:- 252 Sainik Rest Houses have been (i) Rail Travel Concession: 75% created in the country, which provide concessions in rail fare for travel in II transit facilities to Ex-Servicemen and Class is available to war widows, includ- their dependants at nominal rates. ing the widows of IPKF casualties. (l) Cash Award/Annuity/Cash, in lieu of Besides, recipients and widows of Land for Gallantry/Non Gallantry Award posthumous recipients of Chakra series Winners: The State/UTs provide Cash of gallantry awards, along with a com- Award/Annuity/Cash in lieu of Land for panion, are entitled to free rail pass for Gallantry/Non Gallantry Award Winners. traveling in Class I/II AC Sleeper. PENSION TO ARMED FORCES (ii) Air Travel Concession: Certain PERSONNEL categories of personnel are eligible to 11.27 The service conditions of Armed 75% concession in fare for air travel in Forces personnel differ greatly from civilians domestic flights of the Indian Airlines. owing to exigencies of service and the need These are:- to work in difficult geo-climatic conditions, • 75% concession to recipients of such as, desert in the west, glaciers in the Gallantry Awards of level I and II north, rain forests in the east and the high namely Param , Maha Vir seas in the south. Service in Armed Forces Chakra, Ashok Chakra and . also involves periods of separation from the • 50% concession to Permanently war family. In the event of hostilities, they are disabled officers who have been also expected to make the supreme sacrifice invalided out of service and the depend- of life to maintain the territorial integrity of ent members of their families. the country. The Armed Forces are required

156

FINAL 26.9.04 to maintain a youthful profile at all times and pay in the revised scale of the pay intro- display the highest degree of combat effi- duced with effect from January 1,1996 for ciency. Hence, they are retired/ released at the rank, rank and group (in the case of a younger age as compared to civilian PBORs) held by the pensioner. While in the employees and are granted pensionary case of commissioned officers of the Army, benefits at a somewhat liberal scale as Navy and Air Force, the minimum period of compared to their civilian counterparts. The qualifying service (without weightage) nature of retirement/ release from service required for earning retiring pension is 20 determines the admissibility of the type of years (15 years in the case of late entrants), pension in the case of Armed Forces Person- in the case of PBOR it is 15 years {20 nel. The eligibility conditions, rates etc. of years in the case of Non-Combatants En- the different types of pensions are detailed rolled (NCsE)}. However, keeping in view in the succeeding paragraphs. their early retirement, Armed Forces person- nel are given the benefit of weightage RETIRING/SERVICE PENSION ranging from 9 years for Captains and below 11.28 Retiring/ Service pension, admissi- to 3 years for Generals. Personnel Below ble to the Armed Forces Personnel is calcu- Officers Rank are given uniform benefit lated at 50% of the average reckonable weightage of 5 years. For calculating gratu- emoluments drawn during the last ten ity, a uniform weightage of 5 years service is months. In the case of Personnel Below given to all ranks. Armed Forces Personnel Officers Rank (PBOR), it is calculated with are also permitted higher commutation of reference to the maximum of scale of pay their pension at 43% for officers and 45% of the rank and Group, held for 10 months for PBORs as compared to 40% for civilians. preceding retirement. In the case of retire- 11.29 Army Reservists, who did not opt ment/ death, Dearness Allowance (DA) for grant of pension and have not availed the admissible on the date of retire- benefits of Rehabilitation assistance granted ment/ death shall also be treated by the Government and are not in receipt of as emolument. Retiring pension Pension, admissible any other pension, are sanctioned an ex- shall be subject to a minimum of to the retired Armed gratia payment of Rs. 600/- per month plus Rs.1275/- per month and Forces Personnel, is dearness relief with effect from November, maximum of upto 50% of the calculated at 50% of 1997, provided they had rendered minimum highest pay, applicable to Armed the average qualifying service to earn pension. Forces Personnel. As per for- reckonable CATEGORISATION FOR PENSIONARY mula evolved under the modified emoluments drawn BENEFITS parity, in the case of past pen- during the last ten sioners, with effect from January 11.30 On the basis of recommendations months 1, 1996, pension would not be of the 5th Central Pay Commission, for less than 50% of the minimum determining the pensionary benefits for

157

FINAL 26.9.04 death or disability under different circum- the rate of Rs. 600/- per month on the stances due to attributable/ aggravated recommendations of a Medical Board. In all causes, the cases have been broadly divided other cases, where the personnel are into 5 categories as indicated below :- invalided out of service with a disability, CATEGORY A : Death or disability due to neither attributable to nor aggravated by natural causes. military service, invalid pension is granted, if CATEGORY B : Death or disability due to the service, actually rendered is 10 years or causes attributable or aggra- more. If the service is less than 10 years, vated by military services. such Service personnel are paid invalid CATEGORY C : Death or disability due to accidents while performing gratuity depending upon the length of duties. service. Pursuant to the implementation of CATEGORY D : Death or disability due to acts the 5th Central Pay Commission, the rates of violence/attacks by terror- of disability pension have been revised with ists whether or not on duty. effect from January 1, 1996 as under: CATEGORY E : Death or disability due to war (a) On Invalidment : Where an individual is or war-like situation. invalided out of service on account of 11.31 Disability Pension: A person, causes attributable to or aggravated by who is released/ retired from service, on military service, he/ she is entitled to disabil- account of a disease/ injury/ wound attribut- ity pension as under :- able to or aggravated by military service (i) Service Element - Equal to normal (Categories B and C), is entitled to disability retiring/ service pension for the length of pension provided the disability assessed by service actually rendered plus weightage the Medical Board is 20% or more. Disabil- as admissible. With effect from January ity Pension consists of Service element and 1, 1996, the service element subject to Disability element. The Service element is a minimum of Rs.1275/- per month is related to the length of service rendered by admissible. There is no condition of the individual and the Disability element is minimum qualifying service for earning paid in the form of compensation for the this element. disablement and depends on the degree (ii) Disability Element - The rates of of disablement. The amount of service disability element for 100% disability for element is equal to the normal retiring/ various ranks admissible with effect from service pension. With effect from January 1, January 1, 1996 are as under:- 1996 the service element subject to a • Commissioned Officers/ Honorary minimum of Rs.1275/- per month is also Commissioned Officers - Rs. 2600/- p.m. payable when the length of service rendered • Junior Commissioned Officers (JCOs) is less than the minimum pensionable & equivalent - Rs. 1900/- p.m. service. Personnel with 100% disability are • Other Ranks - Rs 1550/- p.m. also paid a Constant Attendant Allowance at

158

FINAL 26.9.04 (iii) Broad-banding of disability- In case regarding acceptance of attributability of invalidment on or after January 1, pertaining to disability and special family 1996, the extent of disability or func- pension and assessment of degree of disabil- tional incapacity is determined as under ity has undergone change. As per the for the purpose of computing disability revised instructions the procedure of peri- element :- odical reviews by Re-Survey Medical Board Disability less than 50% - 50% for re-assessment and continuance of Between 50 and 75% - 75% disability pension has also been dispensed Between 76 and 100% - 100% with. In injury cases, the percentage of Where permanent disability is not less than disability as recommended by Invaliding/ 60%, the disability pension (service element Release Medical Board and as approved by plus disability element) is payable at not less the next higher medical authority is treated than 60% of the reckonable emoluments last as final unless the individual himself requests drawn by the individual. for a review. Likewise in cases of diseases of (b) Retention Despite Disability: Where a permanent nature, the assessment of an individual is retained in service degree of disability as recommended by despite disability and retires/ is dis- Invaliding Medical Board (IMB)/ Release charged on attaining the age of retire- Medical Board (RMB) and as adjudicated by ment or on completion of tenure, with Medical Adviser (Pensions) [MA(P)] in case effect from January 1, 1996 he / she is of PBOR and Service Headquarters in entitled to disability element at the respect of Officers is treated as final unless following rates (for 100 % disability):- the individual himself requests for a review. • Commissioned Officers/ Honorary In case of disabilities which are not of a Commissioned Officers - Rs. 2600/- p.m. permanent nature, there will be only one • Junior Commissioned Officers (JCOs) & equivalent - Rs. 1900/- p.m. review which will be final and for life unless • Other Ranks - Rs 1550/- p.m. the individual himself asks for a review. • For disabilities less than 100% but not (c) Lumpsum disability compensation: less than 20%, the above rates are If an individual is found to have a disability proportionately reduced. No disability which is assessed at 20% or more for life but element for less than 20% disability is is retained in service despite such disability, admissible. he/she is paid a compensation in lump sum • Retiring/ service pension or retiring/ (in lieu of disability element) equal to the service gratuity as admissible is also capitalised value of disability element on the payable in addition to the disability basis of disability actually assessed. In cases element from the date of retirement/ of casualties occurring on or after January 1, discharge. 1996 the rates for disability element are On the basis of the recommendations of the applicable for calculating the capitalised 5th Central Pay Commission, the procedure value. Once a compensation has been paid 159

FINAL 26.9.04 in lieu of the disability element, there is no incidents etc. (Category-D) are entitled to further entitlement to the disability element the same pensionary benefits (i.e. service for the same disability. element and retirement gratuity) as admissi- 11.32 War Injury Pension: War Injury ble to war injury cases on invalidment/ Pension is sanctioned to an individual, who retirement/ discharge including lumpsum sustains injury/ disability in war or war like compensation in lieu of disability, as men- operations (Category E) and are invalided tioned above, except that on invalidment out of service due to it. War Injury Pension they would be entitled to disability element consists of service element and war injury instead of war injury element. element. Service element is calculated equal 11.34 Family Pension: Ordinary Family to retiring/ service pension to which he/ she Pension: Families of Armed Forces Person- would have been entitled on the basis of his/ nel who die during service or after retire- her pay on the date of invalidment but ment with pension, are granted family counting service upto the date on which he/ pension at a uniform rate of 30% of the she would have retired in that rank in normal reckonable emoluments. The amount of course including weightage as admissible. minimum family pension, which, earlier was War Injury Element is payable equal to Rs.375/- per month, has been raised to reckonable emoluments last drawn for 100% Rs.1275/- per month, with effect from disablement. However, in no case, the January 1, 1996 on the basis of the recom- aggregate of service element and war injury mendation of the 5th Central Pay Commis- element will exceed last pay drawn. Pursu- sion. As per orders issued with regard to ant to the implementation of the recommen- modified parity, past family pensioners are dations of the 5th Central Pay Commission entitled to get at least 30 % of the minimum relating to disability pension/ liberalised of revised pay scale which came into force pension/ war injury pension etc. the rates of with effect from January 1, 1996 for the disability element in respect of war injury are rank and group, last held by the pensioners/ taken as double the amount as mentioned deceased individuals. If the deceased above at para 11.31(a) (ii). The extent of personnel had rendered a minimum continu- disability or functional incapacity for the ous qualifying service of 7 years or more purpose of computing war injury element in and dies while in service or after retirement the cases of invalidment is determined as in with a pensionable service, the family is para 11.31(a) (iii). given family pension at enhanced rate for the 11.33 With effect from January 1, 1996, first 7 years or upto the time the deceased Armed Forces Personnel sustaining disability would have reached the age of 67 years, due to acts of violence/ attack by terrorists, whichever is earlier. The amount of en- anti social elements , bomb blasts in public hanced family pension will, however, not be places or transport, indiscriminate shooting more than 50% of the reckonable emolu-

160

FINAL 26.9.04 ments or the amount of retiring/service/ sioned Officers, Special Family Pension is invalid pension/service element of disability payable to the widow. The families of Short pension/special pension (before commuta- Service Commissioned Officers and Emer- tion) admissible, if the death takes place gency Commissioned Officers are also after retirement but before 67 years of age. entitled to Special Family Pension. In the 11.35 With effect from January 1, 1996 case of PBORs the rules provide for nomi- Ordinary Family Pension is admissible also nating anyone from the eligible members of to (i) the parents who were wholly depend- the family (except dependant brothers/ ent on the Armed Forces Personnel when sisters) for the first life award and for trans- he/ she was alive, provided the deceased fer of the same in full to the widow regard- had left behind neither a widow nor a child less of her financial position in the event of and (ii) widowed/ divorced daughter till she death of parents where they were nominated attains the age of 25 years or upto the date as original awardees. of her remarriage whichever is earlier. The 11.38 With effect from January 1, 1996, income criteria, in respect of parents and Special Family Pension is calculated at the widowed/ divorced daughter, is that their uniform rate of 60% of reckonable emolu- earning is not more than Rs. 2550/- per ments drawn by the deceased, subject to a month. Pensionary benefits to the eligible minimum of Rs.2,550/-per month irrespec- Next-of-Kin (NoKs), as defined above were tive of whether widow has children or not. made applicable from January 1, 1998 and There is no maximum ceiling on Special as such, all past cases are also to be consid- Family Pension. In case the children be- ered on merits for grant of family pension come beneficiary, the Special Family Pension from January 1, 1998. is payable at the same rate to the senior 11.36 With effect from July 27, 2001, most eligible child till he/ she attains the age family pension admissible under the Employ- of 25 years or upto the date of his/ her ees Pension Scheme, 1995 and the Family marriage whichever is earlier. Thereafter, Pension Scheme, 1971 has been allowed in Special Family Pension passes on to the next addition to the family pension admissible to eligible child. Widowed/ divorced daughters the Armed Forces Personnel under the upto the age of 25 years or re-marriage, relevant Pension Regulation. whichever is earlier, are also eligible for the 11.37 Special Family Pension: If the purpose of Special Family Pension. In case death of a service personnel has occurred the eligible child is physically or mentally on account of causes attributable to or handicapped and unable to earn a liveli- aggravated by Service (Categories B and C), hood, Special Family Pension is admissible the family is paid Special Family Pension. for life. In the absence of wife and children, There is no condition of minimum service dependent pension at the prescribed rates is on the date of death for grant of Special admissible to the parents of the deceased. Family Pension. In the case of Commis- Widows who got remarried on or after 161

FINAL 26.9.04 January 1, 1996 are also eligible for Special 11.40 On re-marriage of a widow, both Family Pension subject to certain conditions. in the case of Commissioned Officers as also 11.39 Liberalised Family Pension: In the in the case of PBOR in whose case LFP is event of death of Armed Forces Personnel sanctioned as first life award to widow, full [including Short Service Commissioned liberalised family pension would continue to Officers (SSCOs) & Emergency Commis- the widow if she continues to support sioned Officers (ECOs)] in war or war like children after re-marriage or has no chil- operations, counter-insurgency operations dren. However, if the widow does not or in an encounter with or in an incident support the children after re-marriage, involving armed hostilities, terrorists/ ex- Special Family Pension at the rate of 60% tremists, anti-social elements etc.(Categories will pass on to the children and Ordinary D and E), their families are granted liberal- Family Pension at the rate of 30% to the ised family pension equal to the reckonable widow. In the absence of wife and children, emoluments last drawn by the deceased dependent pension (Liberalised) at the personnel at the time of their death. Pen- prescribed rates is admissible to the parents sion at this rate is payable to the widow in of the deceased without reference to their the case of officers and to the nominated pecuniary circumstances. heir in the case of PBOR until death or EX-GRATIA AWARDS IN CASES OF disqualification. If the personnel is not DEATH OF CADETS survived by widow but is survived by child/ children only, all children together are 11.41 The following ex-gratia awards are eligible to Liberalised Family Pension (LFP) payable subject to certain conditions in the at the rate equal to 60% reckonable emolu- event of death of a cadet due to causes ments last drawn by the deceased. Liberal- attributable to or aggravated by military ised Family Pension is payable to the senior- training : most eligible child till he/she attains the age (a) Ex-gratia lumpsum of Rs. 2.5 lakh of 25 years or upto the date of his/her (b) An ex-gratia of Rs. 1275/- per month in marriage, whichever is earlier, and thereafter respect of both married and unmarried the LFP passes on to the next eligible child. personnel to Next-of-kin in addition to Widowed/ divorced daughters upto the age (a) above. of 25 years or re-marriage, whichever is 11.42 The ex-gratia lumpsum is admissi- earlier, are also eligible for the purpose of ble in cases of death of cadets occurring on LFP. In case the eligible child is physically or or after August 1, 1997. However, the mentally handicapped and unable to earn a benefit of revised monthly ex-gratia amount livelihood, LFP is admissible for life. No as mentioned at 11.41(b) above, is admissi- children allowance is payable in addition to ble to pre August 1, 1997 cases also, with Liberalised pension. financial effect w.e.f. 1.8.1997.

162

FINAL 26.9.04 EX-GRATIA AWARDS IN CASES OF (b) Death occurring in the course of perform- ance of duties attributable to acts of DISABILITY OF CADETS violence by terrorists, anti-social elements 11.43 The following ex-gratia awards are etc. - Rs. 5.00 Lakh payable subject to certain conditions in the (c) Death occurring during (i) border skir- mishes and (ii) Action against militants, event of invalidment of a cadet (Direct) on terrorists, extremists etc. - Rs. 7.50 Lakh* medical grounds due to causes attributable (d) Death occurring during enemy action in to or aggravated by military training : international war or such war like engage- (a) Monthly ex-gratia of Rs. 1275/- per ments which are specifically notified by the Government. - Rs. 10.00 Lakh* month *(with effect from 1.5.1999) (b) Ex-gratia disability award @ Rs 2100/- REVISION OF PENSION IN RESPECT OF per month for 100 % disability during PRE 1996 ARMED FORCES the period of disablement. The amount PENSIONERS is reduced proportionately from the ex- gratia disability award in case the degree 11.46 Necessary orders for regulation/ of disablement is less than 100 %. consolidation with effect from January 1, (c) Constant Attendance Allowance(CAA) of 1996 of pension/ family pension of all pre Rs. 600/-per month for 100% disability January 1, 1996 pensioners/ family pension- on the recommendation of Invaliding ers were issued. Further, in pursuance of the Medical Board. 5th Central Pay Commission’s recommenda- 11.44 The ex-gratia disability awards are tions relating to modified parity in pension, applicable with effect from August 1, 1997. necessary orders have been issued by the However, the same benefits are admissible Government for revision of Disability Pen- to pre August 1, 1997 cases also, with sion/ Special Family Pension/ Liberalized financial effect w.e.f. 1.8.1997. Family Pension/ War Injury Pension etc. in respect of pre-January 1, 1996 Armed DEATH WHILE PERFORMING MILITARY Forces Pensioners. For the widows who DUTY were in receipt of Liberalized Family Pension 11.45 In pursuance of the recommenda- (LFP), the consolidated pension shall be not th tions of the 5 Central Pay Commission, in less than the reckonable emoluments calcu- addition to Special Family Pension/ Liberal- lated on the minimum pay in the revised ised Family Pension, Ex-gratia is granted to scale of pay introduced with effect from the family of a deceased service personnel in January 1, 1996 of the rank, rank and group the event of death occurring on or after (in the case of PBORs) held by the deceased August 1, 1997 as under:- personnel at the time of death, irrespective (a) Death occurring due to accidents in the of the date of award of the pension. For the course of performance of duties - Rs. 5.00 special family pensioners, the consolidated Lakh pension shall not be less than 60 % of the

163

FINAL 26.9.04 minimum pay in the revised scale of pay settled and the remaining 387 are being introduced with effect from January 1, 1996 pursued for finalisation. of the rank, rank and group (in case of 11.50 Delegation of Powers to Service PBORs) held by the deceased personnel at Headquarters: Government has delegated the time of death, subject to a minimum of administrative powers to Service Headquar- Rs. 2550/-per month. The rates of Disabil- ters with effect from 14.8.2001 on certain ity Pension, War Injury Pension (except pension matters mainly regarding division of invalidment cases), Constant Attendant family pension, initial award of special family Allowance as applicable to post January 1, pension/ ex-gratia/ disability pension in 1996 pensioners have also been extended respect of officers, first appeal cases, time to pre January 1, 1996 pensioners who are bar sanction for filing appeals beyond 12 in receipt of Disability Pension, War Injury months, grant of pension in dismissal from Pension, Constant Attendant Allowance service cases and implementation of judge- etc., with effect from January 1, 1996. ments delivered by various courts. 11.47 Defence Pension Adalat: In order 11.51 The number of Defence Pensioners to address to the legitimate grievances of is estimated to be about 20.51 lakh. Ap- the Defence pensioners near to their place proximately, 55,000 service personnel retire of work/residence, Defence Pension Adalats every year. Pension to Defence Pensioners is are organized in different parts of the disbursed through 35,000 branches of country. These Aadalats are becoming quite Public Sector Banks, 534 Treasuries, 61 popular. Defence Pension Disbursing Offices and 5 11.48 As the Adalat consists of repre- PAOs, scattered all over India. The annual sentatives from various agencies concerned expenditure on Defence pensions, during with pensionary matters of Armed Forces, last three years and estimated for (2003-04) emphasis is on redressal of grievances on and (2004-05) is as follows:- the spot. During the financial year 2003-04, Defence Pension Adalats have been held at Year Pension Disbursed (Rs. Crore) Chennai, Chandigarh, Jammu, Agra, Dharamshala, Kottayam, Mumbai and 2000 - 2001 10538.93 Vishakhapatnam. 2001 - 2002 10487.92 11.49 In the last Defence Pension 2002 - 2003 10092.07 2003 - 04 (BE) 11000.00 Adalats, held during 2003-04, the re- 2003 - 04 (RE) 11000.00 sponse was encouraging. Of the 2307 2004 - 05 (BE) 11250.00 representations received, 1920 have been

164

FINAL 26.9.04 1212

COOPERATION BETWEEN THE ARMED FORCES AND CIVIL AUTHORITIES

Naval teams rescuing villagers in flood-hit Orissa. Besides guarding the borders, the Armed Forces assist the civil authorities for maintenance of law and order, essential services and in rescue and relief operations during natural calamities

12.1 Besides ensuring inviolability of the Programmes have been generously sup- borders of our country, the Armed Forces ported by grants from the Central Govern- are also mandated to assist the civil authori- ment. Some of the major Civic Action ties for maintenance of law and order, Programmes undertaken by the Army in essential services and in rescue and relief Jammu and Kashmir and in the North- operations during natural calamities. While eastern States are as follows: (a) Renovation providing actual relief, the Armed Forces of school buildings. (b) Establishment of continue to maintain regular liaison with the computer training centres and science civil authorities to refine contingency plan- laboratories. (c) Excursion for school chil- ning and ensure timely response. The dren to places of historical importance in details of assistance provided by the Armed India. (d) Organising adventure sports. (e) Forces during the period are outlined in the Construction of ancillaries. (f) Implementing succeeding paragraphs. drinking water schemes. (g) Construction of bridges. (h) Employment generating ARMY schemes such as Training apprentice cadres, vocational training, handloom and weaving. MILITARY CIVIC ACTION PROJECTS (i) Organising medical camps in remote 12.2 An important ingredient of the areas, running nursing courses for women Army’s counter-insurgency strategy has and distributing medicines. (j) Organising been to win the hearts and minds of the veterinary camps in remote areas. (k) Organ- local populace, to wean them away from ising pre-recruitment training for the youth. militants and assist the Civil Administration 12.3 Flood Relief Operations In Sri Lanka in ensuring that the fruits of development (Op Denim): Consequent to unprecedented reach the grassroots. Army’s Civic Action floods afflicting the districts of Ratnapura,

166

FINAL 26.9.04 Girls learn knitting at a Army Unit in Jammu and Kashmir.

Kalutara, Matara and Hambantota in central outbreak of epidemics such as typhoid and and southern regions of Sri Lanka, the other deadly diseases like dengue fever and Government of Sri Lanka had requested malaria. The teams were de-inducted on Government of India on May 18, 2003 for June 6, 2003. medical-cum-humanitarian assistance for 12.5 Medical Aid to Earthquake victims approximately 15,000 flood victims. in Iran: Consequent to heavy devastation 12.4 Indian Army Disaster Management caused by the earthquake measuring 6.3 on teams comprising 20 doctors and approxi- Richter scale at 0530 hours on December mately 200 para-medics, engineers and 26, 2003 at Bam in Iran, an Indian Army administrative support personnel were Medical team comprising 68 persons (15 airlifted by the Indian Air Force from doctors and 47 para-medics and also four Allahabad and Secunderabad to Colombo persons from the Corps of Engineers and on May 20, 2003. The Indian Army troops two from the Corps of EME) was airlifted to established medical camps in Ratnapura, Iran (Kerman) in four aircraft on December Galle and Matara besides a number of 30 and 31, 2003 and January 1, 2004 for Medical Aid Posts in the affected villages on relief and rescue work. The team established May 21, 2003, where a total of 16,957 a 75-bed hospital at Bam. The OPD facili- victims were provided medical relief. Spe- ties commenced on January 2, 2004 and cial medical supplies were sent to fight the hospital became fully functional with

167

FINAL 26.9.04 effect from January 3, 2004. A total of 5, 2003 to plug a 75-meter breach in the 50,699 OPD and 5716 surgical patients Bundh on Ghaghara River in Azamgarh were treated till March 20, 2004. The district on August 27, 2003 and to carry Indian Army Medical Team returned to India out rescue and relief operations. During on April 4, 2004. the flood-relief operations the breach was successfully plugged and 2698 persons FLOOD RELIEF OPERATIONS IN INDIA were rescued and 4724 persons were 12.6 Orissa: Due to heavy release of provided medical aid. In another breach on water in the Mahanadi system on August a Bundh on River Ganga in the district of 29, 2003, low-lying areas in the districts of Ballia, one Army column was deployed from Cuttack, Kendrapara, Jagatsinghapur, September 13 to 19, 2003 to plug the Khurda, Puri and Jajpur were flooded. breach and assist the Civil Administration in Accordingly, five Army columns were de- rescue and relief operations. ployed in the affected areas from August 30 12.9 Madhya Pradesh: During the month to September 12, 2003. Army carried out of September 2003, heavy rains caused rescue and relief operations on a massive floods in the districts of Rewa and Satna. scale. 175 marooned persons were rescued One Army column provided aid to the flood and 9430 persons were provided medical ravaged victims from September 10 to 14. aid. The Army assisted the civil administra- A total of 66 persons were evacuated, 523 tion in the distribution of a large quantity of persons were provided medical aid and relief material. 1500 food packets were helidropped. 12.7 Bihar: Consequent to heavy rains 12.10 West Bengal: Heavy rains in and rise of water level in Ganga and its Jalpaiguri district resulted in the flooding of tributaries, the districts of Patna, Saran, large parts of village Matigara on Bagdogra– Munger and Samastipur were flooded in Siliguri road on July 8, 2003. One Army September 2003. Five Army columns were column was deployed at the site to provide deployed in the flood-affected areas from aid to flood-ravaged victims from July 8 to September 11 to 22. During the rescue 10. and relief operations, 886 persons were evacuated and 12.11 Assam: Due to incessant rains in An Indian Army 3395 persons were provided Sibsagar district in July 2003, Army assist- medical team medical aid. The Army also ance was requisitioned for flood relief comprising 68 assisted in the distribution of a operations. One Army column was de- persons established large quantity of rations and ployed from July 9 to 13 and again on July a 75 bed hospital at other relief material. 23, for rescue and relief operations. Bam in earthquake - 12.8 Uttar Pradesh: One 12.12 Uttaranchal: Consequent to flash hit Iran in January Army column was deployed floods in River Ganga in Haridwar on August 2004. from August 27 to September 5, 2003, 10 civilians were drowned. One

168

FINAL 26.9.04 Army Jawans re-construct a bridge washed away during floods at Baijnath

Army rescue team was made available to 12.15 Fire in Paper Mill in Gurdaspur recover the bodies. District: Consequent to fire breaking out in a OTHER TYPES OF ASSISTANCE Paper Mill in Gurdaspur district on May 19, 2003, one Army column was tasked for rescue 12.13 Fire in Chemical Factory in Agra: and relief operations on May 19 and 20. Consequent to fire breaking out in Nice Chemical Factory, Agra, on May 5, 2003, 12.16 -Mumbai Holiday Special one Army column was deployed for rescue Train Accident: Consequent to the derail- and relief operations. ment of Karwar-Mumbai Holiday Special 12.14 Fire in Mumbai – Amritsar Mail: Train near Ratnagiri in Maharashtra on June Three bogies of Mumbai –Amristar Frontier 22, 2003, two Army columns rushed to the Mail caught fire at Ladowal in Punjab on site and provided humanitarian assistance to May 15, 2003. One Army column was the victims of the train accident till June 24. made available to provide immediate medical 12.17 Construction of Bridge: assistance to the victims. A few Army Narsinghpur (MP): In response to a request personnel travelling in the train displayed of Government of Madhya Pradesh, one exceptional bravery and presence of mind Army Engineer platoon was deployed for when they de-coupled the three bogies construction of a 172-meter span pedestrian engulfed by the inferno from rest of the train bridge over near Barman and thus prevented fire spreading to other Ghat in Narsinghpur District of MP for use bogies and averted a major disaster. during Makarasankranti Mela.

169

FINAL 26.9.04 Fresh water being transported by Naval personnel to flood-hit villages in Orissa.

12.18 Construction of Bridge: Ujjain 12.20 Fire Support: INS Rajali fire- (MP): Three bridges, approximately 100- fighting team provided aid to civil authorities meter span each, were launched by the for fighting the fire in a train compartment at Army over Shipra River in Ujjain (MP) for the Arakonam Railway Station on January use during Simhastha (Ardh Kumbh Mela), 16, 2003. 2004 at Ujjain from March 31 to May 15. 12.21 Medical Camp: With a view to NAVY provide aid to the poor and needy villagers and to create health awareness amongst 12.19 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) them, a medical camp was organised at Surveys: A major survey of the Coastal Fatarkativillai village on September 27, Regulation Zone was undertaken for the 2003. This programme benefited around Government of Karnataka at a cost of Rs. 135 villages. 56.56 lakhs. Phase two and three of the 12.22 Supply of Fresh Water to Villages: survey are in progress. The Navy also The Navy has been providing fresh drinking undertook the CZM survey of Greater water to villages near Tirunelvelli, particu- Mumbai during January 2003. These sur- larly during ceremonial occasions in temples veys were aimed at demarcating the Coastal and mosques. Regulation Zone as part of Environment 12.23 Flood Relief Operations / Aid to Protection Project in which Hydrographic Civil Power: One Prahar (a unit of Marine parameters are of relevance to Coastal Commandos) was deployed during floods in Planning and development. Marshaghai villages, Kandrapada district of

170

FINAL 26.9.04 Orissa in early September 2003. The Prahar boats from Bareilly to Patna. Flood relief extensively travelled the flood-hit area using operations were also undertaken in Orissa. Geminis and distributed food materials, Two sorties were undertaken by IL-76 to airlift offered medical assistance and rescued 4327 tons of load and 152 passengers from people from the submerged villages. One Gwalior to Bhubaneswar. A total of 141.73 Chetak was deployed at Icchapuram on tons of load and 182 passengers in 154 October 8 and 9, 2003 on request of the sorties were airlifted to Bihar and Orissa. State Government of Andhra Pradesh for flood 12.26 Op DENIM: Two IL-76 aircraft were relief operations and dropping of food packets. pressed into service in Sri Lanka for flood- 12.24 National Security Environment: relief operations. The aircraft carried During the year the Southern Naval Com- engineering equipment and Army personnel. mand held a series of discussion sessions One An-32 aircraft also airlifted 4.5 tons of with heads of villages in the neighbourhood blankets. of Naval bases to apprise them of the overall 12.27 Casualty Evacuation: Casualty security requirements. evacuation was undertaken on many occa- sions in the northern sector of Jammu & AIR FORCE Kashmir and eastern sector of Arunachal 12.25 Flood Relief: During the floods in Pradesh. A total of 176 sorties were flown Bihar eight IAF sorties were undertaken by involving 134:35 hrs of flying to airlift 246 IL-76 and An-32 aircraft to airlift 35 tons of passengers from January 1, 2003 to March load, 183 passengers, Army personnel and 31, 2004.

Indian Navy Sailors rescue marooned villagers in Sri Lanka.

171

FINAL 26.9.04 An Air Force Helicopter with food packets for flood victims. 12.28 Courier Operations: Kargil courier 12.29 Special IL-76 flights for earth- commenced operations from January 26, quake relief to Iran were undertaken by the 2003 for the civilians of J&K. The An-32 IAF in December 2003 and January and flight operates once a week on route Kargil- February 2004. 93878 kgs of relief mate- Srinagar-Jammu-Srinagar-Kargil. rial and 50 passengers were airlifted.

172

FINAL 26.9.04 1313

NATIONAL CADET CORPS

NCC girl cadets at the Republic Day Camp. The National Cadet Corps strives to provide the youth of India opportunities for all-round development with a sense of commitment, dedication, self-discipline and moral values, so that they become good leaders and useful citizens.

13.1 The National Cadet Corps (NCC) TRAINING OF CADETS established under the NCC Act, 1948, has 13.3 Training Camps: Camp Training is completed 55 years of its existence. The an important part of NCC Curricula. The NCC strives to provide the youth of this camps help in developing camaraderie, team country opportunities for all-round devel- work, dignity of labour, self confidence and opment with a sense of commitment, dedi- inculcate unity and discipline. The various cation, self-discipline and moral values, so types of camps conducted are as listed that they become good leaders and useful below: citizens and can take their appropriate place (a) Annual Training Camps (ATC): in all walks of life in the service of the Annual Training Camps are conducted at nation. the State Directorate level. A minimum 13.2 The total sanctioned strength of of 50% of enrolled strength of cadets NCC cadets is 13 lakhs. The Wingwise numbering approximately 6.5 lakhs distribution of the enrolled cadet strength is attend at least one camp per year. as under :- Approximately 900 such camps are (a) Army Wing 9,46,964 conducted in a training year. (b) Air Wing 65,350 (b) National Integration Camps(NIC): (c) Naval Wing 66,300 37 National Integration Camps were (d) Girls Wing 1,72,473 held during the year in which over The NCC has units in 8,243 schools and 23,000 cadets from all States and Union 4,967 colleges in almost all the districts of Territories participated. In addition, the country. Special NICs were conducted at the following places:-

174

FINAL 26.9.04 (i) NIC Leh: A special NIC (d) Nau Sainik Camp (NSC): 400 SD 23000 cadets from was conducted at Leh from cadets and 160 SW cadets attended the all States and Union June 10 to 21, 2003 wherein Nau Sainik Camp at Visakhapatnam from Territories a total of 200 cadets from all October 29 to November 9, 2003. participated in the parts of the country partici- (e) Thal Sainik Camps (TSC): Two Thal National Integration pated. Sainik Camps are conducted at the Camps held during (ii) NIC Dibrugarh: The Republic Day Parade ground, Delhi the year. special NIC in the North-East Cantonment every year, one for Senior was conducted at Dibrugarh Division and Junior Division boys and (Assam) from October 9 to other for Senior Wing and Junior Wing 20, 2003 with the participation of girls. 640 Boy and 640 girl cadets take 200 cadets from the North East part in these camps. The camps were Region and 600 cadets from the rest conducted from October 10 to 21, of India. 2003. (iii) NIC Port Blair: A special NIC was (f) Leadership Camps: These camps conducted at Port Blair (Andaman & are conducted on an all-India basis. Nicobar Islands) from February 9 to There are four Advance Leadership 20, 2004 with the participation of Camps (ALC), one each for SD, JD, SD 130 cadets including 80 cadets from Naval Wing boys and SW Girls and the mainland. three Basic Leadership Camps one each (c) Vayu Sainik Camp (VSC): An All for SD boys, SW and JW Girls. These India Vayu Sainik Camp for Air Wing camps impart training to 2950 boy and SD/SW cadets was conducted at Air girl cadets and were conducted during Force Station Jalahalli (Bangalore) from the months of September and October October 10 to 21, 2003. 420 Senior 2003. Division (SD) and 180 Senior Wing (g) Rock-Climbing Camps: Eight rock- (SW) cadets participated. climbing camps are held every year to expose the cadets to the basics of rock- climbing and to inculcate the spirit of adventure. Four of these camps are held at Gwalior in Madhya Pradesh and other four camps at Neyyar Dam near Trivandrum in Kerala. 1080 boy and girl cadets attended these camps from October to December 2003. (h) Republic Day Camp-2004: Re- public Day Camp – 2004 was con- NCC Cadets examining a Gun at the Republic Day Training Camp . ducted from January 1 to 29, 2004 at 175

FINAL 26.9.04 Delhi. The Camp was attended by Academy, Dundigal from October 13 to 1800 cadets from all over India. Cadets 24, 2003. of friendly foreign countries with whom (e) Naval Attachment-IND Mandovi: we have a Youth Exchange Programme Third attachment training camp for also participated in the Republic Day Naval Wing(SD) cadets was conducted Camp. Inter-Directorate competitions, at Naval Academy, INS Mandovi, Goa, connected with institutional training, for a duration of 12 days from Decem- cultural competitions and National ber 15 to December 26, 2003. 25 SD Integration Awareness presentations cadets from all 16 Directorates attended were conducted during the month-long the training. camp. A host of dignitaries visited the 13.5 Gliding and Microlite Flying: Glid- camp. The camp was inaugurated by ing facilities are provided at 38 NCC Air the Vice-President of India on January Squadrons. Despite the fact that the 8, 2004. As a regular feature, Prime serviceable holding of gliders has fallen to as Minister’s Rally was held on January 27. low as 25% of the authorization, the NCC The Camp culminated with the tea for Air Squadrons have carried out 18818 selected cadets hosted at the Rashtrapati launches during the past year. Microlite Bhawan. flying is being conducted in NCC as an 13.4 Attachment Training: The NCC adventure activity to give air experience to cadets derive first hand experience of im- the Air Wing NCC cadets (SD). A total of mense value on brief attachment to the 3262 hrs of microlite flying was undertaken Armed Forces units. During the year, during the past year. attachments conducted were as under:- 13.6 Sea Training: NCC cadets of the (a) 440 Officers and 20,000 cadets Naval wing, during their sea training and were attached to the regular Army units. attachment, are imparted intensive training This included 560 Women Officers and in Naval subjects like Navigation Communi- SW Girl Cadets. cation, Gunnery, Seamanship, Damage (b) 120 boy cadets were attached to Control and Ship Safety, First Aid, and Indian Military Academy, Dehradun Ship’s Husbandry. This year 295 cadets during June 2003 and 48 girl cadets were attached to ships of the Eastern and with Officers Training Academy, Chennai and Coast Guard, during September 2003. Both attach- for sea training. ments were for the duration of two 13.7 Screening Courses at OTA: Two weeks. SSB Screening Courses for Senior Division (c) 1000 girl cadets were attached with (SD) cadets aspiring to join the Armed various Military Hospitals. Forces were held at OTA Kamptee from May (d) 38 SD and 12 SW cadets of Air 17 to 26, 2003 and from September 29 to Wing were attached to the Air Force October 8, 2003. 192 SD cadets from all 176

FINAL 26.9.04 State Directorates attended the course. SSB October 31, 2003 from Mumbai to Screening Course to train SW cadets was Bandar Abbas, Al Fujairah, Muscat held at OTA, Gwalior, from January 19 to and back. 29, 2004. 94 SW cadets from all State (c) INS Tarangini: Two Naval SD Directorates attended this course. cadets joined in INMS Tarangini World 13.8 Foreign Cruise: The following Cruise from Montreal to Washington foreign cruises were undertaken during the from September 1 to October 3, year:- 2003. (a) Coast Guard Cruise: 13.9 Adventure Training: Adventure (i) Five Naval SD cadets attended the activities are organized to develop special cruise from April 5 to April 12, qualities of courage, leadership team work, 2003. The route of cruise was from spirit of adventure and sportsmanship Paradip to Chittagong(Bangladesh) among the cadets. and back. (a) Mountaineering Courses: NCC (ii) Six Naval SD cadets attended the nominates Boy and girl cadets from all cruise from May 10 to May 16, NCC Directorates to the Nehru Institute 2003. The cruise was from Port of Mountaineering, Uttarkashi, Blair to Yangon and back. Himalayan Mountaineering Institute, (b) Naval Cruise: Darjeeling and Directorate of Mountain- (i) Eight Naval SD cadets attended eering and Allied Sports, Manali, every the programme held from March 7 year for various courses. 186 cadets to April 18, 2003 from Goa to were nominated for various courses Palermo (Italy), Alexandria () during 2003-04. and back to Mumbai. (b) Mountaineering Expeditions: NCC (ii) Eight Naval SD cadets attended has been conducting two Mountaineer- the cruise from October 8 to ing Expeditions every year, one for the Senior Division boy cadets and the other for Senior Wing girl cadets. Since 1970, the NCC has conducted 52 Mountaineering Expeditions, of which 28 were for boys and 24 for girls. This year the boys expedition team success- fully climbed the Jogin Peak III (19,971 ft) in May-June 2003 and girls team climbed Gangotri Peak (6590M) in September-October 2003.

NCC Cadets prepare the model of an Aircraft Carrier at (c) Cycle and Motor Cycle Expedi- the Republic Day Camp. tions: These expeditions are organized 177

FINAL 26.9.04 both at the national and state levels. cadets of NCC were trained at Army During the current year, Sadbhavana Airborne Training School, Agra. Motor Cycle Rally was organized by (g) Slithering Demonstration: 10 SD Punjab Directorate from May 15 to and 10 SW cadets took part in slither- June 11. ing demonstration during PM’s Rally in (d) Trekking Expedition: A total of 10 January 2004. Trekking Expeditions were conducted (h) Desert Camel Safari: Desert Camel during the year 2003-04 with the Safari involving NCC cadets and cadets participation of 10,000 cadets. Seven from Singapore was conducted from expeditions were for boy cadets and November 17 to November 28, 2003. three for girl cadets. (i) White Water Rafting: White (e) Para Sailing: Para Sailing is con- Water Rafting Node has been estab- ducted at each Group level as a part of lished at Raiwala (Haridwar). NCC is in adventure activity for boy and girl cadets the process of finalizing establishment of of the NCC. During the past year three more white water nodes in Punjab, 65,904 cadets have been trained in this West Bengal and Gujarat. activity. (j) Sailing Expeditions: The follow- (f) Para Basic Courses: During the ing major Whaler sailing expeditions last year 20 boy cadets and 20 girl were conducted during the year:-

Dte From To Distance Date No. of Cadets 1. AP Visakhapatnam Ichchapuram 405 Kms May 5 to 44SD & 14, 2003 16SW 2. Bih Allahabad Patna 659 Kms Sept 29 to 20 SD 9 Oct, 2003 3. Del River 432 Kms Sep 26 to Oct. 40 SD & 9, 2003 8 SW 4. Guj Darudeshwar Bhadboot 405 Kms Sep 17-28, 36SD 2003 5. Kar Karwar Udupi 450 Kms Dec 5 to 21, 2003 40 SD 6. Mah Ambegaon Pandaripur 450Kms Sept 19 to 32 SD & 08 30, 2003 SW Madhyameshwar Vishupuri 478 Kms Sep 26 to 40 SD & 20 Oct 7, 2003 SW 7. MP Brahmangat Hoshangabad 230 Kms Oct 17 to 30 SD 23, 2003 8. WB Farakka Kolkata 450 Kms May 5 to 40SD 24, 2003 9. TN Pondicherry Kodiakarai 436 Kms June 20 to 36 SD & 10 30, 2003 SW 10. Pb Govindsagar Lake 420 Kms Sep 8 to 20 SD 19,2003 11. Raj Jai Samand Lake 430 Kms Aug 25 to 30 SD Sep., 5,2003 Bilaspur Dam 420 Kms Sep 15 to 30 SD 16, 2003

178

FINAL 26.9.04 YOUTH EXCHANGE PROGRAMME(YEP) PHHP & C Directorate to Bangladesh from 13.10 The following visits were under- March 24 to March 27, 2004. taken during the year as part of YEP:- 13.11 In-Coming YEP Visits : The follow- (a) Visit by DGNCC to Bangladesh from ing in-coming Youth Exchange Programme March 24 to 27, 2003 and to UK from visits by foreign delegations were undertaken July 23 to August 3, 2003. during the year as part of YEP: (b) Visit of one officer and twelve cadets (a) One officer and six cadets from to UK from July 22 to August 10, Singapore for Nau Sainik Camp at 2003. Visakhapatnam from October 29 to (c) Visit of two officers and ten cadets October November 9, 2003. to Russia from September 29 to (b) One officer and two cadets from October 8, 2003. Singapore for Desert Safari at Jaisalmer (d) Visit of one officer and six cadets from November 17 to November28, to Sri Lanka from October 15 to Octo- 2003. ber 22, 2003. (c) 9 Officers and 69 cadets from nine (e) Visit of two officers and twelve countries during Republic Day Camp cadets to Bhutan from November 10 to January 2004. November 16, 2003. (d) One officer and eight cadets from (f) Visit of two officers and twenty Bangladesh NCC attended All India cadets to Vietnam from November 17 Yachting Regatta from January 8 to to November 30, 2003. January 18, 2004 under the ageis of (g) Visit of two officers and eight NCC Directorate, Orissa. cadets to Singapore to partici- SOCIAL SERVICE AND COMMUNITY NCC has adopted pate in Camp Pinnacle from DEVELOPMENT community December 4 to December 14, 13.12 NCC has adopted community development activities 2003. development activities with the aim of with the aim of (h) Visit of one officer and imbibing selfless service to the community, imbibing selfless two cadets to Nepal from dignity of labour, importance of self-help, service to the February 12 to February 22, need to protect the environment and to community, dignity of 2004 to participate in Nepa- assist weaker sections of the society in their labour, importance of lese NCC Camp and Army upliftment. This is envisaged through self-help, need to Day Parade. programmes involving adult education, tree protect the (i) Visit of one officer and plantation, blood donation, visit to Old Age environment and to twelve Cadets to Bangladesh Homes, slum clearance, village upliftment assist weaker sections from March 20 to March 31, and various other social schemes. NCC of the society in their 2004. cadets participate in the following commu- upliftment. (j) Visit of ADG(A) & DDG, nity development activities:-

179

FINAL 26.9.04 (a) Tree Plantation: NCC cadets plant programmes throughout the country. saplings and look after them in conjunc- (i) Cancer Awareness Programme: tion with the concerned State Depart- NCC Cadets actively participate in ment. Cancer Awareness Programmes organ- (b) Blood Donation: Cadets donate ised at various cities. blood as voluntary service whenever SPORTS ACTIVITIES AT NATIONAL needed by Hospital/Red Cross. Ap- LEVEL proximately 2,85,000 cadets have 13.13 The NCC cadets also participated donated blood this year. in the following activities conducted at the (c) Old Age Homes: Old Age Homes national level:- in the country are patronized and (a) Jawahar Lal Nehru Tournament : regularly visited by NCC Cadets. During the year 2003 four teams viz (d) Adult Education: NCC Cadets visit two junior (boys), one junior (girls) and remote areas, villages and underdevel- one sub junior (boys) from NCC partici- oped areas to emphasise the need for pated in the tournament. Junior (girls) education and to assist in the conduct team from Kar & Goa Directorate won of the Adult Education Programme. the Fair Play Trophy. (e) Community Projects: Cadets of (b) Subroto Cup Football Tournament: NCC participate in the rural and urban NCC has been participating in this community projects and other develop- tournament for the last 25 years. Two ment works like track improvement, well NCC teams, one each from Kar & Goa cleaning etc. Directorate participated in the tourna- (f) Disaster Relief: NCC has ex- ment held from November 25 to De- tended its helping hand during natural cember 21, 2003 at New Delhi. and other calamities and accidents. (c) All India GV Mavlankar Shooting Over the years, NCC cadets have ren- Championship: The XIII All India GV dered outstanding service during floods, Mavlankar Shooting Championship was earthquake, cyclones, train accidents held at Chennai from August 22 to 28, etc. and have provided the healing tough 2003. 32 NCC Cadets (16 Boys and in riot affected areas. 16 Girls) took part in the event. This (g) Anti-Leprosy Drive: NCC Cadets year the NCC Cadets won four Gold, have launched anti-leprosy drive four Silver and four Bronze medals. In throughout the country and are helping addition, eight NCC Cadets qualified for various voluntary organisations. the National Shooting Competition (h) AIDS Awareness Programme: NCC conducted by NRAI at Hyderabad. The also participates actively in the AIDS XIV All India GV Mavlankar Shooting awareness programme. The NCC is Championship will be conducted at working alongwith UNAIDS and DG in the month of September AFMS in carrying out Aids Awareness 2004. 180

FINAL 26.9.04 (d) National Shooting Championship National Equestrian Championship, Competition: The 47th National Shoot- Pune from December 22 to December ing Championship Competition (NSCC) 31, 2003 and won one Gold Medal was conducted at Hyderabad from and Rs.4000/-. December 7 to December17, 2003. 13.14 Training of Staff: The following Eight cadets from NCC participated in courses with vacancies as indicated were the event. The cadets performed com- conducted for training of Associated NCC mendably well and two cadets qualified Officers (ANOs) and Permanent to participate in the National Shooting Instructions(PI) staff during the year 2003- Trials likely to be conducted during the 04:- current training year. (a) Refresher Course for ANOs: 16 (e) All India NCC Yachting Regatta: All Courses are conducted every year at India NCC Yachting Regatta was con- Officer Training Academy (OTA) ducted at INS Chilka from January 20 to Kamptee for 1135 ANOs. January 27, 2004. 48 SD and 48 SW (b) Orientation Courses for PI Staff: cadets from all the NCC Directorates 26 courses at OTA Kamptee for 2810 participated. In addition, 6 cadets from PI Staff. Bangladesh also participated in the (c) Pre-Commission Courses: Four event. PRCN courses are conducted at OTA (f) XIV National Inter State Kayaking Kamptee for 500 ANOs. and Canoeing Competition: XIV Na- (d) Refresher Courses for Lady ANOs: tional Inter State Kayaking and Canoeing Four courses at NCC OTA Gwalior for Championships were conducted from 110 lady ANOs. Two courses each are January 23 to January 26, 2004 at also conducted for Senior and Junior Hyderabad. Cadets from NCC Directo- Wing Direct Entry NCC ‘C’ Certificate rates AP, MP and Mah participated in ANOs. this event. (e) PRCN Courses for Lady ANOs: (g) National Team Sailing Champion- Two courses for Senior Wing and two ship: NCC team participated in the courses for Junior Wing are conducted National Team Sailing Championship- for ANOs at NCC OTA Gwalior. 2003 held at Rishi Konda Beach, (f) Refresher Course for Naval ANOs: Vishakhapatnam from November 2 to 29 SD and 82 JD ANOs attended November 8, 2003 conducted by Refresher Course from September 1 to Yachting Association of India (YAI). September 18, 2003 at INS Circars (h) Equestrian Competition: NCC Vizag. participated in Shivalik Horse Show, (g) Orientation Course for Naval PI Chandigarh from November, 2003 and Staff: 36 Naval PI Staff attended Re- won one Gold, one Silver and three fresher Course at Seamanship, Kochi Bronze Medals. NCC team from Orissa from August 26 to September 13, Directorate also participated in Junior 2003.

181

FINAL 26.9.04 (h) Pre- Commission Course for Naval LOGISTICS ANOs: Naval SD/JD ANOs underwent 13.15 The following improvements were Pre-Commission Training at Seamanship carried out in the field of Logistics during School, Kochi from July to September the year under review:- 2003 as follows:- (a) Additional Light Vehicles for (i) 12 SD - July 14 to September 26, North-Eastern Region and J&K: The 2003 minor units in the North-Eastern Region (ii) 37 SD - August 18 to September have been issued 22 light vehicles. In 26, 2003 addition, three additional light vehicles (i) Orientation Course for Air PI have been provided to NCC Directorate Staff: 40 Air PI Staff under- (J&K). took Orientation Course of 5 (b) Procurement of Service Rifle 7.62 days duration at OTA mm in lieu of .303 Drill Practice (DP) Nearly thirty percent of Kamptee from January 12 to Rifles: To meet the deficiency of Rifles those getting admitted January 16, 2004 and Febru- for training activities, 18396, 7.62 mm to National Defence ary 23 to February 27, 2004. rifles have been procured to replace the Academy, Indian (j) Civil Defence Manage- existing obsolete .303 Drill Practice Military Academy and ment Courses: A total of 27 Rifles. the Officers Training Officers/JCO/ANOs were (c) International Competition Rifles: Academy are from the detailed to attend various Thirty-two. 22 International Competition National Cadet Corps. courses conducted at National Rifles have been provided to all the Civil Defence College sixteen State NCC Directorates at the (NCDC), Nagpur during the scale of two per Directorate to train the cadets for participation in shooting year. championships. (k) Life Saving Capsule for ANOs: To 13.16 The National Cadet Corps has come impart instructions in life saving tech- up a long way from its modest beginning in niques, a life saving capsule was con- 1948 as is evident from the achievements ducted at OTA Kamptee from June 9 to during 2003. More NCC Cadets have June 12, 2003 by Rashtriya Life Saving succeeded in getting admitted to the Na- Society India {(RLSS) (I)} Pune. Mem- tional Defence Academy/ Indian Military bers of faculty and fifty selected ANOs Academy/ Officers Training Academy. Their from all State Directorates were trained. number has steadily increased to nearly 30% Similarly a capsule of four days duration of the total cadet strength. Today the NCC was conducted for selected Lady ANOs armed with the motto of ‘Unity and Disci- at OTA Gwalior from November 14 to pline’ is steadily marching forward to groom November 17, 2003. tomorrow’s leaders.

182

FINAL 26.9.04 1414

DEFENCE RELATIONS WITH FOREIGN COUNTRIES

Russian Defence Minister Sergai Ivanov inspecting the Guard of Honour at South Block, New Delhi. Major changes have taken place in recent years in the global security, political and strategic environment. India has responded by developing an expanding web of defence relations with a wide-range of countries.

14.1 A closer security dialogue and 14.2 India too has reacted to these strengthening of defence cooperation with developments by developing an expanding friendly countries remain an important web of defence relations with a wide-range objective and component of our overall of countries. These have taken the form of defence and foreign policies. These have increased defence diplomacy in the form of been reinforced by the major changes that exchanges of high-level defence-related have taken place in recent years in the global visits and dialogue on security challenges, security, political and strategic environment. port calls etc. and defence cooperation in The emergence of a new and virulent brand the form of training exchanges, combined of international terrorism, as one of the exercises, sourcing, development, produc- primary threats to domestic and interna- tion and marketing of defence equipment, tional security, has brought about a greater and other forms of cooperation. convergence in security perceptions among 14.3 Since March 2003, the Defence nations and prompted closer security and Ministers of France (April 2003), Japan defence-related contacts, exchanges and (May 2003), Tanzania and Singapore cooperation with a widening group of (October 2003), Mongolia (November countries. Concerns about the leakage and 2003), Brazil, South Africa and Sudan proliferation of weapons and technologies (December 2003), Russia (January 2004), that can be used for mass destruction and Mozambique (February 2004) and China threats to the security of transport, travel (March 2004) have visited India on bilateral and the sea lanes, have also served to bring visits. Outgoing visits have included the countries closer and cooperate for their landmark visit of Raksha Mantri Shri George mutual security. Fernandes to China in April 2003, his visit

184

FINAL 26.9.04 to Brazil in July 2003, Ukraine and the featured during incoming and outgoing visits Czech Republic in October 2003, by Foreign Ministers and/or Ministers Kyrghyzstan and Kazakhstan in November dealing with the defence-related industries 2003, and South Africa in February 2004 of a large number of countries notably, for the 1st meeting of Defence Ministers of Eritrea and Armenia (May 2003) and the India-Brazil-South Africa (IBSA) Forum. Ukraine (August 2003) as also Congres- Raksha Mantri’s participation in “Shangri La sional and parliamentary representatives Dialogue” in Singapore in May-June 2003 from the US and Russia. Defence agree- also provided an opportunity for him to ments or MoUs on defence cooperation meet his counterparts and security experts were signed with Armenia (May 2003), UAE from many countries. (July 2003), Seychelles (September 2003), 14.4 Defence relations and cooperation Tanzania, Singapore and the Czech Republic also formed the agenda of high-level, Heads (October 2003), Hungary (November of Government/ State visits from Poland, 2003) and Brazil (December 2003). South Africa, Sri Lanka, Hungary and 14.5 Over the years India has developed Djibouti, amongst others, and outbound robust institutionalized security dialogues visits at the level of the President to Sudan, and defence consultative mechanisms at the Vice President to Seychelles and of the Defence Secretary’s level with a growing Prime Minister to Russia, Tajikistan, Turkey number of countries. Those who have met and Thailand. Defence cooperation also since April 2003 included the India-UK

Indian and US Navy personnel duirng a joint-exercise in Arabian Sea

185

FINAL 26.9.04 Defence Consultative Group period. The Deputy Chief of the German Over the years (June 2003), the India-Italy Armed Forces visited in October 2003, and India has Joint Defence Committee (July a Deputy Chief of General Staff from China developed robust 2003), the India-US Defence in December 2003. institutionalized Policy Group (August 2003), 14.7 Visits at the level of Service Chiefs security dialogues the 1st India-Vietnam Security included the visits of the Chiefs of Army of and defence Dialogue, the India-France Russia (April 2003), Israel (November consultative High Committee on Defence 2003), Sri Lanka (December 2003) and mechanisms with a Cooperation (November Afghanistan (January-February 2004); Chiefs growing number of 2003) and the India-South of Air Force from Iran (May 2003), countries Africa Joint Defence Commit- Myanmar (September 2003), Kenya (January tee and the India-Israel Joint 2004), Israel (February-March 2004) and Working Group on Defence Cooperation Sri Lanka (March 2004); and Chiefs of Navy (December 2003). Other incoming visits at of Singapore (March 2003), the UK (No- the level of Defence Secretary took place vember 2003), and Nigeria and Kenya in from Nepal (August 2003) and Sri Lanka February 2004 for DEFEXPO 2004 in (January 2004). During the course of the Delhi. In addition, the Commander of the year, the Ministry of Defence also partici- US Pacific Air Force (PACAF), the Chief of pated in security dialogues led by the Naval Operations of the US, and the Com- Ministry of External Affairs with Australia, mander of the US Pacific Fleet visited India Japan, Nepal, and the Philippines, and Joint in March-April 2003, October 2003 and Commissions with Indonesia, Mauritius, January 2004 respectively. Myanmar, Nigeria and Oman. Defence- 14.8 From India, the Chairman, Chiefs of related visits at other levels from the Minis- Staff Committee and Chief of Naval Staff try of Defence also took place with Sri visited the UK in July 2003, Myanmar in Lanka, Ukraine, Poland, Belarus, the Repub- September 2003, France in October 2003, lic of Korea and Mongolia. Vietnam in December 2003 and Thailand in 14.6 Visits at the level of Chiefs of March 2004 on bilateral visits; to Russia Defence/General/Joint Staff or Services form and Canada in connection with activities of a vital part of our military-to-military rela- the Indian Navy in June 2003, and to tionship expanding the framework of profes- Singapore in November 2003 to attend the sional interaction and exchanges and en- Singapore Maritime Defence Exhibition, hancing mutual understanding. Chiefs of IMDEX. The Chief of Air Staff undertook Defence/ General/ Joint Staff of the Lesotho bilateral visits to Algeria in March 2003, (June 2003), UAE, Thailand and US (July Maldives in July 2003, South Africa in 2003), UK and Djibouti (October 2003), August 2003, Russia in October 2003 and Sri Lanka (December 2003) and Vietnam Bangladesh in February 2004. He also (March 2004) visited India during this attended the Latin American Defentec 186

FINAL 26.9.04 Exhibition and Air Show at Rio de Janeiro in tion with a large number of countries. April 2003, participated in the Global Air During the year, armed forces training Chiefs Conference in the US in September institutions enrolled over 2000 trainees at 2003 and presided over the major IAF various institutions of the Army, 343 at participation at the Singapore Air Show in Indian Naval training establishments and February 2004. The Chief of Army Staff 276 at Air Force training institutions. The visited Bhutan in March 2003, Nepal in Indian Armed Forces have military training April 2003, Russia in June 2003 and teams at Botswana, Laos, Lesotho, Mauri- Singapore and Philippines in September- tius, Namibia, Seychelles, Tajikistan and October 2003, Botswana and South Africa Zambia. in February 2004 and the US in March 14.11 Indian delegations have also partici- 2004. Vice-Chief of Army accompanied pated in various security-related meetings Raksha Mantri to China in April 2003, and on subjects such as peacekeeping opera- visited South Africa and Botswana in July tions, confidence building measures, disaster 2003 and Malaysia and Indonesia in March management, search and rescue, anti-piracy, 2004. counter-terrorism, etc., through mechanisms 14.9 India has been a traditional con- sponsored by various international organiza- tributor to UN peace-keeping missions and tions as also the ARF, the US, Japan and activities. Currently, India has major security think-tanks. Vice-Chief of Army deployments in Lebanon (UNIFIL) since represented the Indian Army at the Pacific 1998, Ethiopia-Eritrea (UNMEE) since Armies Management Seminar in September 2001 and Congo (MONUC) since July 2003. The GOC-in-C, Northern Command 2003 with a presence of 650 personnel, participated in a military conference in including the Force Commander, at the Australia in September-October 2003. The UNIFIL in Lebanon; 1,500 for the UNMEE Quarter Master General (QMG) participated at Ethiopia-Eritrea, presently the largest in an IISS-sponsored seminar on South single Indian deployment for any UN PKO, Asian security in Oman in December 2003. and 243 Indian Air Force personnel and 90 The Ministry of Defence-CII organized others for the MONUC in DefExpo 2004 in February 2004 also Congo, constituting attack and witnessed participation by delegations from India has been a tradi- units and over 35 official/non-official countries includ- tional contributor to UN support personnel. ing 12 at the level of Defence Minister. peace-keeping missions 14.10 Training coopera- 14.12 A noteworthy feature in our and activities. Currently, tion and assistance, both defence cooperation with foreign countries India has major incoming and outgoing, this year has been increased frequency of deployments with the constitutes one of the bed- activities such as joint and combined exer- United Nations Forces. rocks of our defence coopera- cises with friendly armed forces. These

187

FINAL 26.9.04 exercises are growing in scale and complex- vember 2003, ships to Phuket, Thailand ity. Prominent among them during the year (November 2003) and Ho Chi Minh City have been combined exercises involving the (December 2003), and other good-will visits Air Force with the US notably the Coopera- to the Persian Gulf (Dubai, Doha and Kuwait tive Cope Thunder–03 multilateral exercise in December 2003) and South China Sea conducted in Alaska in June 2003, and the areas. The and C-in-C, Eastern Exercise Cope India–04 bilateral Dissimilar Command, visited Pusan and Shanghai to Air Combat Training (DACT) exercise at time with the visit of INS Ranjit and Kulish Gwalior in February 2004; joint and com- to these ports in November 2003. Indian bined exercises involving army and air force naval ships participated in the LIMA-03 in Tajikistan in July-August 2003; joint and Exhibition at Langkawi, Malaysia, in Septem- combined counter-insurgency exercises led ber-October 2003, and the IMDEX 2003 by the Army with the US at Vairengte, at Singapore in November 2003. Coast Mizoram in April 2003 and High Altitude Guard ships visited Chittagong, Bangladesh, Area Exercises at Leh in September 2003; in April 2003, Yangon, Myanmar, in May and joint and combined exercises led by the 2003, Manila, Philippines, and Ho Chi Minh Navy with US Special Forces at Ratnagiri in City, Vietnam, in September 2003, Belawan, March 2004. Indian Navy has an institution- Indonesia, in December 2003, Mauritius in alized joint exercises with the US, France January 2004 and Maldives in February and Singapore. Naval exercises were con- 2004. ducted with Oman (April 2003), Russia 14.14 Indian naval ships were also (May 2003), US (October 2003), France deployed on joint, cooperative or friendly (August 2003), UK (November 2003), assistance to neighboring littoral countries. China (November 2003) and Singapore The INS Nirdeshak carried out a (March 2004) during the course of the year. hydrographic survey on behalf of Seychelles Joint exercises involving the Coast Guards of in November-December 2003. The INS Japan and India were held off Kobe, Japan, in Sharda was deployed at Galle from May 20- September 2003. 26, 2003 to provide relief for flood-affected 14.13 Naval goodwill visits are a con- areas of south and central Sri Lanka in mid- ventional instrument of defence diplomacy. 2003. Two Indian Naval Ships, Ranjit and Major overseas deployments of the Indian Suvarna were deployed in Mozambique from Navy on good will visits during this period June 23 to July 15, 2003 at the request of have included the deployment of INS Sharda Mozambique Government, to provide to Seychelles and Mauritius in March 2003, coastal and maritime security during the units to Brunei and Cambodia African Union Summit held at Maputo from in October 2003, the visit of the INS Ranjit July 4-12, 2003 and provide training to and Kulish to Pusan and Shanghai in No- over 100 personnel of the Mozambique

188

FINAL 26.9.04 India’s Sail ‘INS Tarangini’ won admirers worldwide during her circumnavigation voyage. Navy. A Mauritius Coast Guard ship, CGS Africa, , Spain, the UK and the Vigilant, was towed from Port Louis to USA would have participated in the voyage Mumbai in April 2003 for repairs. Indian as part of the INS Tarangini’s endeavour to and Indonesian naval ships conducted the ‘build bridges of friendship’ across the seas. 3rd India-Indonesia Coordinated Patrol in The Tarangini also performed creditably at March 2004. Navy-to-Navy meetings to the Tall Ship Challenge Series in the Great discuss joint exercises and activities, or Lakes of US and Canada. The President of meetings of an operational nature were held India Dr. Abul Kalam welcomed INS with Sri Lanka, France, Thailand, Israel and Tarangini on its return to Kochi. the US. 14.16 Military-level exchanges at other 14.15 The Indian sail training ship, INS levels with the US, China, France, South Tarangini, had reached the last leg of its 15- Africa and Sri Lanka were noteworthy. With month, round-the-world voyage that began the US and France they took the form of at Kochi on January 23, 2003. By the end of joint exercises and training exchanges, with its voyage of nearly 35,000 nautical miles South Africa and Sri Lanka, mainly training touching 37 ports over 18 countries, and exchange of experiences, and with China foreign officer-trainees from 13 friendly they formed an important confidence- countries including Australia, Egypt, France, building measure. A synopsis of India’s Indonesia, Italy, Malaysia, Singapore, South defence relations and military and security-

189

FINAL 26.9.04 related exchanges and cooperation activities Staff, Lt. Gen. Wu Guanxu led a high-level with individual countries, building on Chap- delegation to India. From India, the GOC 4 ter-I on ‘The Security Environment’, is Corps, Lt. Gen. Mohinder Singh, and an summarized below. inter-services training delegation led by Air 14.17 India’s historically friendly rela- Marshal G.C.S Rajwar visited China in tions with China suffered a serious setback October and December 2003 respectively. with the Chinese aggression of 1962. China The first India-China naval Search and has continued its occupation of Indian Rescue Exercises were conducted off Shang- territory mainly in the Aksai Chin area and hai in November 2003 during the visit of has claims in the Eastern Sector. Attempts to Indian naval ships INS Ranjit and INS Kulish improve the bilateral relationship in the in November 2003. Chinese Defence political, economic and defence-related Minsiter, Gen. Cao Gangchuan visited India spheres resumed after the visit of former in end-March 2004, as part of a tour that Prime Minister to China in also took him to Pakistan and Thailand. 1988. Defence exchanges with China, 14.19 India has historically close rela- suspended after India’s nuclear tests in May tions with Bhutan extending also into the 1998, resumed in 2000 with a visit by an defence and security sphere. An Indian Indian naval ship to Shanghai in September Army Training Team assists the Royal that year. Bhutanese Army in meeting many of its 14.18 Bilateral and defence relations training requirements. Chief of Army Staff received a major boost with the visits of made a visit to Bhutan in March 2003. The Raksha Mantri George Fernandes to China existence of armed camps of the United in April 2003 and of Prime Minister Atal Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA), Bodo Behari Vajpayee in June 2003. Raksha (NDFB) and Kamtapur Liberation Organiza- Mantri’s visit contributed to enhanced tion (KLO) militants has been a matter of understanding and mutual confidence security concern to both Bhutan and India building and paved the way for an intensified for some time and an issue on which the two exchange of military delegations. During countries has been in close touch. Attempts Prime Minister’s visit important steps were by the Bhutanese government to persuade taken in addressing some of the root causes these organizations to abandon their anti- inhibiting relations, promoting trade, coop- India activities from Bhutanese soil and eration and bilateral relations as a whole and vacate Bhutanese territory did not bear fruit. making a modest beginning in military In December 2003, the Royal Bhutanese cooperation. A 60-member delegation from Army commenced military action to close the PLA Air Command College visited India down and dismantle the camps in a deter- in June-July 2003. A major training delega- mined effort to reassert its sovereignty over tion visited India in September 2003, and in its territory and demonstrate good- December 2003, Deputy Chief of General neighborliness and sensitivity to India’s 190

FINAL 26.9.04 security concerns. The operations were 2003. With Myanmar, new areas of coop- successful in seriously disrupting the mili- eration continued to be explored. Building tary infrastructure of hostile groups in on the port call by the Indian Navy to Bhutan. Several militants were apprehended Myanmar in December 2002, the Chief of as they tried to escape the action and cross Naval Staff of India, Admiral Madhvendra over to India. Singh, timed a visit to Yangon with the visit 14.20 With regard to India’s other of a naval ship in September 2003. Basic eastern neighbors, India’s traditionally close naval exercises were also conducted during defence ties with Nepal in the sphere of the visit. training, equipment supplies and coopera- 14.22 With Sri Lanka, mutual under- tion in the sphere of security standing of each other’s security concerns at continued. The Chief of Army the political and military levels grew signifi- Military-level Staff of India visited Nepal in cantly during the year. The Chief of Air Staff exchanges with the April 2003. The Defence of India, S. Krishnaswamy, had US, China, France, Secretary of Nepal, Mr. visited Sri Lanka in February 2003. Discus- South Africa and Sri Madan Prasad Aryal, visited sions on the security situation in Sri Lanka Lanka were India in August 2003. A new and the development of defence ties were noteworthy. With the institutionalized bilateral prominent in high-level visits at the political US and France they forum for dialogue on defence level, including that of the Sri Lankan Prime took the form of joint and security-related issues Minister, Ranil Wikremesinghe to India, and exercises and training under the Ministry of External at the military level, notably the visit of the exchanges, with Affairs, the Bilateral Consulta- Commander of the Sri Lankan Armed South Africa and Sri tive Group, was set up and Forces, Lt. Gen. L.P.Ballagalle in December Lanka, mainly training had two meetings in 2003- 2003. Cooperation in operational matters of and exchange of 04. India continues to support mutual interest continued through institu- experiences, and with Nepal in its attempts to tionalized consultations such as the Opera- China they formed an ensure peace and internal tional Review Talks. The GOC-in-C, South- important confidence- security and has endeavoured ern Command visited Sri Lanka in October building measure to render whatever assistance 2003. The Defence Secretary of Sri Lanka, has been requested by Nepal Mr. L.D.C. Herath visited India in January for its security-related require- 2004 for talks on ways and means to step ments. up defence ties with India. Sri Lankan armed 14.21 Defence relations with Bangladesh forces comprise the largest number of continued in the form of participation in foreign trainees in Indian armed forces training courses and ship visits by ships of training institutions. the Indian Coast Guards. Chief of Air Staff 14.23 Defence and security cooperation visited Bangladesh in February 2004 return- with the Maldives continued on a steady ing the visit of the Bangladesh Air Chief in course. The Chief of Air Staff visited the 191

FINAL 26.9.04 Maldives in July 2003 on the occasion of of training, joint exercises and technical the installation of a radar by the Indian Air assistance. As an expression of our growing Force to meet the Maldives’ security needs. bilateral relations, Prime Minister visited Training and other assistance continued. Tajikistan in November 2003. Defence 14.24 The Central Asian Republics are an relations with Uzbekistan began to gather integral part of India’s strategic neighbour- momentum building on proposals initiated hood. Developments in the region have a during Raksha Mantri’s visit to Uzbekistan in direct bearing on our security interests. February 2003. A Programme of Coopera- India shares deep-rooted historical and tion for the year drawn up during the visit of cultural ties with these societies and was the Deputy Minister of Defence of amongst the first to establish diplomatic Uzbekistan, Col. R. Niyazov, to expand relations in all the Central Asian States. defence cooperation was followed up by During the year, it continued to expand exchanges of visits at the military and mili- defence ties and deepen understanding of tary-technical level. The delivery of two security perspectives with individual Repub- contracted IL-78 air-to-air refueller aircraft lics and build upon past initiatives. marked a relationship with Uzbekistan that 14.25 Raksha Mantri’s visit to went beyond a training relationship to Kyrghyzstan and Kazakhstan in November extend to procurements. 2003, the first by a Defence Minister from 14.27 The Persian Gulf represents a vital India, building upon earlier visits to part of India’s extended and strategic neigh- Tajikistan in April 2002 and Uzbekistan in bourhood, a source of energy and host to a February 2003, was an occasion to review large expatriate Indian population. Relations ongoing cooperation on the with Oman have been traditionally close and supply of defence equipment historically unique and extend to a desire on The Central Asian and training, develop the both sides for a deeper defence relationship. Republics are an Defence Cooperation Agree- Raksha Mantri visited Oman in October, integral part of India’s ment signed during the visit of 2002. As before, training, naval interactions strategic Prime Minister to Kazakhstan including joint exercises and ship visits, neighbourhood. in June 2002 and explore constituted the core of such cooperation Developments in the prospects to stimulate and during the year. An India-Oman joint naval region have a direct expand them further. exercise took place off the Western seaboard bearing on India’s 14.26 Building upon of India in April 2003. Defence cooperation security interests. the Defence Cooperation featured as part of structured consultations India shares deep- Agreement signed during between the two foreign offices in Septem- rooted historical and Raksha Mantri’s visit to ber 2003. Chief of Air Staff visited Oman in cultural ties with Tajikistan in April 2002, January 2004. A security dialogue at the these societies defence ties with Tajikistan level of the Secretary of the National Secu- continued to grow in the form rity Council of the Islamic Republic of Iran 192

FINAL 26.9.04 continued with the visit of Dr. matters forms an important component of A more intensive Hassan Roohani to India in India’s relations with countries of South-east security dialogue and February 2004. Asia on account of their strategic location, cooperation on 14.28 A welcome challenges posed by fundamentalist activism defence and security development was growing and terrorism in the region and India’s ‘Look matters form an defence interaction with the East’ foreign policy. India’s increasing important component UAE. A UAE naval ship engagement with the ASEAN is manifest in of India’s relations visited Kochi in March 2003. increasing security interaction in the frame- with countries of Indian defence enterprises and work of the ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF), South-east Asia on an Indian naval ship, INS bilateral defence cooperation agreements, account of their Mumbai, participated in the exchanges of visits, and joint activities strategic location IDEX defence exhibition held including joint exercises and patrols with a at Abu Dhabi in March 2003. growing number of countries of this region An agreement on defence cooperation was such as Singapore, Laos, Vietnam, Thailand, signed during the visit of the Chief of Staff Malaysia, Indonesia and the Philippines. of the UAE Armed Forces, Sheikh Moham- India hosted the 7th meeting of the Heads of med bin Zayed al Nahyan to India at the National Defence Institutes and Universities invitation of the Ministry of External Affairs of ARF member countries. in June-July 2003. Chief of Air Staff’s visit 14.31 India and Singapore significantly to UAE in January 2004 has opened pros- stepped up their security dialogue and level pects for training cooperation between the of defence cooperation. Raksha Mantri, Shri air forces of India and the UAE. George Fernandes, participated at the Asian 14.29 Defence relations and cooperation Security Conference, the ‘Shangri-La Dia- between India and Israel, with an accent on logue’ organized by the London-based defence equipment for India’s security International Institute of Strategic Studies needs, has been diversifying and gaining (IISS) and hosted by Singapore in June momentum. The 2nd meeting of the India- 2003. A Defence Cooperation Agreement Israel Joint Working Group on Defence was signed in October 2003 during the visit Cooperation, formed to institutionalize such of the new Defence Minister of Singapore, cooperation, was held in India in December, , Teo Chee Hean, the first ever 2003. Israel was well represented at the visit by a Singapore Defence Minister to DEFEXPO 2004 defence industry exhibition India. The Chief of Army, General N.C Vij, with a delegation headed by Israeli Deputy paid a good will visit to Singapore in Sep- Defence Minister, Mr. Ze’er Boim. Other tember 2003. Two Indian naval ships, the interactions between defence industries and INS Brahmaputra and Kirch participated in the Armed Forces also continued. the IMDEX 2003 at Singapore in November 14.30 A more intensive security dialogue 2003. Chief of Naval Staff, Admiral and cooperation on defence and security Madhvendra Singh, also attended the event. 193

FINAL 26.9.04 The Chief of Air Staff, Air Marshal S. between India and the Philippines gained Krishnaswamy, presided over the strong momentum the visit of the Philippines Indian Air Force participation by its ‘Surya Defence Minister, Gen (retd) Angelo Reyes Kiran’ aerobatics team and the ‘Sarang’ in February 2002 and the Philippines Chief Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) display of Army, Lt. Gen. Dionisio R. Santiago to team at the 12th Asian Aerospace 2004 India in August 2002. Chief of Army Staff exhibition and conference in February 2004. visited the Philippines in October 2003. An equally vigorous level of visits at the Indian naval and Coast Guard ships operational level took place from Singapore transiting through the Philippines were well as well. The latest, annual, India-Singapore received. Intelligence exchanges are becom- joint naval exercises were held off Kochi in ing more regular. The potential of defence March 2004. The inaugural Defence Policy cooperation was further explored during the Dialogue presided over by Defence Secre- Ministry of External Affairs-led Security tary, Shri Ajay Prasad, and Singapore Perma- Dialogue in Manila, Philippines in March nent Secretary for Defence, Mr. Peter Ho, 2003 at which the Ministry of Defence also took place at Singapore in March 2004. participated. 14.32 Defence cooperation with other 14.34 With Indonesia, defence coopera- countries in the ASEAN were advanced tion featured in the 1st meeting of the India- incrementally. Several important visits from Indonesia Joint Commission headed by and to Vietnam took place during the year. External Affairs Minister, Shri Yashwant High-level delegations from the Vietnamese Sinha for India, in Jogjakarta, Indonesia, in Navy and defence industry visited India in August-September 2003. Two coast Guard August 2003. CGS Sangram called at Ho ships, Varaha and Kanaklata Barua called at Chi Minh City in September-October 2003. Belawan, Indonesia in December 2003. Senior Lt. Gen. Nguyen Huy Hieu, Vice- Indonesia was represented at the DefExpo Minister of Defence represented Vietnam at 2004 by W.R. Argawa, Vice Chief of Naval the first India-Vietnam Security Dialogue Staff. The third, month-long India-Indonesia held in India in November 2003. This was Coordinated Patrol, ‘INDINDOCORPAT’ followed shortly after, in December 2003, was conducted along the Indian-Indonesia by the visit of the Chairman, Chiefs of Staff maritime border line from March 5, 2004. Committee and Chief of Naval Staff, Admiral 14.35 Amongst other ASEAN countries, Madhvendra Singh, to Vietnam. Certain high-level visits to and from India, and ship naval spares were gifted to the Vietnamese visits from India to Thailand, increased. The navy during the visit of INS Magar on the Supreme Commander of the Thai Armed occasion. Sr. Lt. Gen. Phung Quang Thanh, Forces, gen. Surayadh Chulanont visited Vice-Minister of Defence and Chief of India in July 2003. Indian naval ships Trinkat General Staff visited India in March 2004. Tarasa and LCU 38 called at Phuket in 14.33 Defence contacts and exchanges November 2003. Working Groups from the 194

FINAL 26.9.04 Indian and Thai navies met to negotiate an greater interaction between the Coast Guard MOU on joint patrolling of the common organizations of India and Japan. These and international maritime border. Chief of Naval other contacts have raised the level of Staff, visited Thailand in March 2004. familiarity with, and goodwill for, each other Malaysia evinced interest in stepping up in the security and defence spheres. The cooperation in Air Force related training and Director General of the Japan Defence equipment and medical training and services Agency, Mr. Shigeru Ishiba, visited India for for its armed forces. The INS Delhi and Kora talks with Raksha Mantri in May 2003. The participated in the LIMA-03 Exhibition at Chief of Policy and Programme Division of Langkawi, Malaysia in September-October the Japanese Defence Agency, Maj. Gen. 2003. Following up on the signing of an Toshiro Miyashita visited India in October Agreement on Defence Cooperation be- 2003. Japanese Maritime Defence Agency tween India and Laos during the visit of ships and Indian naval ships conducted basic Prime Minister Vajpayee to Laos in Novem- exercises during a transit visit to Kochi in ber 2002, Defence Secretary, Shri Subir November 2003. Dutta’s visit to Laos in March 2003 led to 14.37 A beginning was made in devel- an enhanced level of military training for the oping defence relations with Mongolia and Lao armed forces. the Republic of Korea. The Defence Minister 14.36 The year 2003-04 witnessed of Mongolia, Mr. Jugderdemid Gurragchaa, increasing contact with countries in The East led a delegation to India in November Asia/Pacific region such as Japan, Mongolia, 2003. A defence delegation also visited the Republic of Korea and Australia based Mongolia and the Republic of Korea in on a realization of common security chal- September-October 2003 to explore scope lenges arising from terrorism, for cooperation. Two Indian naval ships proliferation of weapons of called at Pusan, ROK, in October 2003. The year 2003-04 mass destruction and the The Republic of Korea was also represented witnessed increasing security of sea-lanes in Asia. A by a delegation at the Defexpo 2004 in contact with growing appreciation of February 2004. countries in the East common interest in the safety 14.38 With Australia, defence relations Asia/Pacific region and security of sea-lanes in and a security dialogue revived over high- such as Japan, the Indian Ocean, especially in level contacts since 2001, notably Raksha Mongolia, the relation to piracy and Mantri’s meetings with the Australian Republic of Korea transnational crimes, built Defence Minister at the Asia Security and Australia, based over high level visits in previ- Conference at Singapore in June 2002 and on a realization of ous years, interaction within 2003, the Australian Defence Secretary’s common security the framework of the ARF and visit to India in August 2002, the Chief of challenges. other Japanese maritime Naval Staff’s visit to Australia in November security initiatives, has led to 2002 and the India-Australia Strategic 195

FINAL 26.9.04 Dialogue with participation by defence the Russian Defence Minister, Sergei B. representatives last held in Canberra, March Ivanov to India in January 2004 and the 2003, continued. The 3rd India-Australia signing of new contracts for the refurbish- Strategic Dialogue under the Ministry of ment and acquisition of the aircraft carrier, External Affairs took place at New Delhi in the ‘Admiral Gorshkov’ along with deck- March 2003 and drew up a road map for based carrier aircraft. The Chief of Army future visits and a framework for defence visited Russia in June 2003 and the Chief of relations and cooperation. Air Staff in October 2003. Supplies and 14.39 India’s strategic ties with Russia Transfer of Technology related to ongoing were manifest in four meetings at the level procurement contracts for the T-90 tanks of Prime Minister Vajpayee and President and Sukhoi 30 MKI continued. In June Putin, including a tradition of annual sum- 2003, Chief of Naval Staff presided over the mits, reflected in Prime Minister Shri Atal commissioning of the INS Talwar, the first of Bihari Vajpayee’s bilateral visit to Russia 3 new frigates constructed at Russian naval from November 11-13, 2003, the Declara- dockyards. Progress on the joint develop- tion on Global Challenges and Threats to ment of the BrahMos cruise missile was World Security and Stability identifying 21st highly encouraging. century challenges and threats such as 14.41 Countries of Central and Eastern international terrorism, illegal narco-busi- Europe have been traditional partners in the ness, extremism, developmental and envi- area of defence industries. Raksha Mantri’s ronmental challenges, and reiterating a visit to Ukraine and the Czech Republic in commitment to enhance bilateral coopera- October 2003 sought to update this rela- tion and reinforce multilateralism and the tionship in the context of political and role of the UN, a robust security dialogue at economic changes in Europe. A defence the level of heads of National Security cooperation agreement was signed with the Councils, mechanisms to deal with specific Czech Republic. Expert-level delegations challenges such as terrorism and Afghani- from India also visited Ukraine (July 2003), stan, the only ministerial-level mechanism the Czech Republic (October 2003) and for defence-industrial cooperation (the Indo- Belarus and Poland (March 2004) to explore Russian Inter-Governmental Commission on the possibilities for sourcing platforms, Military Technical Cooperation), and a equipment, systems, spares and overhauling significantly large proportion of Indian army, in these countries. The Polish First Deputy navy and air force platforms being of Soviet/ Minister of National Defence, Mr. Janusz Russian origin. Zemke represented Poland at the DefExpo 14.40 The tradition of high level de- in February 2004. An Agreement on De- fence-related visits and advanced defence fence Cooperation was also signed with acquisitions was maintained with the visit of Hungary during the visit of the Prime Minis- ter of Hungary to India in November 2003. 196

FINAL 26.9.04 The Deputy Foreign Minister of Armenia, April 2003. A joint naval exercise, ‘Varuna’ Mr. Tatoul Margarian signed an MoU on witnessed by the French Navy Chief was defence cooperation between India and conducted off Goa in May 2003 following Armenia during the visit to India in May up the major joint air exercise ‘Garuda’ 2003. conducted at Agra in February 2003 at 14.42 India has an active strategic and which the French Chief of Air Staff was also security dialogue with its principal interlocu- present. A 90-member delegation from the tors in Western Europe and a mutually French General Staff School (CSEM) visited beneficial defence relationship covering a India in May 2003. The Sixth meeting of the widening range of activities including train- Indo-French High Committee on Defence ing exchanges, joint exercises and defence was held in New Delhi in November 2003. procurement, production and R&D. Institu- 14.44 The 7th meeting of the India-UK tional mechanisms for defence cooperation Defence Consultative Group was held in exist with France, U.K, Italy and Germany. London in June 2003. General Sir Michael Special emphasis was placed on long term Walker, Chief of British Defence Staff visited stability of supply of equipment and technol- India in September 2003. The First Sea ogy, and on a transition from a ‘buyer-seller’ Lord of the UK, Sir Alan West, visited India relationship to a partnership based on with Prince Charles in November 2003. The collaboration in design, R&D and produc- Indian Defence Secretary visited U.K. in tion in a manner that optimally exploits November 2003. An MoU on the purchase complementarities for mutual benefit in our of 66 Hawk Advanced Jet Trainer (AJT) from defence dialogue with these countries. the UK was signed in March 2004 giving a 14.43 The Defence Minister of France, major boost to the defence relationship. Mme. Michelle Alliot-Marie visited India in Lord Bach, the UK Minister of State fro Defence Procurement led a large UK delega- tion to the DefExpo 2004. 14.45 The first meeting of the India-Italy Joint Working Group on defence equipment- related matters met at Delhi in April 2003 prior to the regular meeting of the Joint Defence Committee in July 2003 at the level of Defence Secretary from the Indian side and Secretary General for Defence and Armaments Director of the Italian Ministry of Defence for Italy. Italian Deputy Minster for Defence, Mr. Salvatore Cicu, visited Royal Air Force aerobatic team performing at India in February 2004 for the DEFEXPO Hindon Airbase in October 2003. India 2004. Defence relations with other 197

FINAL 26.9.04 Prime Minister A. B. Vajpayee and Presi- dent Bush in November 2001, of transform- ing bilateral relations aimed at imparting it a strategic content. India and the United States held regular high-level consultations on important global and regional issues continued their institutionalized dialogue on India’s immediate and extended neighbour- hood. In an important manifestation of the qualitative change in India-US relations, US President Bush and PM Vajpayee announced on January 12-13, 2004, steps towards engagement and cooperation in civilian nuclear, civilian space, and ‘dual use’ goods and technologies, and an expanded dialogue on missile defence. Although differences on proliferation issues were not fully resolved, understanding on security and strategic issues increased significantly. Differences in Indo-US troops patrolling as ‘buddy’ during Indo-US respective positions on the war in Iraq and Joint Exercises held at the Counter-Insurgency and Jungle Warfare School, Variengate. the Indian decision not to contribute troops to Iraq did not have a material impact on the West European countries like Germany also development of India US relations. saw intensification. The Third Round of Indo-German Staff Talks were held from 14.47 The two governments sustained October 27–29, 2003 in New Delhi. The the momentum in expanding defence coop- Inspector General of the Swedish Army, eration. The Defence Policy Group (DPG) Maj.Gen. Alf Sandqvist visited India on the met in Washington in August 2003. Execu- occasion of DefExpo 2004. tive Steering Groups (ESGs) of the Air 14.46 Indo-US relations have undergone Forces, Navy and Army met in July, Novem- a major transformation since 9/11 driven by ber and December 2003 respectively. A shared values of democracy and realization Master Information Exchange Agreement of a convergence of security concerns facilitating exchange of defence research and related to terrorism, proliferation of weap- development information was signed by US ons of mass destruction, security of sea- Secretary of State, Mr. Donald Rumsfeld and lanes in the Indian Ocean and peace and Raksha Mantri, George Fernandes, in stability in Asia. India and the United States February 2004. A senior defence technol- continued to pursue the goal, outlined by ogy security group met in Washington in

198

FINAL 26.9.04 February 2004. The 6th meeting of the Joint teams are deployed in Africa including Technical Group on R&D cooperation met helicopter training detachments in Mauritius in Delhi in March 2004. The two countries and Namibia. 12 African countries were stepped up training exchanges and con- represented at the DefExpo 2004. ducted increasingly complex and sophisti- 14.49 India has significant defence ties cated combined exercises in India and the with South Africa as an important supplier of US. US Special Operations Command defence equipment as well as training and Pacific (SOCPAC) participated in counter- professional exchanges. South African terrorism and jungle warfare exercises in Defence Minister, Mr. M.G.P. Lekota, was Vairengte, Mizoram, in April 2003. Indian part of the South African President, Thabo and US forces participated in the exercises at Mbeki’s official delegation to India during Guam in June-July 2003 and Leh, J&K, in his state visit to India in October 2003. The September 2003. The Indian Air Force 4th India-South Africa Defence Committee participated in multilateral air exercises with meeting was held in New Delhi in December transport planes at the Cooperative Cope 2003. Defence Minister Lekota visited India Thunder 03-3 in Alaska in June 2003. US again in December 2003 to sign an Inter- and Indian air forces also participated in the Governmental Agreement of defence sup- first bilateral Dissimilar Air Combat Exercise plies. Defence Ministers of South Africa and (DACT) at Gwalior in February 2004 with India met once again in February 2004 in their fighter aircraft. the context of the IBSA Forum meeting of 14.48 The continent of Africa has many defence ministers at Pretoria. The Chief of countries with which India has had deep Air Staff visited South Africa in August historical and political bonds, including 2003 and the Chief of Army Staff (COAS) in those linked to India’s stance against February 2004. The Vice-Chief of the Army colonialism and apartheid and India’s role in (VCOAS) had visited earlier in June 2003. the Non-Aligned Movement. Countries in From South Africa, the Chief of the South the South and West African regions have African Army, Lt. Gen. Romano had visited had close defence training interaction with India in March 2003 followed by a naval Indian military training establishments training delegation in July 2003 and the though defence cooperation with countries visits of the Chief of the South African in North Africa has so far been sporadic and National Defence Force’s Command and below their potential despite some training Management System, Maj. Gen. A.C exchanges with the Arab world in general. Hurribance, and the Inspector General of India is also providing troops for peace- the South African Armed Forces. Maj. Gen. keeping missions in Africa in Ethiopia and V.I. Ramlakan, in November 2003. COAS Eritrea (UNMEE) and Congo (MONUC). and VCOAS also visited Botswana where The largest number of India military training India has a training team.

199

FINAL 26.9.04 14.50 The Defence Ministers of Tanza- 14.52 India’s traditional relationship with nia, Philemon M. Sarungi and Sudan, Maj. Mauritius, strengthened by the visit of the Gen. Bakri Hassan Salih visited India in Mauritius PM to India in January 2003 and October 2003 and the Defence Minister of the visit of CNS to Mauritius in February Mozambique, Tobias Joaquim Dai, in Febru- 2003, continued in the form of defence ary 2004 timing his visit with DefExpo. An supplies, technical support for Mauritius MoU on defence cooperation with Tanzania naval vessels and aircraft, Coast Guard was signed during the visit of the Tanzanian related cooperation, training activities, etc. defence minister. The Chief of the Tanzanian The Mauritius Coast Guard ship, CGS Defence Forces, Gen. G.M. Waitara at- Vigilant, and a helicopter were repaired in tended DefExpo 2004. A Tanzanian delega- India. Also in the Indian Ocean, Indian tion also visited India to study and develop Armed Forces personnel also provide valu- relations of cooperation in the area of able training to the Seychelles security defence research and industries. The Indian forces. Vice-President, Shri Bhairon Singh Navy deployed two ships to Mozambique Shekhawat’s visit to Seychelles in September following a request by the Mozambique 2003 provided an occasion for the signing government for coastal security during the of an MoU on defence cooperation with a African Union Summit at Maputo in July view to promoting the relationship further. 2003. The ships provided on-board training to 14.53 As may be appreciated from the the Mozambique navy during the deployment. above, India’s defence cooperation engage- 14.51 India’s long-standing defence ment with the countries of the world in- relations were refreshed with the visit of the creased and diversified very significantly in Defence Minister of Sudan, opening the way 2003-04. The growth of defence coopera- for defence training and capacity building, tion with partners was driven by strategic, including in the defence industries. The visit security, political and commercial considera- of the President of Djibouti, H.E. Ismail tions. They are also reflective of a percep- Omar Guelleh, followed by that of the Chief tion by many nations of India as a force for of defence Forces, Gen. Fathi Ahmed peace, moderation and stability in the region Hussein in October 2003 similarly opened and beyond. Defence relations and coopera- prospects for defence relations, training and tion will remain an important aspect for our capacity building with Djibouti. These external and bilateral relations in the interest initiatives are to be developed. of peace.

200

FINAL 26.9.04 1515

CEREMONIAL, ACADEMIC AND ADVENTURE ACTIVITIES

March Past at the Republic Day, New Delhi on January 26, 2004. The Ministry of Defence promotes academic and adventure activities through autonomous institutions.

15.1 The Ministry of Defence encourages and social developments. Over the years, and promotes both academic and adventure the Institute has evolved as a premier activities through autonomous institutions research institution, carrying out authorita- which are provided regular financial assist- tive policy-related studies on national and ance. These institutions are :- international security issues. The institute is (i) The Institute for Defence Studies and a registered body under the Societies Act of Analyses, New Delhi; 1860 (Punjab Amendment Act, 1957) and (ii) Mountaineering Institutes at is governed by an Executive Council elected Darjeeling and Uttarkashi; and by the members of the Institute. The Insti- (iii) The Jawahar Institute of Mountain- tute is accessible to political leaders, schol- eering and Winter Sports (JIM) at Aru, ars, the media, service officers and others Kashmir who have an interest in problems of national 15.2 The important activities of these security. institutions during the period under review 15.4 The Research Faculty: The Institute are enumerated in the succeeding para- has a well qualified and a multi-disciplinary graphs. research faculty of over 50 scholars. They are drawn from the academia, the defence INSTITUTE FOR DEFENCE STUDIES AND forces, the para military organisations and ANALYSES (IDSA) the civil services. Presently, there are 16 15.3 The Institute for Defence Studies researchers under the 2002-03 fellowship and Analyses was established in November, programme who are engaged in individual 1965, to initiate studies and research on research projects. Their collective efforts problems of national security and the impact ensure an all encompassing and, by and of defence measures on economic, political large, an Indo-centric assessment of various

202

FINAL 26.9.04 regions, countries and issues that affect our desh), Institute of Political and International current and futuristic security environment. Studies (Iran), Begin-Sadat Centre for The Institute also offers facilities to foreign Strategic Studies (Israel), Kazakhstan Insti- scholars for their research. To enrich the tute for Strategic Studies (Kazakhstan) and quality of research work of the scholars, the Council for Security Cooperation in the IDSA has bilateral ties with a number of Asia Pacific (CSCAP). similar Institutes across the globe. 15.7 Research Orientation: The research 15.5 Activities: The Institute organized output of the faculty is mainly published in major international conferences such as the the Institute’s journal ‘Strategic Analysis’ or 6th Asian Security Conference on “United as monographs and books. The researchers Nations, Multilateralism and International frequently present their papers in various Security” from January 27-29, 2004. The national and international seminars and also conferences were attended by foreign contribute articles and chapters to foreign participants including policy makers and journals and publications. Besides, the IDSA opinion shapers from Asian countries and also brings out the ‘Strategic Digest’ which major powers. The 3rd India-Central Asia is a monthly compendium of information Regional Conference was organized by the from the open sources on nuclear and IDSA and the Institute for Strategic and disarmament issues, military doctrines, arms Regional Studies (ISRS) as co-sponsor in transfer and technology developments. It has Tashkent during Nov. 06-08, 2003. The been found useful by many institutions and Institute organized 55 Round Table Discus- the defence departments of the numerous sions with visiting scholars, diplomats and universities in India. foreign delegations/teams. 15.8 Books published during 2003: 15.6 Bilateral and Multilateral Interac- Books published by the IDSA during the tions: The Institute has bilateral ties and period under review are titled “Iraq War multilateral interactions with the Japan 2003: Rise of the New Unilateralism”, Institute of International Affairs (Japan), “Jihadis in Jammu and Kashmir: A Portrait Emirates Centre for Strategic Studies & Gallery” and “Navies of South Asia”. Research (UAE), South Africa 15.9 Training Programmes : Besides the Institute of International research projects, the Institute is also en- The Institute for Studies (South Africa), Insti- gaged in training programmes for the Defence Studies and tute of International and Government officers drawn from the Indian Analyses initiates Strategic relations (France), Administrative Service, Indian Foreign studies and research Institute for National Strategic Service, the Armed Forces and the Para- on problems of Studies (USA), Bangladesh Military Forces. During the year as many as national security Institute of International and three training capsules were conducted by Strategic Studies (Bangla- the IDSA. The faculty members were often

203

FINAL 26.9.04 invited as guest speakers at various training ters jointly with the concerned State Gov- establishments and universities around the ernments three Mountaineering Institutes country. namely Himalayan Mountaineering Institute 15.10 Information Resources : The (HMI), Darjeeling in West Bengal, Nehru Institute is constantly upgrading its Informa- Institute of Mountaineering (NIM), tion Resources Division, which has sizeable Uttarkashi in Uttranchal and Jawahar Insti- information resource base on national tute of Mountaineering & Winter Sports security and defence strategy subjects. It has (JIM), Aru (presently located at Pahalgam in a collection of over 48,273 books and a J&K). The expenditure on the institute is number of CD-ROM databases. In addition, shared by the Central and respective State more than 300 current journals are re- Governments as per agreed funding pattern. ceived, in print as well as electronic/online These Institutes are run as private Regis- versions. Apart from its referred quarterly tered Societies and have been conferred the journals ‘Strategic Analysis’ and the monthly status of autonomous bodies. Raksha compendium ‘Strategic Digest’. IDSA also Mantri is the President of these Institutes. publishes a monthly bulletin called ‘Current The Chief Minister of the respective State is Journal Contents’ that lists the contents of the Vice-President of the Institute. These about 140 core journals received in the Institutes are governed by separate Execu- Library. The Institute maintains a web-site tive Councils consisting of members elected (address: http://www.idsa-india.org). Details by the General Bodies, nominees from of new activities as well as progress in the amongst donors and/or persons who are ongoing activities are posted on the site. likely to promote the cause of the Institute and representatives of Central and State MOUNTAINEERING INSTITUTES Governments. A representative each of the 15.11 The Ministry of Defence adminis- Ministry of Defence and State Government acts as Secretary of the Institute. 15.12 The HMI, Darjeeling, was founded in November 1954 by the then Prime Minister Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru to com- memorate the historical ascent of Mount Everest by Tenzing Norgay along with Sir Edmund Hillary on May 29, 1953. With the establishment of this Institute, an impe- tus to mountaineering as a sport was pro- vided in India. To give further boost to mountaineering and to inculcate the spirit of Himalayan Mountaineering Institute imparts skills to adventure in youth, the NIM, Uttarkashi, negotiate different obstacles.

204

FINAL 26.9.04 was set up in October 1965 and the JIM at 15.15 Trainees for these courses come Aru in J&K in October 1983. Due to from all parts of the country and include disturbances in the valley, students were Army, Air Force, Navy, ITBP and BSF Per- reluctant to come to Aru for training. sonnel, NCC Cadets and private students. Accordingly, it was decided to shift the Foreigners are also now permitted to join Institute temporarily to Batote on the Jammu the courses. The Institutes conducted the side of Banihal in August 1990. However, following courses during the year upto in view of certain adverse reports regarding March, 2004 :- law and order, regular training courses Courses HMI NIM conducted by the Institute were temporarily Basic 07 05 suspended from April 1996. The Institute Advance 04 03 is now conducting some courses on an ad- hoc basis. The Headquarters of the Institute Adventure 06 05 has been shifted to Pahalgam since October MOI 01 01 2003. S&R - 01 15.13 The broad objectives of the 15.16 The number of students trained Mountaineering Institutes are:- in these courses in HMI/NIM are as under:- (a) to impart theoretical and practical training in mountaineering and rock Courses Men Women climbing techniques; (b) to awaken interest in and love for Basic 495 138 mountains and exploration; and Advance 154 37 (c) to encourage and provide training in Adventure 274 140 Winter Sports MOI 18 07 15.14 The Mountaineering Institutes S&R 11 04 conduct Basic and Advance Mountaineering Courses, Method of Instruction Course 15.17 HMI also conducted five Special (MOI), Search and Rescue Course (S&R) Adventure and four Rock Climbing Courses, and Adventure Courses. The syllabi, dura- in which 229 men and 44 women were tion, age limit of participants and grading trained during the period. NIM also con- system for various types of courses are ducted several special courses for various almost uniform at all the Institutes. During organizations in which 312 men including the lean period, the Institutes detail their foreigners and 118 women were trained Instructors to conduct rock-climbing courses during the year. JIM has trained a total at the request of Mountaineering Clubs/ number of 10755 men and women in Organisations around the country. The various ad-hoc training courses conducted Instructors also join various expeditions. by it during the period.

205

FINAL 26.9.04 Budding Mountaineers : Rappelling down.

15.18 The Institutes at Darjeeling and Kushang Sherpa and Shri Nadre Sherpa, Uttarkashi have separate stores of mountain- climbed the summit. eering equipment for loan to the Indian CEREMONIALS, HONOURS & AWARDS Mountaineering Expeditions on nominal hire charges. An Artificial Climbing Wall of 15.20 The Ministry of Defence is respon- international standard is under construction sible for organization of National functions at NIM Campus. This would give boost to like the Republic Day Parade, the Beating the training capability of NIM. Retreat Ceremony, Martyrs’ Day and the 15.19 HMI Darjeeling conducted an Independence Day. The Ministry also expedition to Mount Everest from North organizes Defence Investiture Ceremonies Ridge (Tibet) side during April-May 2003 to for presentation of Gallantry and Distin- commemorate the Golden Jubilee of the guished Service Awards at Rashtrapati first successful ascent of Mount Everest in Bhawan in association with the President’s 1953. The expedition was led by the Princi- Secretariat. Following ceremonial functions pal of HMI, Col Vijay Singh. While all were organized during 2003-2004. members reached upto North Col, the 15.21 Independence Day: On 15th moment of glory came at 1230 hrs on May August, 2003, the Prime Minister after 21, 2003 when two members namely Shri inspection of Guard of Honour presented by

206

FINAL 26.9.04 the three Services and the Delhi Police, National Flag at the Rajpath. The President’s unfurled the National Flag on the ramparts Body Guard presented the National of the Red Fort, to the accompaniment of followed by the National Anthem played by the National Anthem played by the Services the Service Bands. In a brief investiture Band. A 21 gun salute was also presented ceremony at Rajpath, the President pre- on this occasion. This was followed by the sented two Ashoka Chakra awards posthu- Prime Minister’s Address to the Nation. mously to the next-of-kin of the awardees. The function began with the singing of His Excellency Mr. Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva, patriotic songs by school children in differ- President of Brazil, was the Chief Guest on ent Indian languages and concluded with the the occasion. singing of the National Anthem by the 15.25 Army’s mounted columns of 61 children and the NCC Cadets from schools Cavalry and ASC Cavalry led the parade. of Delhi and release of balloons. They were followed by mechanised columns 15.22 The following gallantry awards comprising of T-90 and MBT-Arjun tanks, were announced on the Independence Day Prithvi and Agni-II missiles, Satellite Com- 2003:- munication Vehicles marching contingents

Ashoka Chakra 1 (Posthumous) and bands of Services, Para Military Forces, Delhi Police, RPF and the NCC. The Kirti Chakra 7 (6 Posthumous) pilotless aircraft ‘Lakshya’, OSA Air Combat Chakra 37 (18 Posthumous) Vehicle, ‘Indra-II’ Radar were part of the Air Bar to (G) 7 (1 Posthumous) Force Vehicular column. The DRDO equip- Sena Medal(G) 202 (27 Posthumous) ment column included missiles like Agni-I, Nao Sena Medal (G) 3 Akash, Brahmos, multi-barrel rocket system Mention-in-Despatches18 ‘Pinaka’ and communication system ‘Samyukta’. winning 15.23 Amar Jawan Ceremony: The children on elephants, tableaux and cultural Prime Minister laid a wreath at the Amar items were other attractions of the parade. Jawan Jyoti Memorial, under The tableaux and march past by children the arch of the India Gate on reflected the cultural diversity of the nation The Republic Day January 26, 2004 to pay and presented glimpses of the progress Parade, the Beating Homage to the memory of made by the country in different fields. The Retreat Ceremony, those who sacrificed their parade ended with a dare-devil motor cycle the Martyrs’ Day and lives in safeguarding the display by the Border Security Force fol- the Independence freedom of the nation. lowed by a Fly-Past by aircraft of the Indian Day are the 15.24 Republic Day Air Force. country’s major Parade: The Republic Day 15.26 The following gallantry and distin- National functions. Celebrations commenced guished service awards were announced on with the unfurling of the the Republic Day: 207

FINAL 26.9.04 Gallantry and Distinguished Service Awards Total Posthumous Ashoka Chakra 1 1 Param 29 - Kirti Chakra 2 1 Uttam Yuddh Seva Medal 5 - Bar to 3 - Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 48 - Bar to 1 1 Shaurya Chakra 30 14 Yuddh Seva Medal 13 - Bar to Sena Medal (Gallantry) 4 - Sena Medal / Nao sena Medal, (Gallantry) 123 25 Sena Medal / Nao sena Medal, Vayu Sena Medal (Devotion to duty) 73 3 Bar to Vishisht Seva Medal 3 - Vishisht Seva Medal 119 1

In addition to the above, twenty awards of OFFICIAL LANGUAGE DIVISION Mention-in-Despatches were announced on the Republic Day. 15.29 Functions/Performance: The main 15.27 Ceremony: The functions of the Official Language Division Beating Retreat Ceremony, organised at of Ministry of Defence is to implement Vijay Chowk on January 29, 2004, brought Official Language Policy of the Union and to the curtain down on the Republic Day ensure effective measures to promote use of festivities. Bands of the three Services Hindi in official work. The division also participated in this Ceremony. The conclu- oversees the implementation of official sion of the Ceremony coincided with illumi- language in various inter-service organiza- nation of the Rashtrapati Bhawan, North tions, Defence Public Sector Undertakings Block, South Block and Parliament House. as well as all other defence offices located 15.28 Martyr’s Day Ceremony: On throughout the country. January 30, 2004, the President placed a 15.30 Targets/Achievements: During the wreath at the Samadhi of Mahatma Gandhi year steps were taken: at Rajghat. Floral tributes were also paid by (i) To reconstitute Hindi Advisory the Prime Minister, the Speaker of Lok Committees - one for the Department of Sabha and some of his Cabinet colleagues. Defence and the Department of Defence This was followed by observance of two Research and Development, and another minutes’ silence at 1100 hours as a mark of for the Department of Defence Produc- respect to the memory of the Father of the tion under the chairmanship of the Nation. Raksha Mantri - and to organize meet-

208

FINAL 26.9.04 Martyr’s Day Ceremony at Rajghat

ings of these committees from time to (iv) To promote progressive use of Hindi time and implement the decisions taken by organizing Hindi workshops, seminars therein; and conferences and by implementing (ii) To organize quarterly meetings of various incentive schemes formulated by the two departmental Official Language the Department of Official Language; Implementation Committees under the and chairmanship of respective Joint Secre- (v) To nominate officers/officials for taries, in which representatives of three undergoing training in Hindi, Hindi Service Headquarters and various Inter stenography and Hindi typing under the Service organizations based in Delhi Hindi Teaching Scheme of the Ministry participate; of Home Affairs. (iii) To ensure implementation of the 15.31 During the year the official lan- provisions of section 3(3) of Official guage division organized Hindi workshops, Language Act and the rules made there official language inspections of various under and to render translation of sections of the Ministry, nomination of 50 documents emanating from various officials for training in Hindi, Hindi stenogra- offices, divisions and sections of the phy and Hindi typing and also for holding Ministry to ensure progressive use of meetings of the Hindi advisory committees Hindi in the official work of the Ministry. and the departmental Official Language

209

FINAL 26.9.04 Implementation Committees. Workshops Division also undertook monitoring of such were held to train officers and staff of the activities in the three Service Headquarters. Ministry in noting and drafting in Hindi. Inter-Service Organisation, Defence Under- 15.32 Translation: During the year takings and various Defence establishments under report, the requirement pertaining to located all over the country. In addition, the translation from Hindi to English and vice- implementations by various subordinate versa of various sections/divisions of Minis- offices were also conducted. try of Defence were also successfully met by 15.35 Inspection of various Defence the Official Language Division. The transla- Organisations by the Committee of Parlia- tion material received in the division in- ment on Official Language: During the year cluded general orders, notifications, resolu- the First Sub-Committee of the Committee tions, cabinet notes, documents relating to of Parliament on Official Language carried Public Accounts Committee, Republic Day/ out official language inspections of a number Independence Day celebrations, investiture of offices under the Ministry of Defence. ceremony, audit paras, Consultative Com- For this purpose, the committee selected a mittee and Standing Committee on Defence, number of Defence offices located at Delhi, annual report, papers to be laid in the Ghaziabad, Vishakhapatnam, Bangalore, Parliament and VIP references. Mysore, Wellington, Mumbai, Kolkata, 15.33 Hindi Fortnight: Hindi Fortnight Gangtok, Darjeeling and Siliguri. The st was celebrated in the Ministry from 1 to Official Language Division ensured adequate th 15 Sept. 2003. Competitions were held cooperation from the offices concerned for during the fortnight in which a large number these inspection meetings. The Joint Secre- of officers and staff participated. Cash taries in charge of the Official Language awards and gifts were given to those who divisions and the Director(Official Language) participated in various competitions. Similar represented the Ministry in these meetings. fortnights were also organized in various Appropriate action on the issues raised/ Defence Undertakings, Inter-Service organi- decisions taken in these meetings was zations and offices located throughout the initiated and instructions issued to officers country. concerned for timely fulfillment of the 15.34 Monitoring/Inspection: Apart assurances given by them to the Committee from conducting various Official Language during such inspections. activities within the Ministry (HQrs), the

210

FINAL 26.9.04 1616

ACTIVITIES OF VIGILANCE UNITS

16.1 The Vigilance Division in the Minis- Ministry of Defence as a whole are received try of Defence deals with vigilance cases by the Vigilance Division of the Ministry of involving Group ‘A’ Civilian officers working Defence through the Department of Admin- in the Ministry of Defence. For administra- istrative Reforms and Public Grievances. tive convenience, the vigilance work in These grievances are also received from the respect of the Department of Defence and petitioners directly. All these grievances are the Defence Research and Development reviewed on a fortnightly basis. The names Organisation is being looked after by one of vigilance officers of various subordinate Chief Vigilance Officer and in respect of the organizations of Ministry of Defence have Department of Defence Production by been put on the website of the Ministry. another Chief Vigilance Officer. The Vigi- VIGILANCE AWARENESS WEEK lance Division looks after all vigilance matters and provides a link between the 16.3 In accordance with the directives Ministry/Department and the Central Vigi- issued by the CVC, Vigilance Week was lance Commission (CVC). The Vigilance observed from October 31, 2003 to No- Division is responsible for regular and vember 6, 2003 in the Ministry of Defence, surprise inspection of sensitive spots, review all Public Sector Undertakings, the DRDO and streamlining of procedures and initiating establishments and Attached and Subordi- measures for combating corruption. The nate Offices. complaints received through the Prime DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE RESEARCH Minister’s Office and Raksha Mantri’s & DEVELOPMENT Complaint Box are also being dealt by the 16.4 DRDO observed Vigilance Aware- Vigilance Division. ness Week – 2003 by holding a Workshop REDRESSAL OF PUBLIC GRIEVANCES at Aeronautical Development Establishment 16.2 Public grievances pertaining to the (ADE), Bangalore. In this, Vigilance Offic- ers, Administrative officers and Various measures were taken to strengthen Public grievances other senior officers from the Preventive Vigilance by streamlining of pertaining to the Southern Region participated. procedures. Procedural Manuals such as Ministry of work contract, administration and use of Defence as a DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE Website for online tendering of Work Con- whole are PRODUCTION tracts have been prepared/issued. received by the 16.5 Ordnance Factories: 16.9 Bharat Earth Movers Limited Vigilance Division Ordnance Factories Organisa- (BEML): A full time Chief Vigilance Officer is of the Ministry of tion has given primacy to in position in the Company. In all the Defence through vigilance activity in all its units. manufacturing Units of BEML, a Vigilance the Department of At the corporate level a Chief Awareness Week was observed from Octo- Administrative Vigilance Officer (CVO) and ber 31, 2003 to November 6, 2003. Reforms and two Group Vigilance 16.10 Mazagon Dock Limited (MDL): Public Grievances Officers(GVOs) have been MDL observed the Vigilance Awareness and also directly positioned at Kanpur and Week during November 2003. A Vigilance from petitioners. Avadi, Chennai. Further, each Exhibition, slogan competition on “Vigilance factory has got a part time Awareness” and an Essay competition on vigilance officer to undertake surprise “Corruption-Challenge to the Nation” were inspections, preventive vigilance measures organized. and to aid and advise the General Managers 16.11 Garden Reach Shipbuilders and and to act as a link with the CVO. Engineers Limited (GRSE): GRSE carried 16.6 Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL): out regular/surprise inspections of its files During the year 2002-03, a detailed action pertaining to various tenders and purchases plan was prepared covering all the depart- for detection of irregularities. ments with specific emphasis on sensitive areas. A total number of 1939 surprise/ 16.12 The GRSE has published a Per- routine inspections were conducted and 165 sonnel as well as a Purchase Manual. A vigilance cases were instituted. 236 com- computerized vendor registration cell has plaints were received and 192 were taken up been set up revising the system for blacklist- for investigation. ing, installing proper measuring methods, 16.7 Vigilance Manuals have been pub- having regular interaction with Quality lished and a Magazine “MARGADARSHAN’ Assurance Department and ensuring that was released. A highly structured training officers of high integrity are put in-charge of course for the newly inducted 36 Vigilance sensitive posts. As a result, the GRSE has Staff was conducted at HAL Technical been awarded 10 in the scale of One to 10 Training Institute, Bangalore, in March of “PROBITY PERCEPTION INDEX-META 2003. PERCEPTION’ published by CVC in the 16.8 Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL): year 2002.

212

FINAL 26.9.04 1717

EMPOWERMENT AND WELFARE OF WOMEN

Women officers under training With the induction of women in various non- combatant branches of Armed Forces a larger role is envisaged for them.

17.1 The role of women has been in- September, 2003. Presently, there are creasing steadily in the field of national approximately 760 Women Officers serving defence. Women are employed in Defence in the Indian Army. The Government has Production Units, Defence Research & recently sanctioned extension of their tenure Development Laboratories and as Doctors upto a maximum of 14 years. and Nursing Officers in Armed Forces. With 17.4 The Indian Navy first inducted the induction of women in various non- women in 1992. As on date, a total of 179 combatant branches of Armed Forces like (including 58 Medical Officers) women logistics and law, a larger role is envisaged officers are serving in the various units of for them. the Navy. These officers are assimilated into 17.2 Women Special Entry Scheme the mainstream and their promotion pros- (WSES) has been introduced for women to pects, training as well as career progression join as officers in non-combatant branches are at par with their male counterparts. of the Armed Forces. WSES has also been 17.5 Induction of women as Short extended to widows of Service officers killed Service Commission (SSC) officers in Flying, in action. Eligible women are recruited as Technical and Non-Technical branches in the officers on Short Service Commission basis Indian Air Force also commenced in 1992. in various branches of Army, Navy and Air Presently there are 423 women officers in Force. the IAF. Government has approved granting 17.3 Women candidates can be inducted a second extension of Short Service Com- in the Indian Army in certain identified mission tenure upto 15 years on merit to all vacancies in various Arms/Services through women officers. the Women Special Entry Scheme (Officers). 17.6 In the Coast Guard Women officers The annual intake is 150 with effect from are appointed to Coast Guard Headquarters,

214

FINAL 26.9.04 Women officers at the Commissioning Parade at Officer’s Training Academy.

Regional Headquarters and to various Sector Undertakings and Defence Laborato- District Headquarters. They carry out the ries/Establishments. ‘Complaints Commit- duties of Logistics Officers, Electronic Data tees’ have been constituted at the Head- Processing (EDP) Officers and various other quarters as well as at Unit levels for duties, on par with male officers. Presently, redressal of complaints received from lady officers are not appointed on board women employees and to review matters Coast Guard Ships. relating to the safety of women. Various 17.7 The Ministry of Defence has taken rules and regulations have been amended as several steps to ensure that conducive work per guidelines laid down by the Supreme environment and appropriate working Court. conditions are provided to women. The 17.9 The guidelines of National Commis- manpower/ human resource development sion for Women (NCW) are also being policies followed in the Ministry of Defence implemented by the Women’s Cell of Minis- make no distinction/discrimination on try of Defence, with assistance of 23 Nodal grounds of sex. Women Cells spread all over the country. 17.8 The guidelines of the Supreme 17.10 Ministry of Defence has special Court to prevent sexual harassment at pension schemes for the widows of Service workplace for working women are being personnel under which the widows of the implemented in the Armed Forces, Inter Armed Forces personnel died in war/ war Service Organisations, Defence Public like operations/ counter-insurgency opera-

215

FINAL 26.9.04 tions/ in incidents involving armed hostilities of Rs.30,000/- from Army Central or on account of causes attributable to or Welfare Fund (ACWF) and Rs.5,000/- aggravated by service, are granted Liberal- from Army Wives Welfare Association ised Family Pension/ Ordinary Family Pen- Fund is released immediately to the next- sion/ Special Family Pension even after of-kin. This grant enables the widow to remarriage, subject to certain conditions. overcome initial problems caused by the 17.11 Schemes for Civilian Defence death of her husband. In cases where Employees: there is a dispute between the widow (i) For promoting the welfare of and her in-laws, the grant from ACWF is women civilian employees in the lower still given to the widow. formations of Army, women cells have (ii) If an Officer/Personnel Below been established in Army units/establish- Officers Rank is married, his wife auto- ments having sizable number of women, matically becomes his next-of-kin even if in accordance with guidelines issued by the soldier had not published official the National Commission for Women. details to this effect. (ii) The women cells at the unit level 17.13 Financial Assistance – Fatal Battle undertake development activities for Casualties of August 15, 1947 to April women employees as well as female 30, 1999: As part of welfare measures, family members of employees. Common next-of-kin of all battle casualties during the room, crèche, ladies toilets manned by period from August 15, 1947 to April 30, women safai karamcharis are provided in 1999 are being given Rs. 50,000/- each most of the Army units. from the National Defence Fund and Army (iii) The work of the women cell at unit Central Welfare Fund. Even if the widow levels is monitored at the Command HQ gets remarried, she continues to be eligible level as well as at Army HQ. There is for the grant. Financial assistance upto also a redressal mechanism for preven- Rs.25,000/- for Agro-based ventures/Dairy tion of sexual harassment at work places. Development is provided to those war (iv) For social and economic develop- widows. Financial assistance of Rs.30,000/- ment of female members of employee’s is also provided for re-marriage of the families, employment assistance, non- widows. formal education of girls, health care 17.14 Scholarship for Wards: Children of measures, family planning assistance, war widows are eligible for reimbursement of sports and recreation facilities are also full fees and other expenses incurred for available in most of the Army units. education. Education scholarships are 17.12 Financial Assistance on demise of a provided to the children of widows of soldier: soldiers who die in harness as following: (i) On the demise of a soldier, a grant (a) Class 1 to Class XII, Rs.5000/- per

216

FINAL 26.9.04 under the ageis of Standing Conference of Public Enterprises (SCOPE) to assist the DPSUs in harnessing the full potential of women employees, to play a catalytic role in improving the status of women in and around DPSUs. DPSUs have provided certain facilities to working women, such as

A lady pilot of the Air Force crèches for the children of working women, lunch and rest rooms for them and griev- annum; (b)Graduation, Rs.10,000/- per ances cells. annum; (c) Post Graduation, Rs.15,000/- 17.18 Some of the important steps taken per annum and (d) Professional Courses, by the DPSUs for empowerment and welfare Tuition Fee + Rs.5,000/- per annum of women are as follows:- maximum upto Rs.40,000/-. (i) Hindustan Aeronautics Limited 17.15 Demise Grant: A demise grant of (HAL): The strength of women em- Rs.2,000/- is paid to next-of-kin of de- ployees in HAL as on March 31, 2003 ceased Ex-Servicemen (Personnel Below was 1661. A sizable number of women Officers Rank only) through respective employees are in supervisory and Record Offices. From August 1, 2004 this executive cadres.. grant is being enhanced to Rs.3,000/- (ii) Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL): BEL employs a large number of women DEFENCE RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT in all their Units since electronic assem- ORGANISATION (DRDO) bly work calls for a high level of 17.16 Women are playing an important precision work and women are gener- role in Defence Research and Development ally considered to be the best exponents Organisation. Qualified women scientists for meeting such demands. and technical officers and staff are actively (iii) Bharat Earth Movers involved in various research projects. Many Limited(BEML) : A Women Cell has senior women scientists are heading impor- been constituted at the Corporate Office tant Research Divisions in the various comprising of one women representative Defence Laboratories/Establishments. from each unit. The cell is entrusted the task of looking after the grievances of DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE women employees and to make neces- PRODUCTION sary suggestions/recommendations. A 17.17 A separate forum of Women in Committee for protecting women em- Public Sector (WIPS) has been established in ployees from sexual harassment has also Defence Public Sector Undetakings (DPSUs) been constituted in the Divisions. About

217

FINAL 26.9.04 on measures to the growth and develop- ment of women employees. (v) Bharat Dynanics Limited(BDL): There are 36 women executives and 178 women non-executives in the Company. Women employees are nomi- nated to take part in various training and Women Officers serving abroad - A lady doctor with development programmes, both internal UNIFIL Lebanon. and external. Women also participate in Selection Committees and recruitment/ promotion boards. 75 women officers and 234 women employees are working in the company ORDNANCE FACTORIES as on August 31, 2003. 17.19 Women, are actively involved in (iv) Mazagon Dock Limited(MDL) : A various activities of the Ordnance Factories database has been has been prepared to Organisation at all levels. A number of collect comprehensive information on senior women officers are presently holding the profile of women employees to important posts in the Organisation. At the evolve meaningful policy in order to shop floor level, women also operate ma- improve the status and position of chines, including sophisticated CNC ma- women employees. A Women Cell chines, in many Ordnance Factories. A comprising of a senior Manager and lady woman General Manager is in-charge of employees has been set up to deliberate Ordnance Factory, Dehu Road.

Computer Training for Women Officers.

218

FINAL 26.9.04 Appendix-I

MATTERS DEALT WITH BY THE DEPARTMENTS OF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

A. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE areas of Cantonment Boards and au- 1. Defence of India and every part thorities and the regulation of house thereof including preparation for defence accommodation (including the control of and all such acts as may be conducive in rents) in such areas. times of war to its prosecution and after 13. Acquisition, requisitioning, cus- its termination to effective demobiliza- tody and relinquishment of land and tion. property for defence purposes. Eviction 2. The Armed Forces of the Union, of unauthorized occupants from defence namely, the Army, the Navy, the Air land and property. Force. 14. Matters relating to ex-Servicemen 3. Integrated Headquarters of the including pensioners. Ministry of Defence comprising Army 15. Defence Accounts Department. Headquarters, Naval Headquarters, Air 16. Administration of :- Headquarters and Defence Staff Head- (i) the Pension Regulations for the quarters. Army, 1961 (Parts I and II); 4. The Reserves of the Army, Navy (ii) the Pension Regulations for the Air and Air Force. Force, 1961 (Parts I and II); 5. Territorial Army. (iii) the Navy (Pension) Regulations, 6. The National Cadet Corps. 1964; and 7. Works relating to Army, Navy, Air (iv) the Entitlement Rules to Casualty Force and Ordnance Factories. Pensionary Awards to the Armed 8. Remounts, Veterinary and Farms Forces Personnel, 1982. Organisation. 17. Purchase of foodstuffs for military 9. Canteen Stores Department requirements and their disposal exclud- (India). ing those entrusted to Ministry of food 10. Civilian Services paid from De- and Civil Supplies (Department of fence Estimates. Food). 11. Hydrographic Surveys and prepa- 18. All matters relating to Coast Guard ration of navigational charts. Organisation, including :- 12. Formation of Cantonments, delimi- (i) Surveillance of maritime zones tation/ excision of Cantonment areas, against oil spills; local self-government in such areas, the (ii) Combating oil spills in various constitution and powers within such maritime zones, except in the

219

FINAL 26.9.04 waters of ports and within 500 (x) School of Foreign Languages. metres of off-shore exploration and (xi) History Division. production platforms, coastal (xii) National Defence College. refineries and associated facilities (xiii) College of Defence Management. such as Single Buoy Mooring (xiv) Ministry of Defence Library. (SBM), Crude Oil Terminal (COT) B. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE and pipelines; PRODUCTION (iii) Central; Coordinating Agency for Combating of Oil Pollution in the 1. Ordnance Factory Board and Ordnance coastal and marine environment of Factories. various maritime zones; 2. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL). (iv) Implementation of National Con- 3. Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL) tingency Plan for oil spill disaster; 4. Mazgon docks Limited (MDL). and 5. Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers (v) Undertaking oil spill prevention Limited(GRSE). and control, inspection of ships 6. Goa Shipyard Limited(GSL) and offshore platforms in the 7. Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL) country, except within the limits of 8. Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI) ports as empowered by the Mer- 9. Bharat Earth Movers Limited (BEML). chant Shipping Act, 1958. 10. Directorate General of Quality Assur- 19. Matters relating to diving and ance (DGQA) including Directorate of related activities in the country. Technical Development & Production (Air). 20. The following inter-Service Organi- 11. Standardisation of defence equipments sations function under the Ministry of and stores including Directorate of Stand- Defence: ardisation. (i) Military Engineer Services. 12. Development of aeronautics industry (ii) Armed Forces Medical Services. and Co-ordination among users other than (iii) Directorate General of Defence those concerned with the department of Estates. Civil Aviation and the Department of Space. (iv) Office of the Chief Administrative 13. Indigenisation, development and pro- Officer. duction of items required for defence (v) Directorate of Public Relations. purposes. (vi) Army Purchase Organisation. 14. Procurement exclusive to the defence (vii) Services Sports Control Board. services. (viii) Armed Sports Control Board. 15. Defence exports and international (ix) Armed Forces Films and Photo Cooperation in defence production. Division.

220

FINAL 26.9.04 C. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE tion in acquisition and evaluation proceed- RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ings of all weapons systems and related 1. Apprising, assessing and advising Raksha technologies proposed to be acquired by the Mantri on the influence on National Security Ministry of Defence. of Emerging developments in Sciences and 10. To render advice on the technological Technology. and intellectual property aspects of the 2. Rendering advice to Raksha Mantri and import of technology by production units to the three services and inter-services and and enterprises manufacturing, or proposing inter-Services Organizations on all scientific to manufacture, equipment and stores for aspects of weapons; weapon platforms; the Armed Services. military operations; surveillance; support 11. To deal with reference made under and logistics, in all likely theatres of conflict. section 35 of the Patents Act, 1970 (39 of 3. To function, with the concurrence of the 1970). Ministry of External Affairs, as the nodal 12. Financial & other material assistance to co-ordinating agency of the Ministry of individuals, institutions and bodies corpo- Defence on all matters relating to instru- rate, for study and for the training of man- ments of Accord with foreign Government power on aspects of Science and Technology relating to the acquisition of technologies that bear on national security. whose export to India is the subject of 13. In consultation with the Ministry of national security related controls of foreign External Affairs, international relations in Governments. matters connected with the role of Science 4. Formulation and execution of pro- and Technology in national security including:- grammes of scientific research and design, (i) matters relating to relations with development, test and evaluation, in fields of Research Organizations of other relevance to national security. countries and with Inter-Govern- 5. Direction and administration of agencies, mental agencies, particularly those laboratories, establishments, ranges, facili- which concern themselves, inter ties; programmes and projects of the De- alia, with the scientific and techno- partment. logical aspects of national security. 6. Aeronautical Development Agency. (ii) arrangement with Universities, 7. All matters relating to certification of the educational and research-oriented design air worthiness of military aircraft, institutions or bodies corporate their equipment and stores. abroad to provide for foreign 8. All matters relating to the protection and scholarships and the training of transfer of technology generated by the Indian scientists and technologies activities of the Department. under the administrative control of 9. Scientific analysis support and participa- the Department.

221

FINAL 26.9.04 14. Execution of works and purchase of 4. To assist in the formulation and imple- lands debitable to the budget of the Depart- mentation of all Scheme/proposals involving ment. expenditure. 15. All matters relating to personnel under 5. To assist in the formulation and imple- the control of the Department. mentation of Defence Plans. 16. Acquisition of all types of stores, 6. To prepare Defence budget and other equipment and services debitable to the estimates for the Defence Services and to budget of the Department. monitor the progress of the Schemes against 17. Financial sanctions relating to the the budget. Department. 7. To exercise post-budget vigilance to 18. Any other activity assigned to, accepted ensure that there are neither considerable by, the Department through understandings shortfalls in expenditure nor unforeseen or arrangements with any other Ministry, excesses. Department Agency of the Government of 8. To advise heads of branches of the India whose activities have a bearing on the Armed Forces Headquarters in the discharge scientific and technological aspect of na- of their financial responsibility. tional security. 9. To function as the accounting authority D. DEFENCE (FINANCE) DIVISION for Defence Services. 1. To examine all Defence matters having a 10. To prepare the Appropriation Accounts financial bearing. for the Defence Services. 2. To render financial advice to the various 11. To discharge the responsibility for functionaries of Ministry of Defence and the payments and internal audit of Defence Service Headquarters. expenditure through the Controller General 3. To act as integrated finance Division of Defence Accounts. Ministry of Defence.

222

FINAL 26.9.04 Appendix-II

MINISTERS, CHIEFS OF STAFF AND SECRETARIES WHO WERE IN POSITION FROM APRIL 1, 2003 ONWARDS

RAKSHA MANTRI Shri George Fernandes From October 15, 2001 to May 22,2004 Shri From May 23, 2004 onwards RAKSHA RAJYA MANTRI Shri Chaman Lal Gupta From July 1, 2002 to May 22,2004 RAKSHA UTPADAN RAJYA MANTRI Prof. O. Rajagopal From January 29, 2003 to May 22, 2004 Shri B.K. Handique From May 23, 2004 onwards Defence Secretary Chief of Army Staff Shri Subir Dutta General N.C. Vij, From June 30, 2002 to July 4, 2003 PVSM, UYSM, AVSM, ADC From January 1, 2002 onwards Shri Ajay Prasad From July 14, 2003 to June 30, 2004 Chief of Naval Staff Admiral Madhvendra Singh, Shri Ajai Vikram Singh PVSM, AVSM, ADC From July 1, 2004 onwards From December 30, 2001-July 31, 2004 Secretary Defence Production Admiral Shri N.S. Sisodia PVSM,AVSM.VRC,VSM,ADC From October 1, 2002 to July 7, 2003 From July 31, 2004 onwards Ms. Uma Pillai Chief of Air Staff From July 9,2003 to August 1, 2004 Air Chief Marshal S. Krishnaswamy, Shri Shekher Dutt PVSM, AVSM. VM, and Bar, ADC From August 2, 2004 onwards From December 31, 2001 onwards Secretary Dept. of Def. Res. & Dev. and S.A. to Raksha Mantri Dr. V.K. Atre From December 29, 1999 to August 31, 2004 Shri M. Natrajan From September 1, 2004 onwards Secretary (Defence Finance) Shri Biswajit Banerjee From August 1, 2002 to October 31, 2003 Financial Advisor (Defence Finance) Ms. Somi Tandon From October 31, 2003 to August 9, 2004 Secretary (Defence Finance) Ms. Somi Tandon From August 10, 2004 onwards. 223

FINAL 26.9.04 Appendix-III

SUMMARY OF LATEST COMPTROLLER & AUDITOR GENERAL (C&AG) REPORT ON THE WORKING OF MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE Mumbai, Army Public School at Kapurthala Exploitation of Defence Lands: The Ministry and two schools at Ranchi had been occupy- of Defence is vested with the ownership of ing Defence land aggregating to 64.685 4.47 lakh acres of land which are under acres without either paying any rent or custody, control and management of the paying rent at inappropriate rates leading to three wings of Armed Forces and other revenue aggregating to Rs.11.45 crore Defence Organisations. Management of being forgone. other categories of Defence Lands vests with Contrary to the Rules which provide that the Defence Estates Department and Can- rent of lands leased to private parties for tonment Boards. A review on the exploita- commercial and lucrative purposes should tion of Defence lands was carried out and be based on their market value, rents were salient features noticed in audit revealed fixed at levels not reflective of the market that: value by adopting different approaches on Revenue aggregating to Rs.1.71 crore different occasions. realized from lease of Shopping Complex (Para 2 of Report No.6 of 2003) constructed out of Public Fund on Defence Army and Ordnance Factories lands in 2 Commands was irregularly appro- Non-recovery of outstanding advance: priated to Regimental Funds instead of Failure to ensure concurrent extension of Public Funds. bank guarantees furnished by a company Defence Lands and buildings were under with the extension of delivery period of occupation by the Army Wives Welfare supply of a Radio Trunk system to the Army Association at Kolkata, a private Engineering led to non-recovery of Rs.1.75 crore as the College at Pune and Jawahar Training Ship at firm had wound up in the meantime. Mumbai without lease agreements being (Para 4 of Report No.6 of 2003) Army and Ordnance Factories concluded resulting in non realization of Idle investment on manufacture of defective revenue aggregating to Rs.3.58 crore. ammunition: Ordnance Factory Khamaria Non-renewal of leases in respect of 510.20 manufactured defective ammunition for a acres of Defence lands occupied by two tank leading to stock piling in five Army private clubs, a tea estate, several private commands thereby rendering the investment parties and a Public Enterprise resulted in of Rs.607.43 crore on their manufacture outstanding rent amounting to Rs.63.56 unproductive. crore. (Para 8 of Report No.6 of 2003) The Cricket Association of Bengal at Army and Ordnance Factories Kolkata, Naval Institute of Technology at

224

FINAL 26.9.04 Accumulation of stocks of Grenades: A pipes were to be laid resulted in execution of sizeable quantity of grenades valued at the scheme being held up for over seven years Rs.8.94 crore remained unutilized at various after incurring Rs.5.36 crore besides an ammunition Depots, in absence of matching estimated cost over run of Rs.1.59 crore and metallic detonators. Expenditure of unnecessary arbitration proceedings. Rs.22.08 crore on the production of these (Para 16 of Report No.6 of 2003) metallic detonators remained waste. Army and Ordnance Factories (Para 9 of Report No.6 of 2003) Over-provisioning of Tippers: Directorate Army and Ordnance Factories General of Border Roads failed to modify a Recoveries effected at the instance of Audit: supply order for tippers in terms of require- An aggregate amount of Rs.1.56 crore was ments and their subsequent decision to recovered at the instance of audit on omis- divert them to three other projects resulted sion to avail rebate on electricity consumed, in over-provisioning of 98 tippers valuing mistakes in regulation of personal entitle- Rs.6.74 crore. ments and incorrect appropriation of rev- (Para 24 of Report No.6 of 2003) enue realization to Regimental Fund. Army and Ordnance Factories (Para 11 of Report No.6 of 2003) Avoidable expenditure on construction of a Army and Ordnance Factories border Road: Directorate General of Border Irregular recruitment of personnel: Delay in Roads and the Chief Engineer concerned failed communicating the Government’s ban order to suspend construction of a Border Road and on recruitment resulted in irregular recruit- sanctioned additional works even-though Army ment of 1505 personnel by Military Engi- no longer required them resulting in avoidable neer Services involving expenditure of expenditure of Rs.1.74 crore. Rs.12.65 crore on their pay and allowances. (Para 25 of Report No.6 of 2003) (Para 14 of Report No.6 of 2003) Army and Ordnance Factories Army and Ordnance Factories Procurement of Laser Guidance Kits: On Unproductive expenditure on construction account of depletion of the War Wastage of residential accommodation: Delays in Reserve of Laser Guidance Kits, essential for handing over an operationally essential site free effective bombing of targets, the Air Force from all hindrances to the firm entrusted with had to resort to emergency purchases at the task of construction of accommodation higher prices from a single vendor involving resulted in non-completion of work even after an estimated additional expenditure of an investment of Rs.6.49 crore and the Rs.36.39 crore. Further, because of delay in contract ultimately had to be cancelled. the procurement of the related penetration (Para 15 of Report No.6 of 2003) bombs, the shelf life of these Kits would Army and Ordnance Factories have reduced considerably by the time Unfruitful investment on an incomplete deliveries of the bombs are completed. scheme: Inadequate soil surveys and investiga- (Para 2 of Report No.7 of 2003) tions by a Garrison Engineer where sewage Air Force and Navy

225

FINAL 26.9.04 Mismatch in procurement of bombs and Avoidable expenditure on repairs attributable components: Expenditure aggregating to to negligence: Failure, attributable to negli- Rs.117.28 crore incurred on the procure- gence, of Air Force personnel to ensure that ment of a particular type of bomb and its the correct Fuel control Units were installed on related tail units notwithstanding, the com- acro-engines fitted on a particular type of patible and essential fuzes had not been aircraft resulted in two of these aircraft being made available even after the lapse of damaged necessitating repairs at a cost of considerable time. Failure to synchronize Rs.1.88 crore. the procurement of the bombs and its (Para 14 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force & Navy integral components so as to ensure avail- Recoveries effected at the Instance of Audit: ability of adequate stocks necessitated Recoveries aggregating to Rs.12.85 crore, alternative interim arrangements that were representing erroneous payments to two relatively less effective and reliable. and Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (Para 8 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force & Navy and over payments to Defence civilians of the Avoidable additional expenditure on Naval Hydrographic office, were effected at the procurement of Ground Power Units: instance of Audit. Continued procurement, without inviting open (Para 16 and 19 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force & Navy tenders, of Ground Power Units for IAF aircraft Procurement of Sonobuoy Processing and from the vendor who had been supplying these Control Systems: The efficacy and accept- Units earlier even after identifying and approv- ability of a sonobuoy Processing and Control ing an alternative source of supply resulted in System, indigenously developed at a cost of these Units being procured at higher prices, Rs.9.27 crore for processing of data relating involving avoidable additional expenditure of to submarines were yet to be conclusively Rs.3.30 crore. established to facilitate its approval and (Para 10 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force & Navy commencement of regular production to Procurement of unsuitable vehicles: Failure meet the Navy’s operational requirements. (Para 17 of Report No.7 of 2003) of the Air Force to properly evaluate the Air Force & Navy suitability of the vehicles procured for Avoidable additional expenditure on refit of a containerization of critical communication Naval Ship: Award, in violation of established equipment necessitated additional purchases tendering procedures, of a contract relating to of alternative vehicles and transfer of the the refit of a Naval ship to a firm which was not unsuitable ones costing Rs.2.70 crore to the lowest tenderer and even when its offer other units. This also had an adverse impact was not complete in all respects was prima on the operational mobility of the communi- facie biased and resulted in an estimated cation equipment. additional expenditure of Rs.1.42 crore. (Para 12 of Report No.7 of 2003) (Para 18 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force & Navy Air Force & Navy 226

FINAL 26.9.04 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE crore were held in stock for over seven years PRODUCTION AND SUPPLIES:- without rectification. More shells worth Machine Tool Prototype Factory: Machine Rs.10.89 crore manufactured during 2000- Tool Prototype Factory at Ambernath is the 2001 were also rejected requiring urgent designed factory for production of compo- corrective action. (Para 30 of Report No.6 of 2003) nents of T-72 tanks/Infantry Combat Vehi- Army and Ordnance Factories cles, production of items relating to trucks, Idle investment on procurement of defective weapons, machine tools and miscellaneous navigation equipment: Ordnance Factory items. Review by Audit of the performance Medak failed to adhere to the storage, of the factory revealed a number of deficien- transportation and operational requirements cies in: of an import contract for a navigation Sub-optimal utilization (weapon items: 40 to equipment. This equipment was not recti- 66 percent, components of tanks and fied within the warranty period resulting in vehicles: 24 to 65 per cent and machine unproductive investment of Rs.2.54 crore. tools miscellaneous items: 41 to 83 per (Para 32 of Report No.6 of 2003) cent) of available man-hour capacity in Army and Ordnance Factories production. Procurement of defective Track Assemblies: Gross under-utilisation of machine hours in Issue of bulk production clearances for the absence of matching manpower. manufacture of track assemblies worth The factory offloaded jobs to trade valuing Rs.1.33 crore for tanks even before estab- Rs.0.73 crore even though it had the lishing the acceptability of the pilot samples capacity to do so. resulted in their rejection. Their replace- Inspite of non-utilisation of available ment is doubtful. manhors, the factory deployed personnel on (Para 33 of Report No.6 of 2003) overtime involving payment of Rs.8.91 Army and Ordnance Factories crore. Bharat Earth Movers Limited and its subsidi- Production of sub-standard machines cost- ary Vigyan Industries Limited included ing Rs.6.47 crore meant for sister factories inadmissible items as part of ‘emoluments’ resulting in their non-utilisation. and applied incorrect formula for the pay- Shortfall in achieving targets in respect of ment of ex-gratia under voluntary retirement civil trade ranged from 32 to 86 per cent. scheme. This resulted in an extra expendi- (Para 28 of Report No.6 of 2003) ture of Rs.13.52 crore from 1992-93 to Army and Ordnance Factories 2001-02. Defective Manufacture of Shells: Rejected (Para 8.2.1 of Report No.3 of 2003 lots of ammunition manufactured by Ord- (Commercial) nance Factory, Chanda valued at Rs.7.18

227

FINAL 26.9.04 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE RESEARCH Optical Imaging System procured in the year AND DEVELOPMENT 1992 for installation on board a Marine Avoidable import of Directional Solidifica- Acoustic Research Ship for the collection tion furnace: Defence Metallurgical Research and study of data from the sea bed had not Laboratory imported a furnace for Rs.96.17 been installed and commissioned even after lakh despite prior knowledge of difficulty in a decade, thereby defeating the objective of developing technology on it in comparison its procurement, besides rendering an to the efforts required to develop the tech- investment of Rs.0.78 crore largely unpro- nology on the existing old furnace thereby ductive. resulting in avoidable expenditure. (Para 21 of Report No.7 of 2003) (Para 22 of Report No.6 of 2003) Air Force and Navy Army and Ordnance Factories Establishment of Torpedo Test Facilities: Procurement of defective equipment: Equip- Benefits expected by the establishment of a ment, essential for ensuring secrecy in facility for the testing of developmental communication, procured for the Air Force torpedoes in sheltered waters by a Labora- at a cost of Rs.4.47 crore remained tory of the Defence Research and Develop- unutilized for over four years because of ment Organisation had not been realized several shortcomings noticed in the course even after more than 12 years and invest- of the evaluation trials that were conducted ments aggregating to Rs.7.96 crore and the without reference to the Qualitative Require- Laboratory concerned continues to depend ments and had to be backloaded to the on the Navy and foreign ranges for its manufacturer. testing requirements, (Para 11 of Report No.7 of 2003) (Para 22 of Report No.7 of 2003) Air Force and Navy Air Force and Navy Delay in installation of an underwater Optical Imaging System: An Underwater

228

FINAL 26.9.04